Master Bibliography For Sports In Society, 1994–2009

MASTER BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR SPORTS IN SOCIETY, 1994–2009

Note: This 121-page master bibliography contains about 3000 references that I’ve used while writing and rewriting Sports in Society since the early 1990s. It can be used by those doing word searches for references. Some references from the 10th edition (2009) may not be included in this version of the bibliography.

60 Minutes; “Life after the NFL: Happiness.” Television program, (2004, December); see also, www.cbsnews.com/stories/2004/12/16/60minutes/main661572.shtml. AAA. 1998. Statement on “Race.” Washington, DC: American Anthropological Association. www.aaanet.org/stmts/racepp.htm (retrieved June, 2005). Abdel-Shehid, Gamal. 2002. Muhammad Ali: America’s B-Side. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 3: 319–327. Abdel-Shehid, Gamal. 2004. Who da man?: black masculinities and sporting cultures. Toronto: Canadian Scholars’ Press. www.cspi.org. Abney, Roberta. 1999. African American women in sport. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation & Dance 70(4), 35–38. Abrams, Judith Z. 1998. Judaism and disability: Portrayals in ancient texts from the Tanach through the Bavli. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press Acker, Joan. 1992. Gendered institutions. Contemporary Sociology 21, 5: 565–569. Acker, Joan, K. Barry, and J. Esseveld. 1983. Objectivity and truth: problems in doing feminist research. Women’s Studies International Forum 6: 423–435. Acker, Joan. 1992. Gendered institutions. Contemporary Sociology 21, 5: 565–69. Acosta, R. Vivian. 1993. The minority experience in sport: Monochromatic or Technicolor. Pp. 204–13 in Acosta, Vivian. 1999. Hispanic women in sport. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation & Dance 70, 4:, 44–46. Acosta, R.Vivian, and Linda J. Carpenter. 1985. A. Women in athletics: a status report. B. Status of women in athletics: changes and causes. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 56, 6: 30–37. Acosta, R.V., and L.J. Carpenter. 1986. Women in intercollegiate sport: a longitudinal study-- nine year update. Unpublished paper. Acosta, R. Vivian, and Linda J. Carpenter. 1992. As the years go by—Coaching opportunities in the 1990s. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 63, 3: 36–41. Acosta, R.V., and L.J. Carpenter. 1992. Women in intercollegiate sport: A longitudinal study--fifteen year update. Unpublished paper. Acosta, R. Vivian, and Linda J. Carpenter. 1996. Women in intercollegiate sport: A longitudinal study—Nineteen year update, 1977–1996. Brooklyn, NY: Photocopied report. Acosta, Vivian, and Linda Carpenter. 2000. Women in intercollegiate sport: A longitudinal study twenty-three year update, 1977–2000. Women in Sport and Physical Activity Journal 9, 2: 141–145. Acosta, R. Vivian, and Linda Jean Carpenter. 2004. Women in Intercollegiate Sport: A Longitudinal, National Study Twenty Seven Year Update, 1977–2004. http://webpages.charter.net/womeninsport. Acosta, R. Vivian, and Linda Jean Carpenter. 2007. Women in Intercollegiate Sport: A Longitudinal, National Study Twenty Nine Year Update, 1977 – 2006. Available online, http:// webpages.charter.net/womeninspor t (retrieved, 1/15/08). Adams, S. 1994, Work ethic leads to tight end’s success. The Denver Post December 19:5D. Adang, O. 1993. Crowd, riots and the police: An observational study of collective violence. Aggressive Behavior 19, 37–38. 2

Adelson, Eric. 2002. Hot to trot. ESPN The Magazine 5, 13 (June 24): 74–76. Adelson, Eric. 2003. Driven. ESPN, The Magazine 6.26 (December 22): 70–71. Adelson, Eric. 2006. Michelle Wie can change the world. ESPN-The Magazine 9.03 (February 13): 65–66. Adler, Patricia A., and Peter Adler. 1991. Backboards & blackboards: College athletes and role engulfment. New York: Columbia University Press. Adler, Patricia A., and Peter Adler. 1994. Social reproduction and the corporate other: The institutionalization of after school activities. The Sociological Quarterly 35, 2: 309–28. Adler, Patricia A., and Peter Adler. 1996. Preadolescent clique stratification and the hierarchy of identity. Sociological Inquiry 66, 2: 111–42. Adler, Patricia A., and Peter Adler. 1998. Peer Power: Preadolescent culture and identity. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Adler, Patricia A., and Peter Adler. 1999. College athletes in high-profile media sports: The consequences of glory. In J. Coakley & P. Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 162–170). London: Routledge. Adler, Peter, and Patricia A. Adler. 1985. From idealism to pragmatic detachment: the academic performance of college athletes. Sociology of Education 58 (October): 241–250. Adler, Peter, and Patricia A. Adler. 1987. Role conflict and identity salience: college athletics and the academic role. The Social Science Journal 24(4):443–455. Adler, Patricia A., S. J. Kless, and Peter Adler. 1992. Socialization to gender roles: Popularity among elementary school boys and girls. Sociology of Education 65 (July): 169–87. Aiello, Maria. 2006. A brief history of sport. In Pontifical Council for the Laity. The world of sport today: A field of Christian mission (pp. 13–21). Città del Vaticana: Libreria Editrice Vaticana. Albert, Edward. 2004. Normalizing risk in the sport of cycling. In Kevin Young, ed. Sporting bodies, damaged selves: Sociological studies of sports-related injury (pp. 181–194). Amsterdam: Elsevier. Albert, M. 1996. Science, post modernism, and the left. Z. Magazine 9 (July/August) 64–69. Alesia, Mark. 2004. Lawmaker to the NCAA: Get tougher or be taxed. Indianapolis Star (May 19): http://www.alfred.edu/sports_hazing/. Accessed 5/19/04. Alesia, Mark. 2005. Off court, schools lacking color: Most players are black, but few male students are. Indianapolis Star (March17): 1A Alexander, K., A. Taggart, and S. Thorpe. 1996. A spring in their steps? Possibilities for professional renewal through sport education in Australian schools. Sport, Education, and Society 1, 1: 23–46. Alfred University. 1999. Initiation rites and athletics: A national survey of NCAA sports teams. See http://www.alfred.edu/sports_hazing/ Ali-Knight, Jame & Chambers, Donna. 2006. Case studies in festival and event marketing and cultural tourism No. 92 Allen, K. 1998. Hockey players easily shift from thugs to tugs of heart. USA Today, Dec. 2, 1A & 1C. Allison, Lincoln, 1993. The changing politics of sport. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Allison, Lincoln, 2000. Sport and nationalism. In J. Coakley and E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies (pp. 344–355). London: Sage Publications, Ltd. Allison, Lincoln. 2004. The global politics of sport: the role of global institutions in sport. London/ New York: Routledge. Allison, Maria T. 1979. On the ethnicity of ethnic minorities in sport. Quest 31, 1: 50–56. Allison, Maria T., and C. Meyer. 1988. Career problems and retirement among elite athletes: The female tennis professional. Sociology of Sport Journal 5, 3: 212–222. 3

Allison, Maria T., and Gunter Luschen. 1979. A comparative analysis of Navajo Indian and Anglo basketball sport systems. International Review of Sport Sociology 3-4(14):75–85. Althiede, David L., and R.P. Snow. 1978. Sports versus the mass media. Urban Life 7, 2:189–204. American Academy of Pediatrics. 2000. Intensive training and sports specialization in young athletes. (RE9906). Pediatrics 106, 01: 154–157 (or http://aappolicy.aappublications.org/) Anderson, C.H., and J.R. Gibson. 1978. Toward a new sociology. The Dorsey Press, Homewood, Ill. Anderson, Dean. 1993. Cultural diversity on campus: A look at collegiate football coaches. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 17, 1: 61–66. Anderson, Eric. 1999. Comparing the black and gay male athlete: Patterns of oppression. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland, OH (November). Anderson, Eric. 2000. Trailblazing: The True Story of America’s First Openly Gay Track Coach. Los Angeles, CA: Alyson Publications. Anderson, Eric. 2002. Gays in sport: Contesting hegemonic masculinity in a homophobic environment. Gender & Society 16, 6: 860–877. Anderson, Eric. 2002. Hegemonic masculinity in a homophobic environment. Gender and Society 16, 6: 860–877. Anderson, Eric. 2004. Exploitation of the scholarship athlete. Unpublished manuscript. Anderson, Eric. 2005. In the game: Gay athletes and the cult of masculinity. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Anderson, Kristen L. 1999. Snowboarding: The construction of gender in an emerging sport. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 23, 1: 55–79. Anderson, P. 1996. Racism in sports: A question of ethics. Marquette Sports Law Journal 6, 2: 357–408. Anderson, Sarah, and John Cavanagh. 2000. The top 200. Washington, DC: Institute for Policy Studies. Andersson, Mette. 2007. The Relevance of the Black Atlantic in contemporary sport: Racial imaginaries in Norway. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 42, 1: 65–82. Andrews, David L. 1996a. The fact(s) of Michael Jordan’s blackness: Excavating a floating racial signifier. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 2: 125–158. Andrews, David L., ed. 1996. Deconstructing Michael Jordan: Reconstructing postindustrial America. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 4. Special issue. Andrews, David L. 2000. Posting up: French post-structuralism and the critical analysis of contemporary sporting culture. In Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds., Handbook of sport studies (pp. 106–138). London: Sage. Andrews, David L., ed. 2001. Michael Jordan, Inc.: Corporate sport, media culture, and late modern America. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Andrews, David L. 2001. Sport. In Culture works: The political economy of culture (pp. 131– 162) edited by R. Maxwell, ed. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press. Andrews, David L. 2002. Coming to terms with cultural studies. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 2002 26, 1: 110–117. Andrews, David L. 2006. Sport, commerce, culture: Essays on sport in late-capitalist America. NY: Peter Lang. Andrews, David L. 2007. Sport as spectacle. In George Ritzer, eds., Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 4702–4704). London/New York: Blackwell. Andrews, David L., and C.L. Cole. 2002. The nation reconsidered. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 2: 123–124. Andrews, David L., and Steven J. Jackson. 2001. Sport stars: The cultural politics of sporting celebrity. London/NY: Routledge. 4

Andrews, David L., and Michael Silk. 1999. Football consumption communities, trans-national advertising, and spatial transformation. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland, OH (November). Andrews, Vernon. 1998. African American player codes on celebration, taunting, and sportsmanlike conduct. Pp. 145–181 in G. Sailes, ed. African Americans in sport. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. Angelini, James R. 2008. How did sport make you feel? Looking at the three dimensions of emotion through a gender lens. Sex Roles: A Journal of Research 58, 1-2: 127–135. Anonymous. 1999. Confessions of a cheater. ESPN The Magazine, 1 November, 80–82. AP – Associated Press. 2000. Fox relishes his role as Lakers’ enforcer. The Denver Post (June 20): C10. Applebome, Peter. 1999. Alma maters: Two words behind the massacre. Lyeie.com, http://query.nytimes.com/gst/fullpage.html? res=9F0CE2D71E3DF931A35756C0A96F958260&sec=&spon=. Araton, Harvey. 2002. Playing with pain has no gender. The New York Times (December 22): www.nytimes.com/2002/12/22/sports/soccer/22ARAT.html. Arbena. J. L. 1988. Sport and society in Latin America: Diffusion, dependency, and the rise of mass culture. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press. Archer, R. and A. Bouillon. 1982. The South African game: Sport and racism. Zed Press, London. Ardell, Jean Hastings. 2004. Breaking into baseball: women and the national pastime. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press. Ardrey, Robert. 1961. African genesis. New York: Dell. Ardrey, Robert. 1966. The territorial imperative. New York: Atheneum. Armstrong, Gary. 1994. False Leeds: The construction of hooligan confrontations. Pp. 299– 325 in R. Giulianotti & J. Wiliams, eds. Game without frontiers: Football, identity and modernity. Aldershot, England: Arena (Ashgate Publishing Ltd.). Armstrong, Gary, and R. Harris. 1991. Football hooligans: Theory and evidence. Sociological Review 39, 3: 427–58. Armstrong, Gary. 1998. Football hooligans: Knowing the score. Oxford: Berg. Armstrong, Gary. 2006. Football hooliganism. In George Ritzer, ed. Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 1767–1769). London/New York: Blackwell. Armstrong, Jim. 2000. Coors Field is not the patient’s place. The Denver Post (April 24): 3D. Arnold, P. J. 1996. Olympism, sport, and education. Quest 48, 1: 93–101. Asay, Paul. 2005. Opening church’s doors first step to conversion. The Colorado Springs Gazette (December 11): www.gazette.com. Accessed 12/11/2005. Ash, M.J. 1978. The role of research in children’s competitive athletics. In R.A. Magill, et al., eds. Children in sport: a contemporary anthology. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Ashe, Arthur. 1977. Send your children to the libraries: an open letter to black parents. New York Times, section 5, p. 2, Feb. 6. Ashe, Arthur. 1992. Can blacks beat the old-boy network? Newsweek, January 27: 40. Ashe, Arthur. 1993. A hard road to glory. 3 vols. New York: Amistad. Assael, Shaun. 2005. Cut and run. ESPN The Magazine 6.14 (July 7): 40–49. Assael, Shaun. 2005. Shape shifter. ESPN The Magazine 8.09 (May 9): 88–96. Atencio, Matthew, and Jan Wright. 2008. “We be killin’ them”: Hierarchies of black masculinity in urban basketball spaces. Sociology of Sport Journal 25, 2: 263–280. Atkinson, Michael. 2002. Fifty-million viewers can’t be wrong: Professional wrestling, sports- entertainment, and mimesis. Sociology of Sport Journal 19, 1: 47–66. Atlanta Journal/Constitution. 1996. America’s Olympic teams are increasingly marked by less diversity, more elitism. October 1: H7. Special report. 5

Atre, T., et al. 1996. Sports: The high-stakes game of team ownership. Financial World 165, 8 (May 20): 52–70. Atwell, R. 1985. It’s only a game. In D. Chu, et al., eds. Sport and higher education. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Aveni, A.F. 1976. Man and machine: some neglected considerations on the sociology of sport. Sport Sociology Bulletin 5, 1: 13–24. Axthelm, Pete. 1970. The city game. New York: Harper & Row. Azzarito, L., & Solomon, M. A. (2005). A reconception of physical education: the intersection of gender/race/social class. Sport Education and Society 10, 1: 5–48. Baade, R. A., and R. F. Dye. 1988. An analysis of the economic rationale for public subsidization of sports stadiums. The Annals of Regional Science 22, 2: 37–47. Baade, R. A., and R. F. Dye. 1990. The impact of stadiums and professional sports on metropolitan area development. Growth and Change: A Journal of Urban and Regional Policy 21, 2: 1–14. Baade, R.A. 1987. Is there an economic rationale for subsidizing sport stadiums? The Heartland Institute, Chicago. Baca, Lawrence R. 2004. Native images in schools and the racially hostile environment. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 1: 71–78. Bacon, Victoria L., and Pamela J. Russell. 2004. Addiction and the College Athlete: The Multiple Addictive Behaviors Questionnaire (MABQ) with College Athletes. The Sport Journal 7, 2: online at www.thesportjournal.org/tags/volume-7-number-2. Bagnato, A. 1995. The buck stops nowhere. Chicago Tribune, 6 August, 1, 5. Bailey, N. 1993. Women’s sport and the feminist movement: Building bridges. Pp. 297–304 in G. Cohen, ed. Women in sport: Issues and controversies. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Bain, L. 1978. Differences in values implicit in teaching and coaching behaviors. Res. Q. 49(1):5–11. Bain, L. 1978. Differences in values implicit in teaching and coaching behaviors. Research Quarterly 49, 1: 5–11. Baird, Katherine E. 2005. Cuban Baseball: Ideology, Politics, and Market Forces. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 29, 2: 64–183. Bairner, A. 1996. Sportive nationalism and nationalist politics: A comparative analysis of Scotland, the Republic of Ireland, and Sweden. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 3: 314– 34. Bairner, Alan. 2001. Sport, nationalism, and globalization: European and North American Perspectives. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Bairner, Alan. 2004. Inclusive Soccer–Exclusive Politics? Sports Policy in Northern Ireland and the Good Friday Agreement. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 3: 270–286. Bairner, Alan, ed. 2005. Sport and the Irish. Histories, Identities, Issues. Dublin: University College Dublin Press. Baker, Joseph, and J. Robertson-Wilson. 2003. On the risks of early specialization in sport. Physical and Health Education Journal 69: 4–8. Baker, R. 1984. Sport’s a rotten influence. Colorado Springs Sun, p. 13, April 30. Baker, William J., and C. Alexander. 2001. If Christ came to the Olympics. Seattle. WA: University of Washington Press. Baker, William J. 1982. Sports in the western world. Rowman & Littlefield, Totowa, N.J. Baker, William. J. 1988. Sports in the Western world. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press. Bale, John. 1991. The brawn drain: Foreign student-athletes in American universities. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press. Bale, John. 2002. Lassitude and latitude: observations on sport and environmental determinism. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37 (2): 147–158. 6

Bale, John and Mette Christensen, eds. 2004. Post-Olympism: Questioning sport in the twenty- first century. Oxford/New York: Berg. Bale, John, and Mike Cronin, eds. 2003. Sport and postcolonialism. Oxford/New York: Berg. Bale, John, and J. Maguire, eds. 1994. The global sports arena: Athletic talent migration in an interdependent world. London: Frank Cass. Bale, John, and J. Sang, eds. 1996. Kenyan running: Movement culture, geography and global change. London: Frank Cass. Ball, Donald W. 1975. A note on method in the sociology of sport. In D.W. Ball and J.W. Loy, eds. Sport and social order. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., Reading, Mass. Ballanger, Lee. 1981. Editorial. In Your Face: America’s Bluecollar Sport Letter 1, 4: 1. Ballard, Chris. 2004. Fantasy world. Sports Illustrated 100, 25 (June 21): 80–89. Ballard, Steve. 1986. The most powerful woman in sports. Sports Illustrated 65, 14: 56–58, 67– 68. Ballard, Steve. 1996. Broken back doesn’t stall Indy winner. USA Today (May 28): A1. Bamberger, Michael, and Don Yaeger. 1997. Over the edge. Sports Illustrated 86, 15: 60–70. Bandow, Doug. 2003. Surprise: Stadiums don’t pay after all! Cato Institute Report, 10/19/03. Washington, DC: Cato Institute. Banet-Weiser. Sarah. 1999. Hoop dreams: Professional basketball and the politics of race and gender. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 23, 4: 403–420. Banks, Dennis. 1993. Tribal names and sports mascots. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 17(1), 5–8. Barber, Bonnie L., Jacquelynne S. Eccles, and M. R. Stone. 2001. Whatever happened to the jock, the brain, and the princess? Young adult pathways linked to adolescent activity involvement and social identity. Journal of Adolescent Research 16, 5: 429–455. Barkley, Charles. 1992. Petty issues won’t change the world. USA Today, Aug. 5:7E. Barnes, B.A., Susan G. Zeiff, and Dean I. Anderson. 1999. Racial difference and social meanings: Research on “Black” and “White” infants’ motor development, 1931–1992. Quest 51, 4: 328–345. Barnett, C.R. 1982. The reaction of the popular press to the last two black National Football League players, 1932–1934. Paper presented at the meetings of the North American Society for Sport History, Manhattan, Kans. Barnett, S. 1990. Games and sets: The changing face of sport on television. London: British Film Institute (BFI Publishing). Barney, Robert K., Stephen R. Wenn, and Scott G. Martyn. 2002. Selling the five rings: the International Olympic Committee and the rise of Olympic commercialism. Salt Lake City: The University of Utah Press. Barr, S. 1987. Women, nutrition, and exercise: a review of athletes’ intakes and a discussion of energy balance in active women. Progress in Food and Nutrition Science 11: 307–361. Barthes, Roland. 2007. What is sport? New Haven, Conn: Yale University Press. Bartimole, Roldo. 1999. The city and the stadia (panel). Presentation at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland, OH (November). Basralian, J. 1995. Amateurs ... at best. Financial World 164, 4 (February 14): 117–22. Bass, A. 2002. Not the triumph but the struggle: The 1968 Olympics and the making of the black athlete. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press. Bast, Joseph L. 1998. Sports stadium madness: Why it started, how to stop it. Heartland Policy Study, No. 85. Chicago: Heartland Institute. Baxter, V., A. V. Margavio, and C. Lambert. 1996. Competition, legitimation, and the regulation of intercollegiate athletics. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 1: 51–64. 7

BBC Sport Academy. 2005. Rugby League – Disability. Online, http://news.bbc.co.uk/sportacademy/hi/sa/rugby_league/disability/newsid_4019000/4019549. stm (retrieved November, 2005). Beal, Becky, and Lisa Weidman. 2003. Authenticity in the skateboarding world. In Robert E. Rinehart Synthia Sydnor, eds. 2003. To the extreme: Alternative sports, inside and out (pp. 337–352). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Beal, Becky. 1995. Disqualifying the official: An exploration of social resistance through the subculture of skateboarding. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 3: 252–67. Beal, Becky. 1999. Skateboarding: An alternative to mainstream sports. In J. Coakley and P. Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 139–145). London: Routledge. Beal, Carol. R. 1994. Boys and girls: The development of gender roles. New York: McGraw- Hill. Beals, Katherine A. 2000. Subclinical eating disorders in female athletes. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 71, 7: 3–29. Beamish, Rob. 1988. The political economy of professional sport. In J. Harvey and H. Cantelon, eds. Not just a game. Ottawa, Ontario: University of Ottawa Press. Beamish, Rob. 1990. The persistence of inequality: An analysis of participation patterns among Canada’s high performance athletes. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 25, 2: 143–53. Beamish, Rob. 1993. Labor relations in sport: Central issues in their emergence and structure in high-performance sport. pp. 187–210 in A. G. Ingham and J. W. Loy, eds. Sport in social development. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Beamish, Rob, and Ian Ritchie. 2004. From chivalrous ‘brothers-in-arms’ to the eligible athlete: Changed principles and the IOC’s banned substance list. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 4: 355–371. Beamish, Rob, and Ian Ritchie. 2006. Fastest, highest, strongest: a critique of high-performance sport. NY/London: Routledge. Beaton, Rob. 1993. Mexicans best-suited to pitch, scouts say. USA Today Baseball Weekly (February 24–March 2): 11 Bechtel, Mark, and Stephen Cannella. 2005. Scoredcard: Cable ready. Sports Illustrated 103, 8 (August 29): 16–17. Becker, A. 1990. The role of the school in the maintenance of ethnic group affiliation. Human Organization 49: 48–55. Becker, Debbie, 1996. Nothstein: ‘I enjoy the pain’. USA Today (July 24): 14E, 17E. Becker, Debbie. 1999. Leaping past the pain. USA Today (April 1): 1E, 4E. Becker, J. 1975. Superstition in sport. International Journal of Sport Psychology 6, 3: 148–152. Begg, D. J., J. D. Langley, T. Moffitt, and S. W. Marshall. 1996. Sport and delinquency: An examination of the deterrence hypothesis in a longitudinal study. British Journal of Sport Medicine 30, 4: 335–41. Begley, Sharon. 1995. Three is not enough. Newsweek, February 13: 67–69. Begley, Sharon. 2002. Science of speed. Newsweek, 18 February, 56–57. Begley, Sharon, and M. Brant. 1999. The real scandal. Newsweek, 15 Feb., 48–55. Beiruty, Hikmat. 2002. Muslim Women in Sport. Nida’ul Islam Magazine. http://www.themodernreligion.com/women/w_sport.htm (retrieved, Oct 15, 2005). Bélanger, A. 1999. The last game? Hockey and the experience of masculinity in Québec. Pp. 293–311 in P. White & K. Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada. Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. Bell, Jack. 2005. M.L.S. has a wide range of salaries. New York Times (July 11). Online: www.nytimes.com/2005/07/11/sports/soccer/11mls.html (retrieved July 14, 2005). 8

Bell, Wendell. 1997. Foundations of futures studies. Two volumes. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. Bell, Wendell. 1997. The purposes of future studies. The Futurist (November1): 1–19. Online, www.allbusiness.com/professional-scientific/scientific-research/642720-1.html. Bell, Wendell, and James Mau. 1971. Images of the future: Theory and research. In W. Bell and J. Mau, eds., The sociology of the future (pp. 6–44). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Bellamy, R. V., Jr. 1998. The evolving television sports marketplace. Pp. 173–87 in L. A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport. London/NY: Routledge. Beller, J. M., and S. K. Stoll. 1995. Moral reasoning of high school athletes and general students: An empirical study versus personal testimony. Journal of Pediatric Exercise Science 7: 352– 363. Bellos, Alex. 2002. Futebol: the Brazilian way of life. NY: Bloomsbury. Belson, Ken. 2003. The N.B.A. takes its style and attitude to Japan. The New York Times, section D (October 30): 6 Belson, Matthew. 2002. Assistive technology and sports. In Artemis A. W. Joukowsky, III and Larry Rothstein, eds. Raising the bar (pp. 124–129). New York: Umbrage Editions, Inc. Bender, D. L., ed. 1988. What should be done about the drug problem in sports? St. Paul, MN: Greenhaven Press. Benedict, Jeff. 1997. Public heroes, private felons: Athletes and crimes against women. Boston: Northeaster University Press. Benedict, Jeff. 1998. Athletes and acquaintance rape. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications Benedict, Jeff. 2004. Out of bounds: inside the NBA’s culture of rape, violence, and crime. New York: HarperCollins. Benedict, Jeff. and A. Klein. 1997. Arrest and conviction rates for athletes accused of sexual assault. Sociology of Sport Journal, 14: 1: 86–94. Benedict, Jeff, and Don Yaeger. 1998. Pros and cons: The criminals who play in the NFL. New York: Warner Books. Benedict, Ruth. 1961. Patterns of culture. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. Benford, Robert D. 2007. The college sports reform movement: Reframing the “edutainment” industry. Sociological Quarterly 48, 1: 1–28; online, www.blackwell- synergy.com/doi/full/10.1111/j.1533-8525.2007.00068.x. Ben-Porat, Guy, and Amir Ben-Porat. 2004. (Un)Bounded Soccer: Globalization and Localization of the Game in Israel. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 4: 421–436. Bentz, R. 1996. Robinson for three. Sports Spectrum (June): 14–15. Berger, Jody. 1999. Alone at the top. ESPN The Magazine, 29 Nov., 128–131. Berger, Jody. 2002. Pain Game. Rocky Mountain News (February 23): 6S. Berger, Jody. 2004. Straight shooter. The Denver Post (January 24): 1B, Berghorn, Forrest J., Norman R. Yetman, and William E. Hanna. 1988. Racial participation and integration in men’s and women’s intercollegiate basketball: Continuity and change, 1958– 1985. Sociology of Sport Journal 5, 2: 107–124. Bergsgard, Nils A. et al. 2007. Sport policy: a comparative analysis of stability and change. Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann. Bergsgard, Nils Asle, and Hilmar Rommetvedt. 2006. Sport and politics: The case of Norway. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 41, 1: 7–28. Berkowitz, L. 1969. Roots of aggression: a reexamination of the frustration-aggression hypothesis. Atherton Press, New York. Berkowitz, L. 1972a. Sports, competition, and aggression. In Proceedings: 4th Canadian Psycho- Motor Learning and Sport Symposium, Department of National Health and Welfare, Ottawa. Berkowitz, L. 1972b. Social psychology. Scott, Foresman & Co., Glenview, Ill. 9

Berkowitz, Leonard. 1969. Roots of aggression: A reexamination of the frustration-aggression hypothesis. New York: Atherton Press. Berlage, Gai I. 1982. Children’s sports and the family. ARENA Review 6(1):43–47. Berlant, Anthony R. 1996. Building character or characters? What the research says about sport participation and moral development. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport (Supplement): A-95. Bernstein, Alina. 2002. Is it time for a victory lap?: Changes in the media coverage of women in sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 3–4: 415–428. Bernstein, Alina, and Neil Blain, eds. 2003. Sport, media, culture: Global and local dimensions. London: Frank Cass. Berra, Lindsey. 2005. This is how they roll. ESPN The Magazine 8.24 (December 5): 104–111. Berri, David J.; Martin B. Schmidt, and Stacey L. Brook. 2006. The wages of wins: taking measure of the many myths in modern sport. Stanford, Calif: Stanford University Press. Berryman, Jack. 1982. The rise of highly organized sports for preadolescent boys. In R.A. Magill, et al., eds. Children in sport. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Best, Amy L. 2007. Book Review: The games black girls play: Learning the ropes from double- dutch to hip-hop. By Kyra D. Gaunt New Brunswick, NJ: New York University Press, 2006. Gender and Society 21, 3: 447–449. Best, C. 1987. Experience and career length in professional football: The effect of positional segregation. Sociology of Sport Journal 4, 4: 410–20. Bhasin, S., et al. The effects of supraphysiologic doses of testosterone on muscle size and strength in normal men. The New England Journal of Medicine 335, 1 (July 4): 1–7. Bierman, J. A. 1990. The effects of television sports media on black male youth. Sociological Inquiry 60, 4: 413–27. Bigelow, Bob, Tom Moroney, and Linda Hall. 2001. Just let the kids play: How to stop other adults from ruining your child’s fun and success in sports. Deerfield Beach, FL: Health Communications, Inc. Bilger, Burkhard. 2004. The height gap. The New Yorker (April 5): 38–45. Billings, Andrew C., and Fabio Tambosi. 2004. Portraying the United States vs Portraying a Champion: US Network Bias in the 2002 World Cup. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 2: 157–165. Billings, Andrew C., and Susan T Eastman. 2002. Selective Representation of Gender, Ethnicity, and Nationality in American Television Coverage of the 2000 Summer Olympics. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 3-4: 351–370. Bindman, S. 1982. The role of the media in sport. In J.T. Partington, et al., eds. Sport in perspective. Coaching Association of Canada, Ottawa. Birke, L. I. A., and G. Vines. 1987. A sporting chance: The anatomy of destiny? Women’s Studies International Forum 10, 4: 337–347. Birrell, Susan. 1983. The psychological dimensions of female athletic participation. In M.A. Boutilier and L. SanGiovanni. The sporting woman. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Birrell, Susan. 1984. Separatism as an issue in women’s sport. ARENA Review 8(2):21–29. Birrell, Susan. 1987. The woman athlete’s college experience: knowns and unknowns. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 11(1,2):82–96. Birrell, Susan. 1988. Discourses on the gender/sport relationship: from women in sport to gender relations. Exercise and Sport Science Review 16:459–501. Birrell, Susan. 1989. Race relations theories and sport: Suggestions for a more critical analysis. Sociology of Sport Journal 6, 3: 212–27. Birrell, Susan. 2000. Feminist theories for sport. In J. Coakley & E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sport studies (pp. 61–76). London: Sage Publications. 10

Birrell, Susan, and C. Cole. 1990. Double fault: Rene Richards and the construction and naturalization of difference. Sociology of Sport Journal 7, 1: 1–21. Birrell, Susan, and C. Cole, eds. 1994. Women, sport, and culture. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Birrell, Susan, and Diana M. Richter. 1987. Is a diamond forever? Feminist transformations of sport. Women’s Studies International Forum 10, 4: 395–409. Birrell, Susan., and Diana. M. Richter. 1994. Is a diamond forever? Feminist transformations of sport. In S. Birrell and C. L. Cole, eds. Women, sport, and culture (pp. 221–44). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Birrell, Susan, and Nancy Theberge. 1994a. Ideological control of women in sport. Pp. 341–60 in D. M. Costa and S. R. Guthrie, eds. Women and sport: Interdisciplinary perspectives. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Birrell, Susan, and Nancy Theberge. 1994b. Feminist resistance and transformation in sport. Pp. 361–76 in D. M. Costa and S. R. Guthrie, eds. Women and sport: Interdisciplinary perspectives. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Bishop, Ronald. 2003. Missing In Action: Feature Coverage of Women’s Sports in Sports Illustrated. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 2: 184–194. Bissinger, H. G. 1990. Friday night lights. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. Bissinger, H. G. “Buzz.” 2004. Innocents Afield. The New York Times (December 16): www.nytimes.com/2004/12/16/opinion/16bissinger_.html?. Bjerklie, David, and Alice Park. 2004. How doctors help the dopers. Time 164, 7 (August 16): 58–62. Black, T. 1996. Does the ban on drugs in sport improve societal welfare? International Review for the Sociology of Sport 31, 4: 367–84. Blackshaw, Ian Stewart, and Robert C.R. Siekmann. 2005. Sports image rights in Europe. The Hague: TMC Asser Press. Blackshaw, Tony, and Tim Crabbe. 2004. New perspectives on sport and ‘deviance’: Consumption, performativity and social control. London/New York: Routledge. Blades, Nicole. 2005. Lucia Rijker. ESPN, The Magazine 8.11 (June 6): 96–97. Blain, Neil, Raymond Boyle, and Hugh O’Donnell. 1993. Sport and national identity in the European media. Leicester, England: Leicester University Press. Blair, D. 2002. Odds are against recruits. Fort Collins Coloradoan, 5 February, D1 and D3. Blair, S. 1985. Professionalization of attitude toward play in children and adults. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 56, 1: 82–83. Blake, Andrew. 1996. The body language: The meaning of modern sport. London: Lawrence & Wisehart. Blauvelt, Harry. 2003. Stephenson says Asian players hurt LPGA tour. USA Today (October 10): 13C. Blinde, Elaine M., and Susan L. Greendorfer. 1985. A reconceptualization of the process of leaving the role of competitive athlete. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 20, 1– 2: 87–94. Blinde, Elaine M., and S. L. Greendorfer. 1992. Conflict and the college sport experience of women athletes. Women in Sport & Physical Activity Journal 1, 1: 97–114. Blinde, Elaine M., and Susan L. Greendorfer. 1985. A reconceptualization of the process of leaving the role of competitive athlete. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 20(1/2): 87–94. Blinde, Elaine M., Susan L. Greendorfer, and R.J. Shanker. 1991. Differential media coverage of men’s and women’s intercollegiate basketball: Reflection of gender ideology. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 15(2): 98–114. 11

Blinde, Elaine M., Susan L. Greendorfer, and R. J. Shanker. 1991. Differential media coverage of men’s and women’s intercollegiate basketball: Reflection of gender ideology. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 15, 2: 98–114. Blinde, Elaine M., and Lisa R. McClung. 1997. Enhancing the physical and social self through recreational activity: Accounts of individuals with physical disabilities. Adapted Physical Education Quarterly 14, 3: 327–344. Blinde, Elaine M., and D. E. Taub. 1992. Women athletes as falsely accused deviants: Managing the lesbian stigma. The Sociological Quarterly 33, 4: 521–33. Blinde, Elaine M., and Diane E. Taub. 1993. Sport participation and women’s personal empowerment: Experiences of the college athlete. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 17(1):47– 60. Blinde, E.M., D.E. Taub, and L. Han. 1992. Homophobia and women’s sport: The disempowerment of athletes. Paper presented at the annual conference of the American Sociological Association, Pittsburgh (August). Blinde, Elaine M., Diane E. Taub, and Lingling Han. 1993. Sport participation and women’s personal empowerment: Experiences of the college athlete. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 17, 1: 47–60. Blinde, Elaine M., Diane E. Taub, and Lingling Han. 1994. Sport as a site for women’s group and societal empowerment: Perspectives from the college athlete. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 1: 51–59. Block, Martin E. 1995. Americans with Disability Act: Its impact on youth sports. Journal of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 66, 1: 28–32. Bloom, Gordon A., and Michael D. Smith. 1996. Hockey violence: A test of the cultural spillover theory. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 1: 65–77. Bloom, John. 2000. To show what an Indian can do: Sports at Native American boarding schools. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press. Bloom, Marc. 1976. Street ball: where foul is fair and fair is foul. New York Times, section 5, p. 2, June 27. Bloom, Marc. 1998. Slower times at American high schools. New York Times (January 29): C27. Blum, Debra. E. 1996. Devout athletes. The Chronicle of Higher Education 42 , 22 (February 9): A35–A36. Blumenthal, Ralph. 2004. Texas tough, in lipstick, fishnet and skates. The New York Times, Section 1 (August 1): 14. Blumstein, Alfred, and Jeff Benedict. 1999. Criminal violence of NFL players compared to the general population. Chance 12, 3: 12–15. Bock, H. 1981. Despite his great successes, Ashe still faces discrimination. Colorado Springs Gazette Telegraph, section D, p. 5, December 16. Bock, H. 1986. Martin’s act draws fire from all corners. Colorado Springs Gazette Telegraph, section C, p. 12, November 30. Bodeen, Christopher. 2006. Sprinter does it her way—in hijab. Rocky Mountain News (December 12): 36A. Bodley, Hal, and Erik Brady. 1999. Baseball’s new caste system. USA Today, 2 April, 1C, 2C, 13C. Bohmer, C., and A. Parrot. 1993. Sexual assault on campus: The problem and the solution. Lexington, MA: Lexington. Bolin, Anne. 1992. Vandalized vanity: Feminine physiques betrayed and portrayed. Pp. 79–99 in F. Mascia-Lees and P. Sharpe (eds.). Tattoo, torture, mutilation, and adornment: The denaturalization of the body in culture and text. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. 12

Bolin, Anne. 1992. Flex appeal, food, and fat: Competitive bodybuilding, gender, and diet. Play & Culture 5(4), 378–400. Bolin, Anne. 1998. Muscularity and femininity: Women bodybuilders and women’s bodies in culturo-historical context. In K Volkwein, ed., Fitness as cultural phenomenon (pp. 187– 212). Munster: Waxmann. Bolin, Anne. 2003. Beauty or the beast: The subversive soma. In A. Bolin and J. Granskog, eds., Athletic intruders: Ethnographic research on women, culture, and exercise (pp. 107–130). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Bolin, Anne, and Jane Granskog, eds. 2003. Athletic intruders: Ethnographic research on women, culture, and exercise. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Bonilla-Silva, Eduardo. 2001. White supremacy and racism in the post-civil rights era. Boulder, CO: Lynne Rienner Publishers. Bonilla-Silva, Eduardo. 2003. Racism without racists: Color-blind racism and the persistence of racial inequality in the United States. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc. Booth, Douglas. 1999. Gifts of corruption? Ambiguities of obligation in the Olympic Movement. OLYMPIKA: The International Journal of Olympic Studies 8, 43–68. Booth, Douglas. 2005. The field: truth and fiction in sport history. London/NY: Routledge. Booth, Douglas, and John Loy. 1999. Sport, status and style. Sport History Review 30: 1–26. Booth, Douglas, and Holly Thorpe, eds. 2007. Berkshire encyclopedia of extreme sports. Great Barrington, Mass: Berkshire Publishing Group. Borden, Iain. 2001. Skateboarding, space and the city: architecture and the body. Oxford/NY: Berg. Borish , L. 2002. Women, sport and American Jewish identity in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. In With God on their Side: Sport in the Service of Religion (pp. 71–98), edited by T. Magdalinski and T. J. L. Chandler. London/New York: Routledge. Botstein, Leon. 1997. Jefferson’s children: Education and the promise of American culture. New York: Doubleday. Bourdieu, P. 1978. Sport and social class. Social Science Information 17: 819–40. Bourdieu, Pierre. 1986a. The forms of capital. In J. G. Richards, ed., Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education (pp. 242–258). New York: Greenwood Press. Bourdieu, Pierre. 1986b. Distinction: A social critique of the judgment of taste. London: Routledge. Bourgeois, N. 1995. Sports journalists and their source of information: A conflict of interests and its resolution. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 2: 195–203. Bourke, Ann. 2003. The dream of being a professional soccer player: Insights on career development options of young Irish players. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 4: 399– 419. Boutilier, M.A., and L. SanGiovanni. 1983. The sporting woman. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Bowen, William G., and Martin A. Kurzweil, Eugene M. Tobin, Susanne C. Pichler. 2005. Equity and excellence in American higher education. Charlottesville, VA University Press of Virginia. Bowen, William G., and Sarah Levine. 2003. Reclaiming the game: college sports and educational values. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Boyd, R. 1996. Genetic basis for race a skin deep fallacy: Biological, DNA advances tell us we’re all the same. Toronto Star, 13 October, A14. Boyd, R. S. 1996. Biologists reject the notion of race. The Denver Post, October 20. Boyd, Todd. 1997. Am I black enough for you? Popular culture from the ‘hood and beyond. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press. 13

Boyd, Todd, and M. D. Shank. 2004. Athletes as product endorsers: The effect of gender and product relatedness. Sport Marketing Quarterly 13, 2: 82–93. Boyer, E.L. 1985. College athletics: the control of the campus. In D. Chu, et al., eds. Sport and higher education. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Boyle, Raymond & Haynes, Richard. 2004. Football in the new media age. London/New York: Routledge. Boyle, Robert H. 1970. Oral Roberts: Small but OH MY. Sports Illustrated 33, 22 (November 30): 64–66. Brabazon, Tara. 2006. Playing on the periphery: sport, identity and memory. London/NY: Routledge. Brackenridge, Celia. 2001. Spoilsports: Understanding and preventing sexual exploitation in sport. London: Routledge. Brackenridge, Celia, and Kari Fasting. eds. 2003 Sexual harassment and abuse in sport: international research and policy perspectives. London: Whiting & Birch, London (see also, Journal of Sexual Aggression 8, 2, 2002). Braddock, Jomills. 1978a. The sports pages: In black and white. ARENA Review 2, 2: 17–25. Braddock, Jomills. 1978b. Television and college football: In black and white. Journal of Black Studies 8, 3: 369–80. Braddock, Jomills. 1980. Race, sports and social mobility: a critical review. Sociology Symposium 30(spring):18–38. Braddock, Jomills. 1981. Race and leadership in professional sports: A study of institutional discrimination in the National Football League. ARENA Review 5, 2: 16–25. Braddock, Jomills Henry, et al. 1991. Bouncing back: Sports and academic resilience among African-American males. Education and Urban Society 24, 1: 113–31. Braddock, Jomills Henry, Jan Sokol-Katz, Anthony Greene, and Lorrine Basinger-Fleischman. 2005. Uneven playing fields: State variations in boys’ and girls’ access to and participation in high school interscholastic sports. Sociological Spectrum 25, 2: 231–250. Bradley, J. 2002. IX to watch. ESPN The Magazine 5 (13), 24 June, 80–84. Bradley, J. M. 2002. The patriot game: Football’s famous “Tartan Army”. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37 (2): 177–197. Brady, Erik. 1991. Players: 46% earn degrees in five years. USA Today, June 17. Cover story. Brady, Erik. 1996. Some legislators say Baltimore’s money misspent. USA Today, September 6: 19C. Brady, Erik. 1999a. Term of non-endearment? USA Today (May 12): 1C, 2C. Brady, Erik. 1999b. Colleges help to make the grade. USA Today (October19): 3C. Brady, Erik, and Ray Glier, 2004. No free ride: Many students pay to play sports. USA Today (July 30): 14C. Brady, Erik, and D. Howlett. 1996. Ballpark construction booming. USA Today (September 6): 13C–21C. Brady, Erik, and MaryJo Sylwester. 2004a. High schools in the money also are rich in sports titles: Least affluent teams win half as many trophies. USA Today (June 17): A1. Brady, Erik, and MaryJo Sylwester. 2004b. Kentucky school maintains edge with fundraising booster groups. USA Today (June 17): A4 Brady, Erik, and MaryJo Sylwester. 2004c. “Great athletes and great desire” produce titles for least wealthy schools. USA Today (June 17): A4. Brady, Frank. 2004. Children’s organized sports: A developmental perspective. Journal of Health, Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance 75, 2: 35–41, 53. Bray, C. 1983. Sport, capitalism, and patriarchy. Canadian Women’s Studies/Les Cahiers de la Femme 4(3):11–13. 14

Bray, C. 1988. Sport and social change: socialist feminist theory. Journal of Health, Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance 59(6):50–53. Bray, Cory. 2004. 2002-03 Gender equity report. Indianapolis, IN: The National Collegiate Athletic Association. Bredemeier, Brenda. 1982. Gender, justice and nonviolence in sport. Perspectives 5:106–114. Bredemeier, Brenda. 1983. Athletic aggression: a moral concern. In J.H. Goldstein, ed. Sports violence. Springer-Verlag, New York. Bredemeier, Brenda. 1984. Sport, gender and moral growth. In J. Silva and R. Weinberg, eds. Psychological foundations of sport and exercise. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Bredemeier, Brenda. 1985. Moral reasoning and the perceived legitimacy of intentionally injurious sport acts. Journal of Sport Psychology 7(2):110–124. Bredemeier, Brenda. 1987. The moral of the youth sport story. In E. Brown and C. Banta (eds.), Competitive sports for children and youth (pp. 285–296). Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Bredemeier, Brenda., and David Shields. 1983. Body and balance: Developing moral structures through physical education. Paper presented at the meetings of the American Alliance for Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance, Minneapolis. Bredemeier, Brenda., and David Shields. 1984. Divergence in moral reasoning about sport and everyday life. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 4: 348–57. Bredemeier, Brenda., and D. Shields. 1984. The utility of moral stage analysis in the investigation of athletic aggression. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 2: 138–149. Bredemeier, Brenda, and David Shields. 1985. Values and violence in sports today. Psychology Today 19, 10: 22–25, 28–32. Bredemeier, Brenda J., and David L. Shields. 1986. Moral growth among athletes and nonathletes: A comparative analysis. Journal of Genetic Psychology 147:7–18. Bredemeier, Brenda J., and David L. Shields. 1988. Athletic aggression: an issue of contextual morality. Sociology of Sport Journal 3(1):15–28. Bredemeier, Brenda, and David Shields. 1992. Moral psychology in the context of sport. Pp. 587–99 in R. Singer, M. Murphey, and L. K. Tennant, eds. Handbook of research in sport psychology. New York: Macmillan. Bredemeier, Brenda Jo Light, Ellen Brooke Carlton, Laura Ann Hills, and Carole Ann Oglesby. 1999. Changers and the changed: Moral aspects of coming out in physical education. Quest 51, 4: 418–431. Brennan, Christine. 1996. Inside edge: A revealing journey into the secret world of figure skating. New York. Scribner. Brennan, Christine. 2002. Augusta sticks with boyish act. USA Today (July 11): 3C. Bretón, Marcos, & José Luis Villegas. 1999. Away games: The life and times of a Latin baseball player. Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico Press. Bretón, Marcos. 2000. Field of broken dreams: Latinos and baseball. ColorLines 3, 1: 13–17. Brewer, B. D. 2002. Commercialization in professional cycling 1950-2001: Institutional transformations and the rationalization of “doping.” Sociology of Sport Journal 19 (3): 276– 301. Bricknell, L. 1999. The trouble with feelings: Gender, sexualities, and power in a gender regime of competitive sailing. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 23(4), 421–438. Bridges, Lee. 2003. Out of the gene pool and into the food chain. In Robert E. Rinehart Synthia Sydnor, eds. 2003. To the extreme: Alternative sports, inside and out (pp. 179–189). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Briggs, B. 1994. God squads. The Denver Post Magazine, October 23: 12–15. 15

Briggs, Bill. 2002. A heavy burden: Way of life leads to early death for many NFL linemen. The Denver Post (October 20): 1J, 8J. Briggs, Bill. 2004. Crowds gone wild. The Denver Post (November 28): 1B Brimson, Dougie. 2003. Eurotrashed: the rise and rise of Europe’s football hooligans. London: Headline. Brittain, Ian. 2004. Perceptions of disability and their impact upon involvement in sport for people with disabilities at all levels. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 4: 429–452. Broh, Beckett A. 2002. Linking Extracurricular Programming to Academic Achievement: Who Benefits and Why? Sociology of Education 75:69–95 Brohm, J.-M. 1978. Sport: A prison of measured time. Translated by Ian Fraser. London: Ink Links. Brookes, Rod. 2002. Representing sport. New York: Oxford University Press. Brooks, Dana, and Ronald Althouse, eds. 1993. Racism in college athletics: The African- American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Brooks, Dana, and Ronald Althouse. 1993. Racial imbalance in coaching and managerial positions. Pp. 101–42 in D. D. Brooks and R. C. Althouse, eds. Racism in college athletics: The African-American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology Inc. Brooks, Dana, and Ronald Althouse. 2000.Fifty years after Jackie Robinson: Equal access but unequal outcome. Pp. 307–320 in D. Brooks & R. Althouse, eds. Racism in college athletics: The African American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Brooks, Dana, and Ronald Althouse, and D. Tucker. 1998. African American male head coaches: in the “red zone,” but can they score? Pp. 217–240 in G. Sailes, ed. African Americans in sport. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. Brooks, Dana, and Ronald Althouse. 2000. African American head coaches and administrators: Progress but . . .? In D. D. Brooks and R. C. Althouse, eds. Racism in college athletics: The African-American athlete’s experience (pp. 85–118). Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology Inc. Brooks, Maurice. 2005. NBA world without wires. NBA All-Star 2005 Program. New York: NBA. Brower, Jonathon. 1976. Professional sport team ownership: fun, profit and ideology of the power elite. J. Sport Soc. Issues 1(1):16–51. Brown, Adam, ed. 1998. Fanatics! Power, Identity and fandom in football. London/New York: Routledge. Brown, Barbara. 1985. Factors influencing the process of withdrawal by female adolescents from the role of competitive age group swimmer. Sociology of Sport Journal 2, 2: 111–29. Brown, B. 1993a. Supply and demand sets ticket prices. USA Today, May 11: 8C. Brown, B. 1993b. Perceptions in a battle with economic reality. USA Today, May 11: 8C. Brown, Bruce Eamon. 2003. Teaching character through sport: developing a positive coaching legacy. Monterey, CA: Coaches Choice; www.coacheschoice.com/. Brown, Clyde, and David M. Paul. 2002. The Political Scorecard of Professional Sports Facility Referendums in the United States, 1984-2000. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 3: 249– 268. Brown, E.Y., J.R. Morrow, Jr., and S.M. Livingston. 1982. Self concept changes in women as a result of training. Journal of Sport Psychology 4, 4: 354–363. Brown, G. T. 2000. Beating the odds. The NCAA News, 18 December, Extra section, A1, A4. Brown, Gary T. 2000. Beating the odds. The NCAA News – Extra section (December 18): A1, A4. 16

Brown, J.M., and N. Davies. 1978. Attitude toward violence among college athletes. Journal of Sport Behavior 1, 2: 61–70. Brown, Matthew, Mark Nagell, Chad McEvoy, and Daniel Rascher. 2004. Revenue and wealth maximization in the National Football League: The impact of stadia. Sport Marketing Quarterly 13, 4: 227–236. Brown, Michael F. 2003. Who owns native culture? Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Brown, Michael K. et al., eds. 2005. Whitewashing race: The myth of a color-blind society. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. Brown, Tony N., James S. Jackson, Kendrick T. Brown, Robert M. Sellers, Shelley Keiper, and Warde J. Manuel, 2003. “There’s No Race On The Playing Field”: Perceptions of Racial Discrimination Among White and Black Athletes. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 2: 162–183. Brownell, K., J. Rodin, and J. Wilmore. 1988. Eat, drink and be worried. Runners World 23, 8: 28–34. Brownell, Susan. 1995. Training the body for China: Sports in the moral order of the People’s Republic. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. Brownridge, D. 1975. Karate and Christianity: parallels on different planes. Sport Sociol. Bull. 4:56–59. Bruce, Toni. 1993. Communique: Title IX: 21 years of progress. Women in Sport & Physical Activity Journal 2, 1: 73–80. Bruce, Toni. 1998. Audience frustration and pleasure: Women viewers confront televised women’s basketball. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 22(4), 373–397. Bruce, Toni. 2007. Media and sport. In George Ritzer, eds., Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 2916–2921). London/New York: Blackwell. Bruening, Jennifer E. 2004. Coaching difference: A case study of four African American female student-athletes. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research 18, 2: 242–251. Bruening, Jennifer E. 2005. Gender and Racial Analysis in Sport: Are All the Women White and All the Blacks Men? Quest 57, 3: 330–349. Bruening, Jennifer E., Ketra. L. Armstrong, and Donna L. Pastore. 2005. Listening to the voices: The experiences of African American female student-athletes. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 76, 1: 82–100. Bryant, Adam. 1999. Shock treatment. Newsweek 134, 18 (November 1): 58–59. Bryant, J. 1980. A two-year selective investigation of the female in sport as reported in the paper media. ARENA Review 4(2):32–44. Bryant, J., D. Zillmann, and A. A. Raney. 1998. Violence and the enjoyment of media sports. In L. A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport: Cultural sensibilities and sport in the media age (pp. 252– 265). London: Routledge. Bryant, J., P. Comisky, and D. Zillmann. 1977. Drama in sports commentary. Journal of Communication 27, 3: 140–49. Bryant, J., S. C. Rockwell, and J. W. Owens. 1994. “Buzzer Beaters” and “Barn Burners”: The effects on enjoyment of watching the game to “down to the wire.” Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 4: 326–39. Bryjak, George J. 2002. Don’t call jocks sports ‘heroes.’ USA Today, Feb. 18: 13A. Bryshun, Jamie, & Kevin Young. 1999. Sport-related hazing: An inquiry into male and female involvement. In Philip White & Kevin Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada (pp. 269– 292). Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. Bryson, L. 1987. Sport and the maintenance of masculine hegemony. Women’s Studies International Forum 10: 349–360. Bryson, L. 1990. Challenges to male hegemony in sport. Pp. 173–84 in M. A. Messner and D. F. Sabo (eds.). Sport, men, and the gender order Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. 17

Bryson, L. 1994. Sport and the maintenance of masculine hegemony. Pp. 47–64 in S. Birrell and C. L. Cole, eds. Women, sport, and culture. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Budd, Adrian, and Roger Levermore, eds. 2004. Sport and international relations: An emerging relationship. London/New York: Routledge. Buffington, Daniel. 2005. Contesting Race on Sundays: Making Meaning out of the Rise in the Number of Black Quarterbacks. Sociology of Sport Journal 22, 1: 19–37. Buford, B., 1991. Among the thugs. London: Secker and Warburg. Buhrmann, H.G. 1972. Scholarship and athletics in junior high school. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 7: 119–128. Buhrmann, H. G. 1977. Athletics and deviancy: An examination of the relationship between athletic participation and deviant behavior of high school girls. Review of Sport and Leisure 2: 17–25. Buhrmann, H.G., and M.K. Zaugg. 1983. Religion and superstition in the sport of basketball. Journal of Sport Behavior 6 3: 146–157. Bull, Chris. 2004. The healer. ESPN, The Magazine 7.04 (February 16): 90–95. Bunker, Linda, et al. 2000. Check it out: Is the playing field level for women and girls at your school? Washington, D.C.: National Women’s Law Center. Burbick, Joan. 2002. Rodeo queens and the American dream. New York: Public Affairs. Burgos, Jr., Adrian. 2005. Entering Cuba’s Other Playing Field: Cuban Baseball and the Choice Between Race and Nation, 1887–1912. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 29, 1: 9–40. Burridge, K.O.L. 1957. Disputing in Tangu. American Anthropologist 59: 763–780. Burroughs, A., L. Ashburn, and L. Seebohm. 1995. “Add sex and stir”: Homophobic coverage of women’s cricket in Australia. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 19, 3: 266–84. Burstyn, Varda. 1999. The rites of men: Manhood, politics, and the culture of sport. Toronto, ON: University of Toronto Press. Bushby, Mary & Hickie, Thomas V., eds. 2007. Rugby history: the remaking of the class game. Australian Society for Sports History: www.sporthistory.org/. Butcher, J. 1985. Longitudinal analysis of adolescent girls’ participation in physical activity. Sociology of Sport Journal 2, 2: 130–143. Butcher, Robert B. Fan Hong, and Angela Schneider, eds. 2007. Doping in sport: Global ethical issues. NY/London: Routledge. Butkus, D. 1972. Stop-action. New York: E.P. Dutton & Co., Inc. Butler, Judith. 2004. Undoing gender. New York: Routledge. Butryn, Ted M., and Matthew A. Masucci. 2003. It’s not about the book: A cyborg counternarrative of Lance Armstrong. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 2: 124–144. Butt, D.S. 1976. Psychology of sport. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York. Buysse, Jo Ann M., and Melissa Sheridan Embser-Herbert. 2004. Constructions of gender in sport: An analysis of intercollegiate media guide cover photographs. Gender and Society 18, 1: 66–81. Cagan, Joanna, and Neil deMause. 1998. Field of schemes: how the great stadium swindle turns public money into private profit. Monroe, ME: Common Courage Press. Cagigal, J.M. 1982. On education through movement. International Social Science Journal 34, 2: 257–271. Cahill, B. R., and A. J. Pearl, eds. 1993. Intensive participation in children’s sports. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Cahn, S. K. 1994a. Coming on strong: Gender and sexuality in twentieth-century women’s sports. New York: The Free Press. Cahn, S. K. 1994b. Crushes, competition, and closets: The emergence of homophobia in women’s physical education. Pp. 327–40 in S. Birrell and C. L. Cole, eds. Women, sport, and culture. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. 18

Caldwell, M. 1993. Eating disorders and related behavior among athletes. Pp. 158–67 in G. L. Cohen, ed. Women in sport: Issues and controversies. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Calhoun, C. 1998. Editor’s comments. Sociological Theory 16(1), 1–3. Canadian Mortgage and Housing Corporation. 2006. Impact of the 2010 Winter Olympic Games on the Vancouver and sea-to-sky housing market. Ottawa CMHC, 1 v. (Research report). Canavan, Tom. 2003. Mourning risked heart attack if he continued playing. The Coloradoan (November 26): C3. Candaele, Kelly, and Peter Dreier. 2004. Where are the jocks for justice? The Nation 278, 25 (June 28): www.thenation.com/doc.mhtml?i=20040628&s=candaele. Cannella, Stephen. 2005. Cable Ready. Sports Illustrated 103, 8 (August 29): 16–17. Cantor, D. W., and T. Bernay (with J. Stoess). 1992. Women in power: The secrets of leadership. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Caplan, P. J. 1981. Barriers between women. Jamaica, NY: Spectrum. Capouya, John. 1986. Jerry Falwell’s team. Sport 77, 9: 72–81. Capranica, Laura, and Fabrizio Aversa. 2002. Italian Television Sport Coverage During the 2000 Sydney Olympic Games: A Gender Perspective. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 3-4: 337–349. Carlson, Deven, Leslie Scott, Michael Planty, and Jennifer Thompson. 2005. Statistics in brief: What Is the Status of High School Athletes 8 Years After Their Senior Year? Washington, D.C: U.S. Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Educational Statistics (NCES 2005–303; http://nces.ed.gov/pubs2005/2005303.pdf). Carlston, D. 1986. An environmental explanation for race differences in basketball performance. In R. Lapchick, ed. Fractured focus. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books. Carpenter, L. J. 1993. Letters home: My life with Title IX. Pp. 79–94 in G. L. Cohen, ed. Women in sport: Issues and controversies. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Carpenter, Linda Jean and R. Vivian Acosta. 2005. Title IX. Champaign, Ill: Human Kinetics. Carr, C. N., S. R. Kennedy, and K. M. Dimick. 1996. Alcohol use among high school athletes. The Prevention Researcher 3, 2: 1–3. Carrington, Ben, T. Chivers, and T. Williams. 1987. Gender, leisure and sport: A case-study of young people of South Asian descent. Leisure Studies 6:265–279. Carrington, Ben. 2004. Cosmopolitan Olympism, humanism and the spectacle of race. In John Bale and Mette Christensen, eds. Post-Olympism: Questioning sport in the twenty-first century (pp. 81–98). Oxford/New York: Berg. Carrington, Ben. 2007. Sport, masculinity and black cultural resistance. In Alan Tomlinson, ed. The sport studies reader (pp. 298–303). London/New York: Routledge. Carrington, Ben., and John Sugden. 1999. Trans-national capitalism and the incorporation of world football. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland, OH (November). Carroll, J. 1986. Sport: Virtue and grace. Theory and Society 3, 1: 91–98. Carron, A.V. 1978. Role behavior and the coach-athlete interaction. International Review of Sport Sociology 13, 2: 51–65. Carter, D. 1996. Q & Amy. Denver Post, August 20: sec. D. Case, B., H. S. Green, and J. Brown. 1987. Academic clustering in athletics: myth or reality? ARENA Review 11, 2: 48–56. Cashmore, Ellis, 2007. Gambling and sport. In George Ritzer, eds., Encyclopedia of sociology. London/New York: Blackwell. Cashmore, Ellis, and Andrew Parker. 2003. One David Beckham? Celebrity, Masculinity, and the Soccerati. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 3: 214–231. Castle, George. 2006. Baseball and the media: how fans lose in today’s coverage of the game. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. 19

Caudwell, Jayne. 1999. Women’s football in the United Kingdom: Theorizing gender and unpacking the butch lesbian image. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 23(4), 390–402. Caudwell, Jayne. 2003. Sporting gender: Women’s footballing bodies as sites/sights for the (re)articulation of sex, gender, and desire. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 4: 371–386. Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., and F. Cavalli-Sforza. 1995. The great human diasporas: The history of diversity and evolution. Reading MA: Perseus Books. Cavallo, Dominick. 1981. Muscles and morals. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Centre for Sports Development Research. 1996. Hit racism for six: Race and cricket in England today. London: Department of Sport Studies, Roehampton Institute. Chafetz, J. S. 1978. Masculine, feminine or human? Itasca, IL: F. E. Peacock. Chafetz, Janet. S., and Joseph A. Kotarba. 1995. Son Worshippers: The role of little league mothers in recreating gender. Studies in Symbolic Interaction 18: 219–243. Chafetz, Janet, and Joseph A. Kotarba, 1999. Little League mothers and the reproduction of gender Pp. 46–54 in J. Coakley & P. Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports. London: Routledge. Chaiken, T. (with R. Telander). 1988. The nightmare of steroids. Sports Illustrated 69, 18: 82– 102. Chalip. Laurence, and B. Christine Green. 1998. Establishing and maintaining a modified youth sport program: Lessons from Hotelling’s location game. Sociology of Sport Journal 15, 4: 326–342. Chambers, M. 1995. The unplayable lie: The untold story of women and discrimination in American golf. New York: Pocket Books. Chandler, J. 1983. Televised sport: Britain and the United States. ARENA Review 7, 2: 20–27. Chandler, J. 1988. Television and national sport. University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Ill. Chandler, T. J. L., and A. D. Goldberg. 1990. The academic all-American as vaunted adolescent role-identity. Sociology of Sport Journal 7, 3: 287–93. Chandler, Timothy J. L. 2002. Manly Catholicism: Making men in Catholic public schools, 1945–80. In With God on their Side: Sport in the Service of Religion (pp. 99–119), edited by Tara Magdalinski and Timothy J. L. Chandler. London/New York: Routledge. Chapin, Tim. 2002. Identifying the Real Costs and Benefits of Sports Facilities. Cambridge, MA: Lincoln Institute of Land Policy (www.lincolninst.edu/pubs/dl/671_chapin-web.pdf). Chappell, R. 1996. Participation rates of Afro/Caribbeans in the 1st division of the English National Basketball League, 1977–1996. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the North American Society of the Sociology of Sport, Birmingham, AL (November). Chappell, R., R. L. Jones, and A. M. Burden. 1996. Racial participation and integration in English professional basketball, 1977–1994. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 3: 300–10. Chappell, Robert. 2008. Sport in postcolonial Uganda. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 32, 2: 177–198. Charnofsky, H. 1968. The major league professional baseball player: Self-conception versus the popular image. International Review for Sport Sociology 3: 39–53. Chase, M.A., and G.M. Drummer. 1992. The role of sports as a social status determinant for children. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 63(4):418–424. Chastain, Brandi. 2004. It’s not about the bra. New York: Harper Resource. Chiba, Naoki. 2004. Pacific professional baseball leagues and migratory patterns and trends: 1995–1999. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 2: 193–211. Child Trends. 2005. Participation in school athletics. Child Trends Data Bank, www.childtrendsdatabank.org (retrieved 9/10/05). China Sports. 1984. China’s 10 big news items in 1983. 16(4):22–24. Chisholm, A. 1999. Defending the nation: National bodies, U.S. borders, and the 1996 U.S. Olympic women’s gymnastics team. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 23(2), 126–139. 20

Chodorow, Nancy. 1978. The reproduction of mothering: psychoanalysis and the sociology of gender. University of California Press, Berkeley, Calif. Christensen, Paul. 2007. Olympic victor lists and ancient Greek history. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Christenson, Marcus, and Paul Kelso. 2004. Soccer chief’s plan to boost women’s game? Hotpants. The Guardian – UK (January 16): http://football.guardian.co.uk/News_Story/0,,1124460,00.html (retrieved December 1, 2005). Christopherson, N., M. Janning, and E. D. McConnell. 2002. Two kicks forward, one kick back: A content analysis of media discourses on the 1999 Women’s World Cup Soccer Championship. Sociology of Sport Journal 19 (2): 170–188. Chu, Donald. 1981. Origins of teacher/coach role conflict: a reaction to Massengale’s paper. In S.L. Greendorfer and Andrew Yiannakis, eds. Sociology of sport: diverse perspectives. Leisure Press, West Point, N.Y. Chu, Donald. 1986. The relationship of intercollegiate sport to application and enrollment rates. Paper presented at the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport Conference, Las Vegas. Chu, Donald., and D. Griffey. 1982. Sport and racial integration: the relationship of personal contact, attitudes and behavior. In A.O. Dunleavy, A. Miracle, and R. Rees, eds. Studies in the sociology of sport. Texas Christian University Press, Fort Worth, Tex. Chu, Donald., and D. Griffey. 1985. The contact theory of racial integration: the case of sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 2, 4: 323–333. Chung , Heejoon. 2003. Sport Star Vs Rock Star in Globalizing Popular Culture: Similarities, Difference and Paradox in Discussion of Celebrities. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 1: 99–108. Churchill, Ward. 1994. Indians are us? Culture and genocide in Native North America. Monroe, ME: Common Courage Press. Ciborowski, Tom. 1997. “Superstition” in the collegiate baseball player. The Sport Psychologist 11, 3: 305–317. Claeys, U., and H. Van Pelt, eds. 1986. Sport and mass media. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 21, 2/3: 95–102. Clancy, F. 1999. Warriors. USA Weekend (February 12–14): 4–6. Clark, John. 1978. Football and working class fans: Tradition and change. In R. Ingham, ed. Football hooliganism: The wider context. London: Inter-Action Imprint. Clark, N. 1988. The new breed of bulimics: compulsive eaters-exercisers. Shape 7, 12: 91–93. Clark, N. 1993. Eating disorders among female athletes. Pp. 141–147 in A. J. Pearl, ed., The athletic female. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Clark, N., M. Nelson, and W. Evans. 1988. Nutrition education for elite female runners. The Physician & Sportsmedicine 16(2):124–134. Clark, N., M. Nelson, and W. Evans. 1988. Nutrition education for elite female runners. The Physician and Sportsmedicine 16(2):124–134. Clark, Sheryl, and Carrie Paechter . 2007. ‘Why can’t girls play football?’ Gender dynamics and the playground Sport, Education and Society 12, 3: 261–276. Clarke, A., and J. Clarke. 1982. “Highlights and action replays”--ideology, sport and the media. In J. Hargreaves, ed. Sport, culture and ideology. Routledge & Kegan Paul, Boston. Clausen, C. L. 1996. Ethnic team names and logos—Is there a legal solution? Marquette Sports Law Journal 6, 2: 409–21. Clayton, B. and Harris, J. (2004) ‘Footballers’ Wives: The role of the soccer player’s partner in the construction of idealised masculinity.’ Soccer and Society 5, 3: 317–335. Clayton, J. 2002. Lack of Minority Coaches Not Addressed. 8 February, www.espn.com. 21

Clemens, Josef. 2006. A look at our future commitment (pp. 85–89). In Pontifical Council for the Laity. 2006. The world of sport today: A field of Christian mission. Città del Vaticana: Libreria Editrice Vaticana. Cleveland, Robert W. 2005. Alternative income estimates in the United States: 2003. Current Population Reports, June (P60-228). Washington, DC: United States Census Bureau; www.census.gov/prod/2005pubs/p60-228.pdf. Clift, E. 1992. Interview (with Hillary Clinton): “I try to be who I am.” Newsweek, December 28:24-25. Coakley, Jay. 1979. Participation trends in physical activity and sport: implications for the sociology of sport. Review of Sport and Leisure 4, 2: 30-47. Coakley, Jay. 1980. Play, games and sport: Developmental implications for young people. Journal of Sport Behavior 3, 3: 99–118. Coakley, Jay. 1982. Sport in society: Issues and controversies. 2d ed. St. Louis, MO: Mosby. Coakley, Jay. 1983. Play, games and sports: Developmental implications for young people. In J. C. Harris and R. J. Park, eds. Play, games and sports in cultural contexts (pp. 431–450). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Coakley, Jay. 1983. Leaving competitive sport: Retirement or rebirth? Quest 35, 1: 1–11. Coakley, Jay. 1984. Mead’s theory on the development of the self: implications for organized youth sport programs. Paper presented at the Olympic Scientific Congress, Eugene, Ore. Coakley, Jay. 1985. When should children begin competing? In Daniel Gould and Maureen R. Weiss, eds. Sport for children and youths. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Coakley, Jay. 1985. Socialization and youth sports. In A. Miracle and R. Rees, eds. Sport and sociological theory. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Coakley, Jay. 1988–89. Media coverage of sports and violent behavior: an elusive connection. Current Psychology: Research and Reviews 7, 4: 322–30. Coakley, Jay. 1990. Sport in society: Issues and controversies (4th edition). St. Louis, MO: Times Mirror/Mosby. Coakley, Jay. 1985. When should children begin competing? In D. Gould and M.R. Weiss, eds. Sport for children and youths. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Coakley, Jay. 1987. Sociology of sport in the United States. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 22, 1: 63–79. Coakley, Jay. 1988. Beyond the obvious: a critical look at sport in the U.S. The World & I 3, 10: 589–601. Coakley, Jay. 1989. Media coverage of sports and violent behavior: an elusive connection. Current Psychology: Research and Reviews 7, 4: 322–330. Coakley, Jay. 1992. Burnout among adolescent athletes: A personal failure or social problem? Sociology of Sport Journal 9, 3: 271–285. Coakley, Jay. 1993. Socialization and sport. In Robert N. Singer, M. Murphey, & L.K. Tennant, eds., Handbook of research on sport psychology (pp. 571–586). Macmillan Publishing Company, New York. Coakley, Jay. 1993. Sport and socialization. Exercise and Sport Science Reviews 21: 169–200. Coakley, Jay. 1994. Ethics in coaching: Child development or child abuse? Coaching Volleyball, December/January: 18–23. Coakley, Jay. 1996. Socialization through sports. Pp. 353–63 in O. bar-Or, ed. The child and adolescent athlete. Vol. 6 of the Encyclopaedia of Sports Medicine, a publication of the IOC Medical Commission. London: Blackwell Science. Coakley, Jay. 1997. Ethics, deviance and sports: A critical look at crucial issues. Pp. 3–24 in A. Tomlinson and S. Fleming, eds. Ethics, sport and leisure: Crises and critiques. Aachen, Germany: Meyer & Meyer Verlag. 22

Coakley, Jay. 1998. Sport in society: Issues and controversies (6th edition). New York: McGraw-Hill. Coakley, Jay. 2001. Youth sports. In International Encyclopedia of Women & Sport (pp. 1298– 1302) edited by K. Christensen, A. Guttmann, and G. Pfister. Macmillam Reference, New York. Coakley, Jay. 2002. Using sports to control deviance and violence among youths: Let’s be critical and cautious.” Pp. 13–30 in Margaret Gatz, Michael A. Messner, and Sandra J. Ball- Rokeach, eds., Paradoxes of Youth and Sport. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Coakley, Jay. 2006. The good father: Parental expectations and youth sports. Leisure Studies 25, 2, 153–164. Coakley, Jay. 2007. Socialization and sports. In George Ritzer, ed., Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 4576–4580). London/New York: Blackwell. Coakley, Jay. 2008. Sports don’t just happen: Physical activity & cultural production in neoliberal societies. Keynote address at the 5th Conference of the European Association for Sociology of Sport (Bled, Slovernia, May 23). Coakley, Jay. 2008. Studying intercollegiate sport: High stakes, low rewards. Journal of Intercollegiate Sport 1, 1: 14–28. Coakley, Jay, ed. 2008. Research on intercollegiate sports: A working bibliography. Journal of Intercollegiate Sport 1, 1: 147–169. Coakley, Jay. (forthcoming). Sport specialization: Does it create excellence or ‘one-trick ponies’? In Sandra Spickard Prettyman and Brian Lampman, eds. Learning culture through sports (2nd edition). Rowman and Littlefield. Coakley, Jay, and Peter Donnelly, eds. 1999. Inside sports. London: Routledge. Coakley, Jay. and Peter Donnelly. 2004. Sports in society: Issues and controversies (1st Canadian edition). Toronto: McGraw-Hill Ryerson. Coakley, Jay, and Eric Dunning, eds. 2000. Handbook of sports studies. London: Sage. Coakley, Jay, and Janet Lever. 2001. Sports. In Edgar F. Borgatta and Rhonda J. V. Montgomery, eds. Encyclopedia of Sociology (pp. 2985–2991). New York: Macmillan Reference. Coakley, Jay, and Patricia Pacey. 1984. The distribution of athletic scholarships among women in intercollegiate sport. In N. Theberge and P. Donnelly, eds. Sport and the sociological imagination. Texas Christian University Press, Fort Worth, Tex. Coakley, Jay, and Marcia Westkott. 1984. Opening doors for women in sport: an alternative to old strategies. In D.S. Eitzen, ed. Sport in contemporary society. St. Martin’s Press, New York. Coakley, Jay, and Anita White. 1992. Making decisions: Gender and sport participation among British adolescents. Sociology of Sport Journal 9, 1: 20–35. Coakley, Jay, and Anita White. 1999. Making decisions: How young people become involved and stay involved in sports. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 77– 85). London: Routledge. Cochran, Johnnie. L. and Cyrus Mehri. 2002. Black coaches in the National Football League: Superior performance, inferior opportunities. Report presented to the National Football League (October). Coclough, W. G., L. A. Daellanbach, and K. R. Sherony. 1994. Estimating the economic impact of a minor league baseball stadium. Managerial and Decision Economics 15, 5 (September– October): 497–502. Coffey, Wayne. 2005. Player without legs shows the heart of a champion New York Daily News KRT (October 12): www.isubengal.com/media/paper275/news/2005/10/12/Sports/Player.Without.Legs.Shows.T he.Heart.Of.A.Champion-1017369.shtml. 23

Cohen, Greta L. 1994. Media portrayal of the female athlete. In Greta L. Cohen, ed. Women in sport: Issues and controversies (pp. 171–84). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Cohen, Greta L. ed. Women in sport: Issues and controversies. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Cohen, Leah Hager. 2005. Without apology: Girls, women, and the desire to fight. New York: Random House. Cole, C.L. 1991. The politics of cultural representatiuon: Visions of fields/fields of vision. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 26(1):37–52. Cole, C.L. 1993. Resisting the canon: Feminist cultural studies and sport. J. of Sport and Social Issues 17(2): 77–97. Cole, C. L. 1994. Resisting the canon: Feminist cultural studies, sport, and technologies of the body. Pp. 1–29 in S. Birrell and C. L. Cole, eds. Women, sport, and culture. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Cole, Cheryl L. 2000a. Body studies in the sociology of sport. In J. Coakley and E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sport studies (pp. 439–460). London: Sage Publications. Cole, C. L. 2000b. The year that girls ruled. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 24(1), 3–7. Cole, C. L. 2002. The place of golf in U.S. imperialism. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 4: 331–336. Cole, CL. 2006. Nicole Franklin’s double dutch. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 30, 2: 119– 121. Cole, C. L., and David Andrews. 1996. Look—It’s NBA’s Showtime: Visions of race in the popular imaginary. Cultural Studies: A Research Volume 1, 1: 141–81. Cole, C. L., and Amy Hribar. 1995. Celebrity feminism: Nike style post-Fordism, transcendence, and consumer power. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 4: 347–69. Cole, C. L., and Harry Denny. 1995. Visualizing deviance in post-Reagan America: Magic Johnson, AIDS, and the promiscuous world of professional sport. Critical Sociology 20, 3: 123–47. Cole, C. L., Harry Denny, and Jay Coakley. 1993. AIDS, surveillance, and sports. Paper presented at the meetings of the Society for the Interdisciplinary Study of Social Imagery, Denver (March). Cole, C. L, and Alex Mobley. 2005. American Steroids: Using Race and Gender Journal of Sport and Social Issues 29, 1: 3–8. Coleman, James. 1961a. The adolescent society. New York: The Free Press. Coleman, James. 1961b. Athletics in high schools. Annals of the American Academy of Political Science 338 (November): 33–43. Coleman, K. 1996. For many reasons, the sport packs a punch. The Denver Post, July 11: 5D. Collins, B. 1984. Playing singles again. Family Weekly, pp. 4–6, May 6. Collins, Leslea Haravon. 2002. Working out the Contradictions: Feminism and Aerobics. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 1: 85–109. Collins, Michael F., and James R. Buller. 2003. Social exclusion from high-performance sport: Are all talented young sports people being given an equal opportunity of reaching the Olympic podium? Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 4: 420–442. Collins, Patricia Hill. 2004. Black sexual politics: African Americans, Gender, and the new racism. New York/London: Routledge. Collins, Tony. 2006. Rugby league in twentieth century Britain: a social and cultural history. London/NY: Routledge. Collins, Tony. 2006. Rugby’s great split: Class, culture and the origins of rugby league football, 2nd edition, London: Routledge Collinson, Jacquelyn Allen. 2003. Running into injury time: Distance running and temporality. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 4: 24

Colton, L. 2000. Counting coup: A true story of basketball and honor on the Little Big Horn. New York: Warner Books, Inc. Comisky, P., et al. 1977. Commentary as a substitute for action. Journal of Communication 27, 3: 150–153. Concerned American Indian Parents. 1988. Nicknames, logos and mascots depicting Native American People. Photocopy report distributed by the National Conference of Christians and Jews and Martin-Williams Advertising, Inc., Minneapolis. Condor, R., and Dean F. Anderson. 1984. Longitudinal analysis of coverage accorded black and white athletes in feature articles of Sports Illustrated, 1960–1980. Journal of Sport Behavior 7, 1: 39–43. Conley, K. 2000. Have I got a league for you! Sports Illustrated 92(5) 7 February, 80-86. Connell, R. W. 1987. Gender and power: Society, the person and sexual politics. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Connell, R. W. 1995. Masculinities. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. Conniff, R. 1996. New day for women’s sports. The Progressive 60, 9 (September): 11. Connolly, Mike. 2005. The bad news lies in the big three. Bristol Herald Courier, Sports Section (March 2): 1 Conroy, Pat. 1986. The Prince of tides. Boston MA: Houghton Mifflin. Conzelmann, Achim, and Siegfried Nagel. 2003. Professional Careers of the German Olympic Athletes. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 3: 259–280. Cooky, Cheryl. 2004. Raising the bar? Urban girls’ negotiations of structural barriers in recreational sports. Paper presented at the annual conference of the American Sociological Society, San Francisco (August). Cooky, Cheryl. 2006. Strong enough to be a man, but made a woman: Discourses on sport and femininity in Sports Illustrated for Women. In Linda K. Fuller, ed., Sport, rhetoric, and gender (pp. 97–106). New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Cooky, Cheryl, and Mary G. McDonald. 2005. ‘If you let me play’: Young girls’ inside-other narratives of sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 22, 2: 158–177. Coombe, R. J. 1999. Sports trademarks and somatic politics: Locating the law in a critical cultural studies. Pp. 262–288 in R. Martin & T. Miller, eds. SportCult. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press. Cooper-Chen, A. 1994. Global games, entertainment and leisure: Women as TV spectators. Pp. 257–72 in P. J. Creedon, ed. Women, media and sport. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Corbett, Doris, and William Johnson. 1993. The African-American female in collegiate sport: Sexism and racism. Pp. 179–204 in D. D. Brooks and R. C. Althouse, eds. Racism in college athletics: The African-American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Corbett, Doris, and William Johnson. 2000. The African American female in collegiate sport: Sexism and racism. In Dana Brooks & Ronald Althouse, eds. Racism in college athletics: The African American athlete’s experience (pp. 199–226). Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Cornelissen, Scarlett, and Kamilla Swart. 2006. The 2010 Football World Cup as a political construct: the challenge of making good on an African promise. Sociological Review 54, 2: 108–124. Corsello, Andrew. 1999. Hallowed be thy game. Gentlemen’s Quarterly (September): 432–440. Coser, Rose. 1986. Cognitive structure and the use of social space. Sociological Forum 1, 1: 1– 26. Costa, D. M., and S. R. Guthrie, eds. Women and sport: Interdisciplinary perspectives. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. 25

Costantini, Edio. 2006. Opportunities and resources for renewal in sport (pp. 45–54). In Pontifical Council for the Laity. 2006. The world of sport today: A field of Christian mission. Città del Vaticana: Libreria Editrice Vaticana. Côté, Jean, Joseph Baker, Bruce Abernethy. 2003. From play to practice: A developmental framework for the acquisition of expertise in team sport. In J. Starkes and K.A. Ericsson (Eds.), Expert performance in sports: Advances in research on sport expertise (pp. 89–113). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Cotton, Anthony. 2004. Breaking the code. The Denver Post (November 15): 1D. Cotton, Anthony. 2005a. Pain in the grass. The Denver Post (October 16): 1J. Cotton, Anthony. 2005b. NFL is making a big play for Mexican fan base. The Denver Post (October 2): 1A. Cotton, Anthony. 2007. Standing on shaky ground. The Denver Post (April 8): 11B. Courson, Steve. 1988. Steroids: Another view. Sports Illustrated 69, 21: 106. Couser, G. Thomas. 2000. The empire of the “normal”: A forum on disability and self- representation -- introduction. American Quarterly 52, 2: 305–310 Cousins, S. O., & Patricia Vertinsky. 1999. Aging, gender, and physical activity. Pp. 129–152 in P. White & K. Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada. Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. Cousy, Bob. 1975. The killer instinct. Random House, Inc., New York. Coventry, Barbara. 2004. On the Sidelines: Sex and Racial Segregation in Television Sports Broadcasting. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 3: 322–341. Cowley, G. 1996. Attention: Aging men. Newsweek, September 16: 68–75. Cox, Barbara and Shona Thompson. 2000. Multiple bodies: Sportswomen, soccer and sexuality. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 35, 1: 5–20. Cozzillio, Michael J., and Robert L. Hanyman. 2005. Sport and inequality. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press. Cratty, Bryant. 1967. Social dimensions of physical activity. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice- Hall, Inc. Cratty, Bryant. 1973. Psychology in contemporary sport: guidelines for coaches. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc. Craven, Philip. 2002. The Paralympic Movement at the dawn of a new era. Pp. 6–7 in Artemis A. W. Joukowsky, III and Larry Rothstein, eds. Raising the bar. New York: Umbrage Editions, Inc. Crawford, Garry. 2004. Consuming sport: fans, sport, and culture. London/ New York: Routledge. Creager, E. 1999. Sports dropouts. Colorado Springs Gazette, Oct. 7, LIFE1-LIFE2. Creamer, R.W. 1984. Scorecard: they said it. Sports Illustrated 61(11):10. Creedon, Pamela J. 1998. Women, Sport, and Media Institutions: Issues in Sports Journalism and Marketing.” In Lawrence A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport (pp. 88–99). London/New York: Routledge. Creedon, Pamela J., ed. 1994. Women, media and sport. Thousand Oaks. CA: Sage. Crissey, Joy. 1999. Corporate cooptation of sport: The case of snowboarding. Ft. Collins, CO: M.A. Thesis, Colorado State University. Crist, Steven. 1998. All bets are off. Sports Illustrated 88, 3 (January 26): 82–92. Critcher, C. 1986. Radical theorists of sport: the state of play. Sociology of Sport Journal 3, 4: 333–343. Critcher, Charles. 1979. Football since the war. In J. Clark, ed., Working class culture (pp. 161– 184). London: Hutchinson. Crolley, Liz, and Elena Teso. 2007. Gendered Narratives in Spain: The Representation of Female Athletes in Marca and El País. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 42, 2: 26

Crompton, J. L. 1993. Sponsorship of sport by tobacco and alcohol companies: A review of the issues. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 17, 3: 148–67. Cronin, M. 2002. Catholics and Sport in Northern Ireland: Exclusiveness or inclusiveness? In With God on their Side: Sport in the Service of Religion (pp. 20–36), edited by T. Magdalinski and T. J. L. Chandler. London/New York: Routledge. Crosset, Todd. 1995. Outsiders in the clubhouse: The world of women’s professional golf. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Crosset, Todd. 1997. The use of “subculture” and “subworld” in ethnographic works on sport: A discussion of definitional distinctions. Sociology of Sport Journal 14(1), 73–85. Crosset, Todd. 1999. Male athletes’ violence against women: A critical assessment of the athletic affiliation, violence against women debate. Quest 52, 3: 244–257. Crosset, Todd. 2007. Capturing racism: An analysis of racial projects within the Lisa Simpson vs. University of Colorado football rape case. International Journal of Sport History 24, 2: 172–196. Crossman, J., P. Hyslop, and B. Guthrie. 1994. A content analysis of the sports section of Canada’s national newspaper with respect to gender and professional/amateur status. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 29, 2: 123–34. Csikszentmihalyi, M. 1975. Beyond boredom and anxiety. Jossey-Bass, Inc., Publishers, San Francisco. Csikszentmihalyi, M. 1990. Flow: The psychology of optimal experience. New York: Harper Perennial. Cunningham, George B., and Michael Sagas. 2003. Racial differences in occupational turnover intent among NCAA Division IA assistant football coaches. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 1: 84–92. Cunningham, George B., and Michael Sagas. 2004a. The effect of group diversity on organizational commitment. International Sports Journal 8, 1:124–131. Cunningham, George B., and Michael Sagas. 2005. Access discrimination in intercollegiate athletics. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 29, 2: 148–163. Cunningham, George B., and Michael Sagas. 2008. Gender and sex diversity in sport organizations: Introduction to the special issue. Sex Roles: A Journal of Research 58, 1-2: 3– 9. Curry, Timothy. 1991. Fraternal bonding in the locker room: A profeminist analysis of talk about competition and women. Sociology of Sport Journal 8, 2: 119–35. Curry, Timothy. 1993. A little pain never hurt anyone: Athletic career socialization and the normalization of sports injury. Symbolic Interaction 16, 3: 273–90. Curry, Timothy. 1996. Beyond the locker room: Sexual assault and the college athlete. Presidential Address, North American Society for the Sociology of Sport Conference (Birmingham AL). Curry, Timothy. 1998. Beyond the locker room: Campus bars and college athletes. Sociology of Sport Journal 15, 3:, 205–215. Curry, Timothy J., Paula A. Arriagada, and Benjamin Cornwell. 2002. Images of sport in popular nonsport magazines: power and performance versus pleasure and participation. Sociological Perspectives 45, 4: 397–414. Curry, Tim, and R. Jiobu. 1984. Sports: a social perspective. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Curry, Timothy J., Kent P. Schwirian, and Rachael Woldoff. 2004. High stakes: big time sports and downtown redevelopment. Columbus: Ohio State University Press. Curry, Timothy, and R. H. Strauss. 1994. A little pain never hurt anybody: A photo-essay on the normalization of sport injuries. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 2: 195–208. 27

Curtis, James, and John Loy. 1978a. Positional segregation in professional baseball: Replications, trend data and critical observation. International Review of Sport Sociology 4, 13: 5–21. Curtis, James, and John Loy. 1978b. Race/ethnicity and relative centrality of playing positions in team sport. Exercise and Sport Science Review 6: 285–313. Curtis, James, and R. Ennis. 1988. Negative consequences of leaving competitive sport? Comparative findings or former elite-level hockey players. Sociology of Sport Journal 5, 2: 87–196. Curtis, James, William McTeer, & Philip White. 1999. Exploring effects of school sport experiences on sport participation in later life. Sociology of Sport Journal 16, 4, 348–356. Curtis, James, William McTeer, and Philip White. 2003. Do high school athletes earn more pay? Youth sport participation and earnings as an adult. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 1: 60–76. Cyphers, Luke. 2003. Next. ESPN The Magazine 6, 26 (December 22): 58–66. Dacyshyn, Anna. 1999. When the balance is gone: The sport and retirement experiences of elite female gymnasts. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds. 1999. Inside sports (pp. 214–222). London: Routledge. Daddario, G. 1994. Chilly scenes of the 1992 Winter Games: The mass media and the marginalization of female athletes. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 3: 275–88. Dailt, Laura, and Jodi Helmer. 2006. Back to School: Skateboards roll into gym class. USA Weekend (August 13): 18. D’Angelo, R. 1987. Sports gambling and the media. ARENA Review 11(1):1–4. Daniels, D. 1999. Body dis/play: Women athletes’ bodies as ornamental surfaces. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland, OH (November). Daniels, Donna. 2000. Gazing at the new black woman athlete. ColorLines 3, 1: 25–26. Danielson, Michael N. 1997. Home team: Professional sports and the American metropolis. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Danish, Steve. 2002. Teaching life skills through sports. In Paradoxes of youth and sport (pp. 49–60) edited by M. Gatz, M. A. Messner, and S. J. Ball-Rokeach. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Dater, Adrian. 2005. Female boxer, 34, dies after Golden Gloves bout. The Denver Post (April 5): 1D. Davenport, J. 1996. Breaking into the rings: Women on the IOC. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 67, 5: 27–30. David, Paulo. 2004. Human rights in youth sport. London/New York: Routledge. Davies, R. O. 2007. Sports in American life: A history. Oxford: Blackwell. Davies, Robert. 2002b. Media power and responsibility in sport and globalisation. Presentation made to the 3rd International Conference for Media Professionals in a Globalised Sport World, Copenhagen (November). See www.iblf.org. Davies. Robert. 2002a. Sports, citizenship and development: challenges and opportunities for sport sponsors. Presentation at the World Sports Forum Lausanne (September). See www.iblf.org. Davis, Caroline. 1999. Eating disorders, physical activity, and sport: Biological, psychological, and sociological factors. In Philip White and Kevin Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada (pp. 85–106). Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. Davis, F. James. 2001. Who is black: One nation’s definition. University Park, PA: Penn State University Press. Davis, Laurel. 1988. A postmodern paradox? Cheerleaders at women’s sporting events. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cincinnati (November). 28

Davis, Laurel. 1993. Protest against the use of Native American mascots: A challenge to traditional American identity. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 17, 1: 9–22. Davis, Laurel. 1994. A postmodern paradox? Cheerleaders at women’s sporting events. Pp. 149– 58 in S. Birrell and C. L. Cole, eds. Women, sport, and culture. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Davis, Laurel. 1997. The Swimsuit Issue and sport: Hegemonic masculinity in Sports Illustrated. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Davis, Laurel R. 2002. The problems with Native American mascots. Multicultural Education 1: 11–15. Davis, Laurel, and Linda Delano. 1992. Fixing the boundaries of physical gender: Side effects of anti-doping campaigns in athletics. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 1: 1–19. Davis, Laurel, and Othello Harris. 1998. Race and ethnicity in US sports media. In L. A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport (pp. 154–169). London/NY: Routledge. Davis, T. 1995. African-American student-athletes: Marginalizing the NCAA regulatory structure. Marquette Sports Law Journal 6, 2: 199–228. De Jonge, Peter. 2003. The leap of his life; a rookie and his burdens. The New York Times, Section 6 (June 22): 26–36. de Varona, Donna, and Julie Foudy. 2003. Minority views on the report of the Commission on Opportunity in Athletics. Reston: National Association for Girls and Women in Sports, Feb., www.aahperd.org/nagws/pdf_files/FinalMinorityReport_2-24-03.pdf (retrieved July 14, 2005). Decker, D., & K. Laskey, 1995. Participation in youth sports, gender, and the moral point of view. The Physical Educator 53, 14–21. Deem, R. 1986. All work and no play: the sociology of women and leisure. Open University Press, Philadelphia. Deem, R. 1988. “Together we stand, divided we fall”; social criticism and the sociology of sport and leisure. Sociology of Sport Journal 5(4):341–354. Deford, Frank. 1976. Religion in sport. Sports Illustrated 44, 16: 88–100. Deford, Frank. 1996. The new women of Atlanta. Newsweek (June 10): 62–71. Deford, Frank. 2002. Black coaches still can’t make headway in football (January 31). Online: http://quicktime.cnnsi.com/inside_game/frank_deford/news/2002/01/31/deford/. DeKnop, Paul., Berit Skirstad, Lars-Magnus Engstrom, and Maureen Weiss, eds. (1996). Worldwide trends in youth sport. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Delaney, Kevin J. and Rick Eckstein. 2003. The devil is in the details: Neutralizing critical studies of publicly subsidized stadiums. Critical Sociology 29, 2:189–210. Delaney, Kevin J., and Rick Eckstein. 2003. Public Dollars, Private Stadiums: The Battle over Building Sports Stadiums. Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Delgado, Fernando. 2003. The Fusing of Sport and Politics: Media Constructions of U.S. Versus Iran at France ‘98. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 2003 27, 3: 293–307. Demerath, Nicholas J., and Philip Hammond. 1969. Religion in social context: Tradition and transition. New York: Random House. DeMott, Benjamin. 2005. Jocks and the academy (a review of Reclaiming the game: College sports and educational values by William G. Bowen and Sarah A. Levin). New York Review of Books 52, 8 (May 12). Dempsey, Chris. 2004. Many blacks feel isolation at CU. The Denver Post, June 27: 1A, 19A. DeNeui, D. L., and D. A. Sachau. 1996. Spectator enjoyment of aggression in intercollegiate hockey games. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 1: 69–77. Denham, Bryan E. 1997. Sports Illustrated, ‘The War on Drugs,’ and the Anabolic Steroid Control Act of 1990: A study in agenda building and political timing. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 21(3), 260–273. 29

Denham, Bryan E. 1999. Building the agenda and adjusting the frame: How the dramatic revelations of Lyle Alzado impacted mainstream press coverage of anabolic steroid use. Sociology of Sport Journal 16(1), 1–15. Denham, Bryan E. 1999. On drugs in sports in the aftermath of Flo-Jo’s death, Big Mac’s attack. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 23(3), 362–367. Denham, Bryan E. 2000. Performance enhancing drug use in amateur and professional sports: Separating the realities from the ramblings. Culture, Sport, Society 3(2): 56–69. Denham, Bryan E. 2004. Hero or Hypocrite?: United States and International Media Portrayals of Carl Lewis Amid Revelations of a Positive Drug Test. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 2: 167–185. Denham, Bryan. 2006. Effects of mass communication on attitudes toward anabolic steroids: An analysis of high school seniors. Journal of Drug Issues 36, 4: 809–830. Denham, Bryan. 2006. The Anabolic Steroid Control Act of 2004: A study in the political economy of drug policy. Journal of Health & Social Policy 22, 2: 51–78. Denham, Bryan. 2007. Government and the pursuit of rigorous drug testing in Major League Baseball: A study in political negotiation and reciprocity. International Journal of Sport Management and Marketing 2, 4: 379–395. Denham, Bryan E., A. C. Billings, and K. K. Halone. 2002. Differential accounts of race in broadcast commentary of the 2000 NCAA men’s and women’s Final Four. Sociology of Sport Journal 19 (3): 315–332. Denver Post. 2004. Toughen up. The Denver Post (August 1): 2B. DePauw, Karen. 1997. The (in)visibility of disability: Cultural contexts and “sporting bodies.” Quest 49, 4: 416–430. Devall, B., and J. Harry. 1981. Who hates whom in the great outdoors: the impact of recreational specialization and technologies of play. Leisure Sciences 4(4): 399–418. Devereux, E.C. 1976. Backyard versus little league baseball: the impoverishment of children’s games. In D.M. Landers, ed. Social problems in athletics. University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Ill. Dewhirst, Timothy, and Robert Sparks. 2003. Intertextuality, tobacco sponsorship of sports, and adolescent male smoking culture: A selective review of tobacco industry documents. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 4: 372–398. Dillon, D. 2001. TSN’s Power 100: Guiding might. The Sporting News, 31 December, 12–17. dimensions. London: Frank Cass. DiPasquale, Mauro. G. 1992a. Editorial: Why athletes use drugs. Drugs in Sports 1, 1: 2–3. DiPasquale, Mauro. G. 1992b. Publications by Mile High Publishing. Drugs in Sports 1, 3: 13– 14. DiPasquale, Mauro. G. 1992c. Beating drug tests. Drugs in Sports 1, 2: 3–6. DiPasquale, Mauro. G. 1992d. Beating drug tests: Part II. Drugs in Sports 1, 3: 6–12. DiPrimio, Pete. 2005. Seeking tweaks—school officials say new NCAA academic rules should be adjusted. Ft. Wayne (Indiana) News Sentinel (August 17): 1S–3S. Director. 2008. A Great Day at the Oscar(s). The National Center on Physical Activity and Disability--NCPAD NEWS 7, 6 (June): online, www.ncpad.org/director/fact_sheet.php? sheet=622. Disch, L., and M. J. Kane. 1996. When a looker is really a bitch: Lisa Olson, sport, and the heterosexual matrix. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society 21, 2: 278–308. Doaks, Clinton. 2004. We can handle the truth. Mile High Sport Magazine (November): 10. Doane, Ashley W., and Eduardo Bonilla-Silva. 2003. White Out: The continuing significance of racism. New York/London: Routledge. Dobie, Michael. 1987. Facing a brave new world. Newsday (November 8): 13 30

Dobie, Michael. 2000. Race and sports in high school. In Best newspaper writing 2000 (pp. 319– 387) edited by C. Scanlon. St. Petersburg, FL: The Poynter Institute for Media Studies. Dodd, Mike. 2000. Morals clause seals Hancock’s renewal of sponsorship. USA Today, 16 Feb., 9C. Dodd, Mike. 2002. Tiger: Membership up to Muirfield. USA Today (July 17): 1C. Domhoff, G. William. 2002. Who rules America? New York: McGraw-Hill. Domi, Tie. 1992. Tough tradition of hockey fights should be preserved. USA Today (October 27): C3. Donegan, Lawrence. 1994. Clubs winning fight against racism. The Guardian, Home News (May 11): 2. Donham-Foutch, S. 2007. Interactive video games in physical education. Journal of Physical Education Recreation and Dance 78, 5 (May/Jun): 29–34 Donnelly, Peter. 1988. Sport as a site for “popular” resistance. In Richard Gruneau, ed., Popular cultures and political practices (pp. 69–82). Toronto: Garamond Press. Donnelly, Peter. 1988–1989. On boxing: Notes on the past, present and future of a sport in transition. Current Psychology 7, 4: 331–46. Donnelly, Peter. 1988. Subcultures in sport: Resilience and transformation. Pp. 119–146 in Alan Ingham and John Loy, eds., Sport and social development: Traditions, transitions, and transformation. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Donnelly, Peter. (with E. Casperson, L. Sargeant, and B. Steenhof) 1993. Problems associated with youth involvement in high-performance sport. In B.R. Cahill and A. Pearl (eds.), (pp. 95– 126). Human Kinetics, Intensive participation in children’s sports, Champaign, IL. Donnelly, Peter. 1996. Prolympism: Sport monoculture as crisis and opportunity. Quest 48, 1: 25–42. Donnelly, Peter. 1996. The local and the global: Globalization in the sociology of sport. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 3: 239–57. Donnelly, Peter. 1997. Child labour, sport labour: Applying child labor laws to sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 32, 4: 389–406. Donnelly, Peter. 1999. Who’s fair game? Sport, sexual harassment, and abuse. In P. White and K. Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada (pp. 107–128). Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. Donnelly, Peter. 2000. Interpretive approaches to the study of sports. In J. Coakley and E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sport and society (pp. 77–91). London: Sage. Donnelly, Peter, and Kevin Young. 1985. Reproduction and transformation of cultural forms in sport: A contextual analysis of rugby. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 20, 1– 2: 19–38. Donnelly, Peter, and Kevin Young. 1988. The construction and confirmation of identity in sport subcultures. Sociology of Sport Journal 5, 3: 223–40. Donnelly, Peter, and Kevin Young. 1999. Rock climbers and rugby players: Identity construction and confirmation. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 67–76). London: Routledge. Donnelly, Peter, and Jay Coakley. 2003. The role of recreation in promoting social inclusion. Monograph in the Working Paper Series on Social Inclusion published by the Laidlaw Foundation, Toronto, Ontario Donnelly, Peter, and Jean Harvey. 1996. Overcoming systematic barriers to access in active living. Unpublished report submitted to Fitness Program, Health Canada, Ottawa. Donnelly, Peter, and Jean Harvey. 1999. Class and gender: Intersections in sport and physical activity. Pp. 40–64 in Philip White and Kevin Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada. Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. 31

Donnelly, Peter, and LeAnne Petherick. 2004. Workers’ Playtime?: Child Labour at the Extremes of the Sporting Spectrum. Sport in Society 7, 3: 301–321 Donnelly, Peter, and Robert Sparks. 1997. Child sexual abuse in sport. Pp. 200–205 in P. Donnelly (ed.), Taking sport seriously: Social issues in Canadian sport. Toronto, Ontario: Thompson Publishing, Inc. Donohoe, T., and N. Johnson. 1986. Foul play: Drug abuse in sports. New York: Basil Blackwell. Downward, Paul, and Alistair Dawson, 2000. The economics of professional team sports. London/New York: Routledge. Doyle, C. A., and G. J. Gaeth. 1990. Assessing the institutional choice process of student- athletes. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 61, 1: 85–92. Drahota, Jo Ann T., and D. Stanley Eitzen. 1998. The role exit of professional athletes. Sociology of Sport Journal 15, 3: 263–278. Draper, Electa. 2005. Trying to turn the game into more than a dead end. The Denver Post, May 17: 1A, 10A Duberstein, M. J. 2002a. NFL 2002: Franchise history and values – stadium data. New York: National Football League Players Association. Duberstein, M. J. 2002b. 2002 off-season signing averages and 2002 club and position salaries. New York: National Football League Players Association. Dubois, Paul E. 1978. Participation in sports and occupational attainment: A comparative study. Research Quarterly 49, 1: 28–37. Dubois, Paul E. 1979. Participation in sport and occupational attainment: An investigation of selected athlete categories. Journal of Sport Behavior 2, 2: 103–114. Dubois, Paul E. 1995. Gender and the hiring of high school and small college coaches. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Sacramento (November). Dubois, Paul E. 1982. The behavior of youth football coaches. In A.O. Dunleavy, et al., eds. Studies in the sociology of sport. Texas Christian University Press, Fort Worth, Tex. DuBois, William Edward Burghardt.1935. Black reconstruction in America. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Duda, Joan L. 1981. Achievement motivation in sport: minority considerations for the coach. Journal of Sport Behavior 4, 1: 24–31. Duda, JoanL. 1986. A cross-cultural analysis of achievement motivation in sport and the classroom. In L. Vander Velden and J. Humphrey, eds. Current selected research in the psychology and sociology of sport. AMS Press, New York. Dufresne, C. 1984. George Allen: anything to win. Arena Magazine (Colorado Springs Gazette Telegraph), pp. 4–5, July 12. Dufur, M. 1998. Race logic and “Being like Mike”: Representations of athletes in advertising, 1985-1994. Pp. 67–84 in Gary Sailes, ed. African Americans in sport. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. Dukes, Richard L., and Jay Coakley. 2002. Parental Commitment to competitive swimming. Free Inquiry in Creative Sociology 30, 2: 185–197. Duncan, Margaret Carlisle. 1989. Television portrayals of children’s play and sport. Play & Culture 2(3):235–252. Duncan, Margaret Carlisle. 1993. Beyond analyses of sport media texts: An argument for formal analyses of institutional structures. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 4: 353–72. Duncan, Margaret Carlisle. 1994. The politics of women’s body images and practices: Foucault, the panopticon, and Shape magazine. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 1: 48–65. Duncan, Margaret Carlisle., and B. Brummett. 1993. Liberal and radical sources of female empowerment in sport media. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 1: 57–72. 32

Duncan, Margaret Carlisle, Michael A. Messner, L. Williams, & K. Jensen. 1990. Gender stereotyping in televised sports. Los Angeles: Amateur Athletic Foundation. Duncan, Margaret Carlisle, and Michael A. Messner. 1998. The media image of sport and gender. In L. A. Wenner, ed., Media Sport (pp. 170–185). London/New York: Routledge. Duncan, Margaret Carlisle, and Michael A. Messner. 2005. Gender in televised sports: News and highlights shows, 1989-2004. Los Angeles, CA: Amateur Athletic Foundation www.aafla.org/9arr/ResearchReports/tv2004.pdf. Duncan, Margaret Carlisle, and A. Sayaovong. 1990. Photographic images and gender in Sports Illustrated for Kids. Play & Culture 3, 2: 91–116. Dunn, D.R. 1979. Leisure careers in an era of limits. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 50(4):3–6. Dunn, J.R., and M. Lupfer. 1974. A comparison of black and white boys’ performance in self- paced and reactive sport activities. Journal of Applied Social Psychology 4(1): 24–35. Dunn, Katherine. 1994. Just as fierce. Mother Jones (November/December): 35–39. Dunn, Robert, and Christopher Stevenson. 1998. The paradox of the Church Hockey League. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 33, 2: 131–141. Dunning, Eric. 1986. Social bonding and violence in sport. In Norbert Elias and Eric Dunning, eds. Quest for excitement: Sport and leisure in the civilizing process (pp. 224–244). Oxford, UK/Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. Dunning, Eric. 1993. Sport in the civilizing process: Aspects of the development of modern sport. Pp. 39–70 in Eric Dunning, Joseph A. Maguire, and Robert E. Pearton, eds. The sports process: A comparative and developmental approach. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Dunning, Eric. 1999. Sport matters: Sociological studies of sport, violence and civilization. London: Routledge Dunning, Eric, Joseph A. Maguire, and Robert E. Pearton, eds. 1993. The sports process: A comparative and developmental approach. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Dunning, Eric, Patrick Murphy, and John Williams. 1988. The Roots of Football Hooliganism: An Historical and Sociological Study. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Dunning, Eric, Patrick Murphy, Ivan Waddington, and Antonios E. Astrinakis, eds. 2002. Fighting fans: Football hooliganism as a world phenomenon. Dublin: University College Dublin Press. Dunning, Eric, and Chris Rojek, eds. 1992. Sport and leisure in the civilizing process: Critique and counter-critique. Toronto, Ontario: University of Toronto Press. Dunning, Eric, and Kenneth Sheard. 1979. Barbarians, gentlemen and players: A sociological study of the development of rugby football. New York: University Press. Dunning, Eric, and Ivan Waddington. 2003. Sport as a drug and drugs in sport: Some exploratory comments. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 3: 351–368. DuPree, David. 1992. Controversy wears down Dream Team. USA Today (August 5): 7E. Duquin, M. 1984. Power and authority: Moral consensus and conformity in sport. International Review for Sociology of Sport 19(4):295–304. Duquin, M. 1993. One future for sport: Moving toward an ethic of care. Pp. 289–296 in G. Cohen, ed. Women and sport: Issues and controversies. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Duquin, Mary. 2000. Sport and emotions. In Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies (pp. 477–489). London: Sage. Dworkin, Shari L. 2001. ‘Holding back’: Negotiating a glass ceiling on women’s muscular strength. Sociological Perspectives 44, 3: 333–351. Dworkin, Shari L. 2003. A woman’s place is in the . . . cardiovascular room? Gender relations, the body, and the gym. In Anne Bolin and Jane Granskog, eds. Athletic Intruders: Ethnographic Research on Women, Culture, and Exercise (pp. 131–158). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. 33

Dyck, N., ed. 2000. Games, sports, and cultures. New York: New York University Press. Dyer, K.P. 1982. Challenging the men. University of Queensland Press, New York. Early, Gerald. 1991. Delusions of grandeur: Young blacks must be taught that sports are not the only avenue of opportunity. Sports Illustrated 75, 8 (August 19): 78. Early, Gerald. 1998. Performance and reality: Race, sports and the modern world. The Nation 267, 5: 11–20. Eastman, Susan Tyler, and Andrew C. Billings. 1999. Gender parity in the Olympics: Hyping women athletes, favoring men athletes. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 23, 2: 140–170. Eastman, Susan Tyler, and K. E. Riggs. 1994. Televised sports and ritual: Fan experiences. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 3: 249–74. Eccles, Jacquelynne S, and Bonnie L. Barber. 1999. Student Council, Volunteering, Basketball, or Marching Band: What Kind of Extracurricular Involvement Matters? Journal of Adolescent Research 14, 1: 10–43 Eckstein, Rick, and Kevin Delaney. 2002. New Sports Stadiums, Community Self-Esteem, and Community Collective Conscience. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 3: 236–248. Economist, The. 1996a. Sport and television: Swifter, higher, stronger, dearer. The Economist 340, 7975 (July 20): 17–19. Economist, The. 1996b. The million dollar games. The Economist 340, 7975 (July 20): 13. Eder, D. (with C. C. Evans and S. Parker). 1995. School talk: Gender and adolescent culture. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Eder, D., and S. Parker. 1987. The cultural production and reproduction of gender: The effect of extracurricular activities on peer group culture. Sociology of Education 60:200–213. Editors, 2005. Pushing kids too fast in sports. Rocky Mountain News (December 24): 10C. Edwards, Harry. 1973. Sociology of sport. Homewood, IL: Dorsey Press, Edwards, H. 1979. Sport within the veil: the triumphs, tragedies, and challenges of Afro- American involvement. Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. Sci. 445(September): 116–127. Edwards, H. 1983. Educating black athletes. The Atlantic Monthly 252(2):31–38. Edwards, H. 1986. Speech on race and sport. Conference on Sports, Culture and Society, Stanford University. Edwards, Harry. 1993. Succeeding against the odds. Black Issues in Higher Education 10, 20: 136. Edwards, Harry. 2000. The decline of the black athlete (as interviewed by D. Leonard). ColorLines 3, 1: 29–24. Edwards, H., and V. Rackages. 1977. The dynamics of violence in American sport: some promising structural and social considerations, J. Sport Soc. Issues 7(2): 3–31. Edwards, J., and J. Hargreaves. Feminism. In International encyclopedia of women and sports (pp. 395–402) edited by K. Christensen, A. Guttmann, and G. Pfister. New York: Macmillan Reference USA. Ehlers, Nadine. 2006. ‘Black Is’ and ‘Black Ain’t’: Performative revisions of racial ‘crisis’. Culture, Theory & Critique 47, 2: 149–163. Eichberg, Hennig. 1984. Olympic sport: neocolonialization and alternatives. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 19, 1: 97–106. Eisen, George, and David K. Wiggins, eds. 1994. Ethnicity and sport in North American history and culture. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press. Eisen, Georege, and D. Turner. 1992. Myth and reality: Social mobility of American Olympic athletes. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 27, 2: 165–76. Eitle, Tamela McNulty, and David J. Eitle. 2002. Just don’t do it: High school sports participation and young female adult sexual behavior. Sociology of Sport Journal 19, 4: 403– 418. 34

Eitle, Tamela McNulty. 2005. Do gender and race matter? Explaining the relationship between sports participation and achievement. Sociological Spectrum 25, 2 (March–April): 177–195. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1975. Athletics in the status system of male adolescents: A replication of Coleman’s The Adolescent Society. Adolescence 10, 38: 268–76. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1988. The myth and reality of elite amateur sport. The World & I 3, 10: 549– 59. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1992. Treatment of athletes is the problem with college sports. The Coloradoan, Sunday, November 29: E3. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1995. Classism in sport: The powerless bear the burden. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 20, 1: 95–105. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 2000. Public teams, private profits: How pro sports owners run up the score on fans and taxpayers. Dollars and Sense, Issue 228 (March/April); see http://www.dollarsandsense.org/archives/2000/0300eitzen.html. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 2000. Sport and social control. In J. Coakley and E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sport and society. London: Sage. Eitzen, D. Stanley, 1987. The educational experiences of intercollegiate student-athletes. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 11, 1–2: 15–30. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1975. Athletics in the status system of male adolescents: a replication of Coleman’s The Adolescent Society. Adolescence 10, 38:268–276. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1979. Sport in contemporary society. St. Martin’s Press, New York. Eitzen, D. Stanley 1984. Sport in contemporary society (2nd ed.) St. Martin’s Press, New York. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1987. The educational experiences of intercollegiate student-athletes. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 11(1,2):15–30. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1987a. Conflict theory and deviance in sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 23, 3: 193–204. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1987b. The educational experiences of intercollegiate student-athletes. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 11, 1/2: 15–30. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1988. The myth and reality of elite amateur sport. The World & I 3, 10: 549– 559. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 1992. Treatment of athletes is the problem with college sports. The Coloradoan, Sunday, November 29, p. E3. Eitzen, D Stanley. 1999. Fair and foul: Beyond the myths and paradoxes of sport. Lanham, MA: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc. Eitzen, D. Stanley. 2003. Fair and foul: Beyond the myths and paradoxes of sport. Lanham, MA: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc. Eitzen, D. Stanley, and David Furst. 1988. Racial bias in women’s collegiate sports. Paper presented at the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport Conference, Cincinnati. Eitzen, D. Stanley, and Maxine Baca Zinn. 1989. The de-athleticization of women: The naming and gender marking of collegiate sport teams. Sociology of Sport Journal 6, 4: 362–370. Eitzen, D.Stanley, and S.R. Pratt. 1989. Gender differences in coaching philosophy: The case of female basketball teams. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 60, 2:152–158. El Nassar, H. 1999. Commotion kicking up over space for soccer. USA Today, June 16, 17A. Eley, D., and D. Kirk. 2002. Developing citizenship through sport: The impact of a sport-based volunteer programme on young sport leaders. Sport, Education and Society 2 (October): 151–166. Elias, Norbert. 1982.The civilizing process: State formation and civilization. (Vol 2). Oxford, England: Basil Blackwell. Elias, Norbert. 1986. An essay on sport and violence. In N. Elias and E. Dunning (eds.), Quest for excitement (pp. 150–174). Basil Blackwell, New York. Elias, Norbert, and Eric Dunning. 1986. Quest for excitement. New York: Basil Blackwell. 35

Elias, Norbert. 1978. The civilizing process: The history of manners (Vol 1). Oxford, England: Basil Blackwell. Elias, Norbert. 1986. An essay on sport and violence. Pp. 150–74 in N. Elias and E. Dunning (eds.), Quest for excitement. New York: Basil Blackwell. Eliasoph, Nina. 1999. “Everyday racism” in a culture of political avoidance: Civil society, speech, and taboo. Social Problems 46, 4: 479–502 Elicksen, Debbie. 2005. Future prospects. Calgary: Freelance Communications. (Pub web: www.freelancepublishing.com/) (A behind the scenes look at major junior hockey) Elkington, John. 2004. Praying for rain. SustainAbility Radar (The Sports Issue, August/September): 4–5. Elling, Agnes, Annelies Knoppers, and Paul deKnop. 2001. The social integrative meaning of sport: A critical and comparative analysis of policy and practice in the Netherlands. Sociology of Sport Journal 18, 4: 414–434. Elling, Agnes, Paul de Knop, and Annelies Knoppers. 2003. Gay/Lesbian Sport Clubs and Events: Places of Homo-Social Bonding and Cultural Resistance? International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 4: 441–456. Engelhardt, G. M. 1993. Educational psychology program challenges National Hockey League: Knockout fighting behavior. Paper presented at the annual conference of the American Psychological Association, Toronto (August). Engelhardt, G. M. 1995. Fighting behavior and winning National Hockey League games: A paradox. Perceptual and Motor Skills 80: 416–18. Engh, Fred. 1999. Why Johnny hates sports. Garden City Park, NY: Avery Publishing Group. Enjolras, Bernard, and Ragnhild Holmen Waldahl. 2007. Policy-Making in Sport: The Norwegian Case. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 42, 2: Enloe, C., 1995. The globetrotting sneaker. Ms. 5, 5: 10–15. Entine, Jon. 2000. Taboo: Why black athletes dominate sports, and why we are afraid to talk about it. New York: Public Affairs. Entine, Jon. 2002. The coming of the über-athlete. www.salon.com/news/sports/2002/03/21/genes/index.html. Eskes. Tina. B., Margaret Carlisle Duncan, and Eleanor M. Miller. 1998. The discourse of empowerment: Foucault, Marcuse, and women’s fitness texts. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 22, 3: 317–344. ESPN The Magazine. 2005. Special report: Turning a blind eye to steroids – the inside story of baseball’s open secret. ESPN The Magazine 8.23 (November 21): 69–84. ESPN. 1999. High school athletes: Do jocks rule the school? Outside the Lines, June 20–June 24 (edited by T. Farrey). http://espn.go.com/otl/jocks/monday.html. Accessed 2/15/2009. Espy, R. 1979. The politics of the Olympic Games, University of California Press, Berkeley, Calif. Euchner, G. C. 1993. Playing the field: Why sports teams move and cities fight to keep them. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press. Evans, A. S. 1979. Differences in the recruitment of black and white football players at a Big Eight university. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 3, 2: 1–9. Evans, J. R. 1988. Team selection in children’s games. The Social Sciences Journal 25, 1: 93– 104. Ewald, Keith, and Robert M. Jiobu. 1985. Explaining positive deviance: Becker’s model and the case of runners and bodybuilders. Sociology of Sport Journal 2, 2: 144–56. Ewing, Martha E. et al. 2002. The role of sports in youth development. In Paradoxes of youth and sport (pp. 31–48) edited by Margaret Gatz, Michael A. Messner, and Sandra J. Ball- Rokeach. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. 36

Ewing, Martha E., and Vern Seefelt. 1996. Patterns of participation and attrition in American agency-sponsored youth sports. Pp. 31–45 in Frank L. Smoll and Ronald E. Smith, eds. Children in sports: A biopsychosocial perspective, Indianapolis: Brown & Benchmark. Faber, Michael. 1998a. Beware! Sports Illustrated 89(15), 12 October, 98–106. Faber, Michael. 1998b. Stitches in time: Culture of pain. Sports Illustrated 89(15), 12 October, 88–96. Fabianic, D. 1984. Minority managers in professional baseball. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 2: 163–171. Fagin, R., and P. Brynteson. 1975. The cohesive function of religion and sport at a sectarian university. Sport Sociology Bulletin 4:33–47. Falcous, Mark, and Joseph Maguire. 2005. Globetrotters and local heroes? Labor migration, basketball and local identities. Sociology of Sport Journal 22, 2: 137–157. Falcous, Mark, and Joseph Maguire. 2006. Imagining ‘America’: The NBA and local-global mediascapes. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 41, 1: 59–78. Falcous, Mark, and Michael Silk. 2006. Global regimes, local agendas: sport, resistance and the mediation of dissent. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 41, 3–4: 317–338. Falk, William B. 1995. Bringing home the violence. Newsday (January 8): 12–13. Fallows, J. 1996. “Throwing like a girl.” The Atlantic Monthly (August): 84–87. Faludi, Susan. 1991. Backlash: The undeclared war against American women. New York: Crown. Faludi, Susan. 2000. Sold out. Utne Reader, No. 97, 51–54. Famaey-Lamon, A., and F. Van Loon. 1978. Mass media and sports practice. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 13, 4: 37–43. Farber, Michael. 2002. Clubhouse confidential. Sports Illustrated 96, 2 (January 14): 52–57. Farber, Michael. 2004. Code red. Sports Illustrated 100, 12 (March 22): 56–60. Farhi, P. 1992. I’d like to sell the world a coke. The Washington Post National Weekly Edition, June 22–28. Farhood, S. 2000. Typical girls. Boxing Monthly 12 (1): www.boxing- monthly.co.uk/content/0005/three.htm. Farnell, Brenda. 2004a. The Fancy Dance of Racializing Discourse. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 1: 30–55. Farnell, Brenda. 2004b. Zero-sum game: An update on the Native American mascot controversy at the University of Illinois. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 2: 212–215. Farred, Grant. 2002. Long distance love: Growing up a Liverpool Football Club fan. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 1: 6–24. Farred, Grant. 2006. Phantom calls: race and globalization of the NBA. Chicago: Prickly Paradigm Press. Farrey, Tom. 1998. New stadiums, new fans. http://espn.sportszone.com/gen/features/stadiamania/monday.html (Part 1 of a five-part series). Farrey, Tom. 2005. Baby you’re the greatest: Genetic testing for athletic traits. ESPN The Magazine 8.03 (February 14): 80–87 (http://sports.espn.go.com/espn/news/story? id=2022781). Fasting, Kari. 1977. A description of sports programs on television as seen in relation to personal engagement in sports and social and geographic conditions. Norwegian Confederation of Sports, Oslo, Norway. Fasting, Kari. 1996. 40,000 female runners: The Grete Waitz Run—Sport, culture, and counterculture. Paper presented at International Pre-Olympic Scientific Congress, Dallas (July). 37

Fasting, Kari, Celia Brackenridge, and Jorunn Sundgot-Borgen. 2004. Prevalence of sexual harassment among Norwegian female elite athletes in relation to sport type. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 4: 373–386. Fatsis, Stefan. 2002. On sports: The good fight. The Wall Street Journal (May 24): W6. Fatwa Bank. 2004. Islam’s Stance on Women’s Practicing Sport. www.islamonline.net/fatwa/english/FatwaDisplay.asp?hFatwaID=48375 (retrieved July 5, 2005). Faulkner, R.R. 1979a. Coming of age in organizations: a comparative study of career contingencies and adult socialization. Sociology of Work and Occupations 2, 2: 131–173. Faulkner, R.R. 1979b. Making violence by doing work: selves, situations and the world of professional hockey. Sociology of Work and Occupations 2, 3: 288–312. Fausto-Sterling, Anne. 1992. Myths of gender: Biological theories about women and men. New York: Basic Books. Fausto-Sterling, Anne. 2000. Sexing the body: Gender politics and the construction of sexuality. New York: Basic Books. Feeney, Robert. 1995. A Catholic perspective: Physical exercise and sports. Allentown, PA: Aquinas Press. Fejgin, Naomi. 1994. Participation in high school competitive sports: A subversion of school mission or contribution to academic goals? Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 3: 211–230. Fejgin, Naomi, and R. Hanegby. 2001. Gender and cultural bias in perceptions of sexual harassment in sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 36 (4): 459–478. Felshin, Jan. 1974. The social view. In E. Gerber, et al., eds. The American woman in sport. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., Reading, Mass. Feltz, Debra. 1979. Athletics in the status system of female adolescents. Review of Sport and Leisure 4, 1: 110–118. Fenstermaker, Sarah, and Candace West, eds. 2002. Doing gender, doing difference: Inequality, power, and institutional change. New York: Routledge. Ference, Ruth, and K. Denise Muth. 2004. Helping middle school females form a sense of self through team sports and exercise. Women in Sport and Physical Activity 13, 1: 28–35. Ferguson, Andrew. 1999. Inside the crazy culture of kids sports. Time 154, 2 (July 12): 52–61. Ferrand, Alain, Luiggino Torrigiani, and Andreu Camps. 2006. Routledge handbook of sports sponsorship: successful strategies (trans. by Pierre Francois Lalonde and Elizabeth Christopherson). Abingdon/NY: Routledge. Ferrante, J. 1992. Sociology: A global perspective. Wadsworth Publishing Company, Belmont, Calif. Festle, M. J. 1996. Playing nice: Politics and apologies in women’s sports. New York: Columbia University Press. Fielding-Lloyd, Beth, and Lindsey J. Meân. 2008. Standards and separatism: The discursive construction of gender in English soccer coach education. Sex Roles: A Journal of Research 58, 1–2: 24–39. Fields, Sarah K. 2004. Female gladiators: gender, law, and contact sport in America. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. Figler, S. 1981. Sport and play in American life. W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia. Fine, Gary Alan. 1987. With the boys: Little league baseball and preadolescent culture. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. Finger, Dave. 2004. Before they were next. ESPN The Magazine 7.12 (June 7):83–86. Finley, Laura L., and Peter S. Finley. 2006. The sports industry’s war on athletes. Westport, Conn: Praeger. Fish, Mike, and David. A. Milliron. 1999. The gender gap (8 day series). Atlanta Journal- Constitution (December 13–21): www.ajc.com. 38

Fish, Mike, and David. A. Milliron. 1999. The gender gap. Atlanta Journal-Constitution (December 13–21) (eight-day series). Online: www.ajc.com. Fish, Mike. 1993. Steroids riskier than ever. Atlanta Journal-Constitution (September 26): A1, A12–A13. (Part I of four parts) Fish, Mike. 1998. Pay dirt! Bought & paid for: How booster clubs help turn out the state’s best football teams. Atlanta Journal-Constitution (archives: www.ajc.com). Fisher, A. C. 1976. Psychology of sport. Palo Alto, CA: Mayfield. Fishwick, Leslie, and Susan Greendorfer. 1987. Socialization revisited: A critique of the sport- related research. Quest 39: 1 9. Fizel, John, and Rodney Fort, eds. 2004. Economics of College Sports: An Overview. Westport, CT: Greenwood Publishing. Flake, Carol. 1992. The spirit of winning: Sports and the total man. In S. Hoffman, ed. Sport and religion (p. 161–76). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Fleming, David. Stunt Men. ESPN The Magazine 8.24 (December 5): 64–70. Fleming, Scott. 2007. Sport and South Asian youth: The perils of ‘false universalism” and stereotyping. In Alan Tomlinson, ed. The sport studies reader (pp. 289–297). London/New York: Routledge. Florey, Brennen. 1998. Snow job. Independent – (Colorado Springs) (January 28–February 4): 9–14. Foer, Franklin. 2004. How soccer explains the world: An unlikely theory of globalization. New York: HarperCollins. Foley, Douglas E. 1990. Learning capitalist culture. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Foley, Douglas E. 1990. The great American football ritual: Reproducing race, class, and gender inequality. Sociology of Sport Journal 7, 2: 111–35. Foley, Douglas E. 1999. “Jay White Hawk: Mesquaki athlete, AIM hellraiser, and anthropological informant. Pp. 156–161 in Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports. London: Routledge. Foley, Douglas E. 1999. High school football: Deep in the heart of south Tejas. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 133–138). London: Routledge. Foner, Eric. 2005. Fish out of water. ESPN The Magazine 8.08 (Apr 25): 106–110. Foote, Stephanie. 2003. Making sport of Tonya: Class performance and social punishment. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 1: 3–17. Forbes, David. 2004. Boyz 2 buddhas: counseling urban high school male athletes in the zone. New York: Peter Lang. Ford, G.R. (with J. Underwood). 1974. In defense of the competitive urge. Sports Illustrated 41, 2: 16–23. Forney, Craig A. 2007. The holy trinity of American sports: civil religion in football, baseball, and basketball. Macon, FA: Mercer University Press. Forsyth, Craig J. 2005. Discerning the symbionic relationship between sport, leisure, and recreation: A note on the sportization of pastimes. Sociological Spectrum 25, 2: 127–131. Fort, Rodney, and John Fizel, eds. 2004. International Sports Economics Comparisons. Westport, CT: Greenwood Publishing. Foucault, Michel. 1961/1967. Madness and civilization. London: Travistock. Fowler, Jeaneane, Merv Fowler, David Norcliffe, Nora Hill, and Diane Wadkins, eds. 1997. World religions. Brighton, England: Sussex Academic Press. Fox, Kate, and Leicha Rickards. 2004. Sport and Leisure: Results from the Sport and Leisure Module of the 2002 General Household Survey. London: Office for National Statistics— Great Britain. 39

Frank, Robert H. 2004. Challenging the myth: a review of the links among college athletic success, student quality, and donations. Miami, FL: Knight Foundation Commission on Intercollegiate Athletics; www.knightfdn.org/. Franklin, S. 1996. Postmodern body techniques: Some anthropological considerations on natural and postnatural bodies. Quest 18 (Supplement), S95-S106. Franseen, L., and S. McCann. 1996. Causes of eating disorders in elite female athletes. Olympic Coach 6, 3 (Summer): 15–17. Fraser, D. (2005). Cricket and the Law: The man in white is always right. London: Routledge. Frazier, Deborah. 1999. Rogers calls for massacre reparations: Payment sought for Sand Creek “butchery.” Rocky Mountain News (November 30): 7A, 10A. Fredrickson, Barbara L., and Kristen Harrison. 2005. Throwing like a girl: Self-objectification predicts adolescent girls’ motor performance. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 29, 1: 79– 101. Free, Marcus, John Hughson, and David Inglis. 2004 The Uses of sport: A critical study. London/NY: Routledge. Freedman, Jonah. 2005. The fortunate 50. Sports Illustrated 103, 1 (July 4): 65–70. Freedman, Vicki A., Linda G. Martin, and Robert F. Schoeni. 2004. An overview of disability in America. Population Bulletin 59, 3 (Special issue, “Disability in America”). Freeman, Mike. 1998. A Cycle of Violence, on the Field and Off. The New York Times, Section 8 (September 6): 1. Freeman, Mike. 2000. Daunting issue of off-field violence. San Francisco Examiner (January 9): D9. Freeman, Mike. 2002. Painkillers a quiet fact of life in the NFL. New York Times (January 31): C17, C19. Frey, Darcy. 1994. The last shot: City streets, basketball dreams. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Frey, James. 1985. The winning team myth. Currents: Journal of the Council for Advancement and Support of Education 11, 1: 32–35. Frey, James H. 1984. The U. S. vs. Great Britain responses to the 1980 boycott of the Olympic Games. Comparative Physical Education and Sport 6, 3: 4–13. Frey, James. H. 1992. Gambling on sport: Policy issues. Journal of Gambling Studies 8, 4: 351– 60. Frey, James. H. 1994. Deviance of organizational subunits: The case of college athletic departments. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 18, 2: 110–22. Frey, James H., and D. Stanley Eitzen. 1991. Sport and society. Annual Review of Sociology 17: 503–22. Frezza. Fortunato. 2006. Professional sport chaplains (pp. 131–133). In Pontifical Council for the Laity. 2006. The world of sport today: A field of Christian mission. Città del Vaticana: Libreria Editrice Vaticana. Friedenberg, Edgar. 1974. R.D. Laing. Viking, New York. Friedman, Michael T., David L. Andrews, and Michael L. Silk. 2004. sport and the façade of redevelopment in the postindustrial city. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 2: 119–139. Friedman, Vicki A., Linda G. Martin, and Robert F. Schoeni. 2004. An overview of disability in America. Population Bulletin 59, 3 (special issue, “Disability in America”). Friend, T. 2001. Higher power. ESPN The Magazine 4 (10), 14 May, 46–52. Fudzie, Vince, and Andre Hayes. 1995. The sport of learning: A comprehensive survival guide for African-American student-athletes. North Hollywood, CA: Doubleplay Publishing Group. Fulks, Daniel L. 2002. Revenues and expenses of Division I and II intercollegiate athletics programs: Financial trends and relationships. Indianapolis: National Collegiate Athletic Association. 40

Fuller, J. R., and E. A. Manning. 1987. Violence and sexism in college mascots and symbols: A typology. Free Inquiry in Creative Sociology 15, 1: 61–64. Fuller, Linda K., ed. 2006. Sport, rhetoric, and gender: historical perspectives and media representations. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Furst, Terry. 1971. Social change and the commercialization of professional sports. International Review of Sport Sociology 6: 153–170. Fusco, Caroline. 2007. ‘Healthification’ and the Promises of Urban Space: A Textual Analysis of Place, Activity, Youth (PLAY-ing) in the City. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 42, 1: 43–64. FVPF. 2005. Violence against women and the Super Bowl: The myth. Family Violence Prevention Fund, http://endabuse.org/content/features/detail/1004/. Accessed 6/2005. Gage, Jack. 2007. Cracking Soccer’s Great Wall. Forbes (April 16): online, www.forbes.com/free_forbes/2007/0416/086.htm l. Galli, Mark. 2005. Should We Ban Boxing? Christianity Today (October, Web-only): online, www.christianitytoday.com/ct/2005/octoberweb-only/52.0c.html (retrieved, May 6, 2008). Gantz, Walter, and Lawrence A. Wenner. 1995. Fanship and the television sports viewing experience. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 1: 56–74. Gantz, Walter, et al. 1995a. Televised sports and marital relationships. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 3: 306–23. Gantz, Walter, et al. 1995b. Assessing the football widow hypothesis: A coorientation study of the role of televised sports in long-standing relationships. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 19, 4: 352–76. GAO – Government Accountability Office. 2000. Gender Equity: Men’s and Women’s Participation in Higher Education. Report number is GAO-01-128 (December 15); Washington, D.C.: United States Government Accountability Office; online www.gao.gov— go to “GAO Reports” and then to “Find GAO Reports” GAO – Government Accountability Office. 2001. Intercollegiate Athletics: Four-Year Colleges’ Experiences Adding and Discontinuing Teams. Report number GAO-01-297 (March 8); Washington, D.C.: United States Government Accountability Office; online www.gao.gov— go to “GAO Reports” and to “Find GAO Reports” GAO-- Government Accountability Office. 2006. Olympic security: Better planning can enhance U.S. support to future Olympic Games. Report to the Committee on International Relations, House of Representatives. Washington, D.C.: United States Government Accountability Office; www.gao.gov/new.items/d06753.pdf. GAO-- Government Accountability Office. 2007. Intercollegiate athletics: trends by sport in National Collegiate Athletic Associations sports. Washington, DC: US Government Accountability Office, 2007 (GAO-07-744SP, July 2007, an E-supplement to GAO-07-535) www.gao.gov/special.pubs/gao-07-744sp/osm.html. Garber, G. 1999. What’s in a name? http://espn.go.com/otl/americans/mascots.html (Outside the Lines, 18 November). Gardiner, Greg. 2003. Running for country: Australian print media representation of indigenous athletes in the 27th Olympiad. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 3: 233–260. Garrett, Robyne. 2004. Negotiating a physical identity: Girls, bodies and physical education. Sport, Education and Society 9, 2: 223–237. Garrity, John. 1989. A clash of cultures on the Hopi reservation. Sports Illustrated 71, 21 (November 20): 16–20. Gaston, J. C. 1986. The destruction of the young black male: The impact of popular culture and organized sports. Journal of Black Studies. 16: 369–284. Gavora, Jessica. 2002. Tilting the playing field: Schools, sports, sex and Title IX. San Francisco: Encounter Books. 41

Gelinas, M., and Nancy Theberge. 1986. A content analysis of the coverage of physical activity in two Canadian newspapers. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 21, 2/3: 141– 152. Gems, G. R. 1993. Working class women and sport. Women in Sport & Physical Activity Journal 2, 1: 17–30. George, John. 1994. The virtual disappearance of the white male sprinter in the United States: A speculative essay. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 1: 70–78. George, N. 1992. Elevating the game: Black men and basketball. New York: Harper Collins. Gerdy, John R. 2000. Sports in school: The future of an institution. London/NY: Teachers College Press (Columbia University). Giacobbi, P.R., and JoyT. DeSensi. 1999. Media portrayals of Tiger Woods: A qualitative deconstructive examination. Quest 51(4), 408–417. Giardina, Michael D., 2003. “Bending It Like Beckham” in the global popular: Stylish hybridity, performativity, and the politics of representation. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 1: 65–82. Giardina, Michael D., and Michele K. Donnelly, eds. 2007. Youth culture and sport: identity, power, and politics. NY/London: Routledge. Gibson, Heather J., ed. 2006. Sport tourism: concepts and theories. London/NY: Routledge. Gilbert, Bil. 1988. Competition: Is it what life’s all about? Sports Illustrated 68(20):88–100. Gilbert, Bil, and L. Twyman. 1983. Violence: out of hand in the stands. Sports Illustrated 58(4):62–74. Gilbert, David. 2005. Interrogating Mixed-Race: A Crisis of Ambiguity? Social Identities 11, 1 (Jan): Giles, Audrey. 2004. Kevlar®, Crisco®, and Menstruation: “Tradition” and Dene Games. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 1: 18–35 Gilman, S. 1991. The Jew’s body. New York: Routledge. Giordano, Rita, and Kristen A Graham, 2004. An early leg up. The Philadelphia Inquirer (February 24): D1, D3. Giulianotti, Richard. 1994. “Keep it in the family”: An outline of Hibs’ football hooligans’ social ontology. Pp. 327–58 in Richard Giulianotti and John Williams, eds. Game without frontiers: Football, identity and modernity. Aldershot, England: Arena, Ashgate. Giulianotti, Richard. 1995. Participant observation and research into football hooliganism: Reflections on the problems of entree and everyday risks. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 1: 1–20. Giulianotti, Richard. 2002. Supporters, followers, fans, and Flâneurs: Taxonomy of spectator identities in football. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 1: 25–46. Giulianotti, Richard, ed. 2004. Sport and modern social theorists. Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave. Giulianotti, Richard and Gary Armstrong. 2002. Avenues of Contestation: Football Hooligans, Running and Ruling Urban Spaces. Social Anthropology 10, 2: 211–238. Giulianotti, Richard., N. Bonny, and M. Hepworth, eds. 1994. Football, violence and social identity. London: Routledge. Giulianotti, Richard, and David McArdle, eds. 2006. Sport, civil liberties and human rights. London/NY: Routledge. Giulianotti, Richard, and Roland Robertson, eds.2007. Globalization and sport. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Gladstone, Brooke. 2005. The Passion of the Pitch. PBS, WNYC Radio; www.onthemedia.org/transcripts/transcripts_052705_pitch.html (retrieved July 10, 2005). Glasser, J. 2002. King of the hill. U.S. News and World Report 132 (8), 18 March, 52–60 Glassner, Barry. 1990. Fit for postmodern selfhood. Pp. 215–43 in H. Becker and M. M. McCall, eds. Symbolic interaction and cultural studies. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. 42

Glatz, Carol. 2004. New Vatican office to promote culture of sport. The BC Catholic (Vancouver diocesan paper); http://bcc.rcav.org/04-08-16/ (retrieved July 10, 2005). Glier, Ray. 2004. Reserve finds $425 a high price to sit. USA Today (July 30): 14C. Glock, Allison, 2006. A match made in heaven. ESPN—The Magazine 9.09 (May 8): 108–117. Glock, Allison. 2005. The look of love. ESPN The Magazine 8.12 (June 20): 66–74. Gmelch, G. 1979. Baseball magic. In D.S. Eitzen, ed. Sport in contemporary society. St. Martin’s Press, New York. Gmelch, George. 2006. Baseball without borders: the international pastime. Lincoln: University of Nebraska. Godley, Amanda. 1999. The creation of the student/athlete dichotomy in urban high school culture. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland (November). Godley, Amanda. 1999. Transforming softball: Using a competitive model of sport to foster non- competitive adolescent peer culture. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland (November). Goffman, Erving. 1959. The presentation of self in everyday life. Garden City, NY: Anchor Books. Goffman, Erving. 1961. Asylums: Essays on the social situation of mental patients and other inmates. Garden City, NY: Anchor Books. Goffman, Erving. 1963. Stigma: Notes on the management of spoiled identities. Englewodd Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc. Goldlust, John. 1987. Playing for keeps: sport, the media and society. Longman Cheshire Pty., Ltd., Melbourne, Australia. Goldman, Bob. (with P. Bush and R. Klatz). 1992. Death in the locker room II. Chicago, IL: Elite Sports Medicine Publications. Goldman, B. 1984. Death in the locker room. South Bend, IN: Icarus. Goldsmith, Pat António. 2003. Race Relations and Racial Patterns in School Sports Participation. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 2: 147–171. Goldstein, Jeffrey. 1983. Sports violence. Springer-Verlag, New York. Goldstein, Jeffrey, ed. 1988–1989. Violence in sports. Current Psychology: Research and Reviews 7, 4. Special issue. Goldstein, Jeffrey., and B. Bredemeier. 1977. Socialization: some basic issues. Journal of Communication 27(3):154–159. Gonzalez, G. L. 1996. The stacking of Latinos in major league baseball: A forgotten minority? Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 2: 134–60. Good, Regan. 2002. Women’s Share at Olympic Competitions Drops. www.womensenews.org/article.cfm/dyn/aid/824 (retrieved July 5, 2005). Goode, Erich. 1992. Drugs in American society. New York: McGraw-Hill. Goodman, Cary. 1979. Choosing sides: Playground and street life on the lower east side. New York: Schocken Books. Gore, Charles. 2000. The least developed countries report, 2000 -- Aid, private capital flows and external debt: The Challenge of Financing Development in the LDCs. New York: United Nations Publications Gore, Charles. 2002. The least developed countries report, 2002: Escaping the poverty trap. New York: United Nations Publications. Gore, Charles. 2004. The least developed countries report, 2004: Linking international trade with poverty reduction. New York: United Nations Publications; online at: www.unctad.org/en/docs/ldc2004_en.pdf (retrieved December 1, 2005). Gorman, Christine. 2005. Why more kids are getting hurt. Time 165, 23 (June 6): 58. 43

Gorman, Elizabeth H., and Julie A. Kmec. 2007. We (have to) try harder gender and required work effort in Britain and the United States. Gender & Society 21, 6: 828–856. Gorman, Jerry, and Kirk Calhoun (with Skip Rozin). 1994. The name of the game: The business of sports. New York: John Wiley & Sons. Gossett, Thomas F. 1997. Race: The History of an Idea in America. New York: Oxford University Press. Gouguet, J. J., and J. F. Nys. 1993. Sport et developpement economique regional. Paris: Dalloz. (Summarized in Lavoie, 2000). Gould, Dan. 1982. Sport psychology in the 1980s: status, direction, and challenge in youth sports research. J. Sport Psychol. 4(3):203–218. Gould, Dan. 1987. Understanding attrition in children’s sport. In D. Gould and M.R. Weiss (eds.), Advances in pediatric sport sciences (Volume two, Behavioral issues) (pp. 61–86). Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Gould, Dan. 1996. Personal motivation gone awry: Burnout in competitive athletics. Quest 48(3), 275–289. Gould, Dan, and Rainer Martens. 1979. Attitudes of volunteer coaches toward significant youth sport issues. Research Quarterly 50(3):369–380. Gould, D., et al. 1982. Reasons for attrition in competitive youth swimming. Journal of Sport Behavior 5(3):155–165. Gould, Dan., Susie. Tuffey, E. Udry, & James Loehr. 1997. Burnout in competitive junior tennis players: III. Individual differences in the burnout experience. The Sport Psychologist 11(3), 257–276. Gould, Daniel, L. Lauer, C. Rolo, C. Jannes, N. Pennisi, and K. Collins. 2006. Understanding the role parents play in tennis success: a national survey of junior tennis coaches. British Journal of Sports Medicine 40, 7 (July): 632–636. Gould, Dan, et al. 2007. Coaching life skills through football : a study of award winning high school coaches. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology 19, 1: 16–37 Gouldner, A. 1970. The coming crisis of western sociology. Basic Books, New York. Gouldshom, J. 1977. Sociology in the balance. Oxford, England: Blackwell. Gramann, J.H., and Rabel.J. Burdge. 1981. The effects of recreation goals on conflict perception: the case of water skiers and fishermen. Journal of Leisure Research 13, 1: 15–27. Gramsci, Antonio. 1971. Selections from the prison notebook (Q. Hoare and G. N. Smith, Trans). New York: International Publishers (Original work published in 1947). Gramsci, Antonio. 1988. Selected writings: 1918–1935 (D. Forgacs, ed.). New York: Shocken. Granjean, A. C., and K. J. Reimers. 1996. Creatine. Olympic Coach 6, 3 (Summer): 18–19. Grant, Alan. 2002a. Body shop. ESPN The Magazine 5.03 (February 4): 50–54. Grant, Alan. 2002b. A painful reality. ESPN Mag.com (January 30): http://espn.go.com/magazine/grant_20020130.html (retrieved June 2005). Grant, Christine H. 1984. The gender gap in sport: from Olympic to intercollegiate level. ARENA Review 8(2): 31–48. Grant, Christine H. B., and Charles E. Darley. 1993. Equity: What price equality? In G. L. Cohen, ed. Women in sport: Issues and controversies (pp. 251–63). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Grasmuck, Sherri. 2003. Something about baseball: Gentrification, “race sponsorship,” and neighborhood boys’ baseball. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 4: 307–330. Grasmuck, Sherri. 2005. Protecting home: Class, race, and masculinity in boys’ baseball. Rutgers University Press. Gratton, Chris, Simon Shibli, and Richard Coleman. 2006. The economic impact of major sports events: a review of ten events in the UK. Sociological Review 54, 2: 41–58. 44

Green, Mick, and Barrie Houlihan. 2004. Advocacy coalitions and elite sport policy change in Canada and the United Kingdom. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 4: 387– 403. Green, Mick. 2004. Power, policy, and political priorities: Elite sport development in Canada and the United Kingdom. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 4: 376–396. Green, Tina Sloan. 1993. The future of African-American female athletes. Pp. 205–24 in D. D. Brooks and R. C. Althouse, eds. Racism in college athletics: The African-American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Green, Tina Sloan. 2000. The future of African American female athletes. Pp. 227–243 in D. Brooks & R. Althouse, eds. Racism in college athletics: The African American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Greenberg, Brad A. 2006. Street fight: LA says it’s illegal for kids to play ball on residential streets. Free Republic (July 29): online, www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1674309/posts. Greenberg, M. J., and J. T. Gray. 1996. Citizenship based quota systems in athletics. Marquette Sports Law Journal 6, 2: 337–56. Greendorfer, Susan L. 1983. Sport and the mass media: General overview. ARENA Review 7, 2: 1–6. Greendorfer, Susan L. 1993. Gender role stereotypes and early childhood socialization. Pp. 3–14 in G. L. Cohen, ed. Women in sport. Newbury Park: CA: Sage. Greendorfer, Susan L., and E. M. Blinde. 1985. “Retirement” from intercollegiate sport: Theoretical and empirical considerations. Sociology of Sport Journal 2, 2: 101–10. Greendorfer, Susan, E. Blinde, and A.M. Pelligrini. 1986. Gender differences in Brazilian children’s socialization into sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 21, 1: 51– 62. Greenfeld, Karl Taro. 1999. Adjustment in mid-flight. Outside (February): http://outside.away.com/magazine/0299/9902terje_2.html. Greenfield, Karl Taro. 2005. The good life. Sports Illustrated 102, 1 (Jan 10): 50–56. Greenfield, P. M. et al. 2002. Understanding intercultural relations on multiethnic high school sport teams. In Paradoxes of youth and sport (pp. 13–30) edited by M. Gatz, M. A. Messner, and S. J. Ball-Rokeach. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Greenfield, Steve, and Guy Osborn (2001). Regulating football: Commodification consumption and the law. Sterling: Pluto Press. Greenfield, Steve, and Guy Osborn. 1996. When the whites go marching in? Racism and resistance in English football. Marquette Sports Law Journal 6, 2: 315–36. Greer, D.L., and M.J. Stewart. 1989. Children’s attitudes toward play: an investigation of their context specificity and relationship to organized sport. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology 11(3): 336–342. Gregory, J.C., and B. Petrie. 1975. Superstitions of Canadian intercollegiate athletes: an inter- sport comparison. International Review of Sport Sociology 10, 2: 59–68. Grenfield, Christopher C., and Robert E. Rinehart. 2003. Skating on thin ice: Human rights in youth figure skating. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 1: 79–97. Grey, Mark. 1992. Sports and immigrant, minority and Anglo relations in Garden City (Kansas) High School. Sociology of Sport Journal 9, 3: 255–270. Grey, Mark. 1999. Playing sports and social acceptance: The experiences of immigrant and refugee students in Garden City, Kansas. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 28–36). London: Routledge. Griffin, Pat S. 1984. “But she’s so feminine”: changing mixed messages we all give to girls and women in sports. Journal of the National Association of Women Deans Admin. Counselors 47(2):9–12. 45

Griffin, Pat. 1993. Homophobia in women’s sports: The fear that divides us. Pp. 193–203 in G. L. Cohen, ed. Women in sport: Issues and controversies. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Griffin, Pat. 1998. Strong women, deep closets: Lesbians and homophobia in sport. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Gross, J.B., and Diane L. Gill. 1982. Competition and instructional set effects on the speed and accuracy of a throwing task. Research Quarterly for Exercise Sport 53, 2: 125–132. Grossfeld, Stan. 2005. New spin on rugby: Quadriplegic athletes take sport to the extreme with wheelchair version. The Boston Globe (May 31): D1 Grundy, Pamela and Susan Shackelford (2005). Shattering the glass: The remarkable history of women’s basketball. New York: The New Press. Gruneau, Richard. 1976. Class or mass: Notes on the democratization of Canadian amateur sport. Pp. 108–40 in R. Gruneau and J. G. Albinson, eds. Canadian sport: Sociological perspectives. Don Mills, Ontario: Addison-Wesley. Gruneau, Richard. 1983. Class, sports, and social development. University of Massachusetts Press, Amherst, Mass. Gruneau, Richard. 1988. Modernization or hegemony: Two views of sports and social development. In J. Harvey and H. Cantelon, eds. Not just a game (pp. 9–32). Ottawa, Ontario: University of Ottawa Press. Gruneau, Richard. 1999. Class, sports, and social development. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Gruneau, Richard. 1989a. Television, the Olympics, and the question of ideology. Pp. 723–734 in R. Jackson, ed. The Olympic movement and the mass media. Calgary, Alberta: Hurford Enterprises. Gruneau, Richard. 1989b. Making spectacle: A case study in television sports production. Pp. 134–54 in L. A. Wenner, ed. Media, sports, and society. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Gruneau, Richard, and David Whitson. 1993: Hockey Night in Canada: Sport, identities, and cultural politics. Toronto: Garamond Press. Guest, Andrew, and Barbara Schneider. 2003. Adolescents’ extracurricular participation in context: The mediating effects of schools, communities, and identity. Sociology of Education 76, 2 (April): 89–109. Guilbert , Sebastien. Sport and violence: A typological Analysis. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 1: 45–55. Gulick, Luther. 1906. Athletics do not test womanliness. American Physical Education Review 11, 3: 158–159. Gunther, M. 1996. Get ready for the Oprah Olympics. Fortune 134, 2 (July 22): 62–63. Gunzelman, K. 1996. The court gets tough with LSU over Title IX issues. The Women’s Sports Experience (WSF Newsletter) 5, 3: 9–10. Guterson, D. 1994. Moneyball! On the relentless promotion of pro sports. Harper’s Magazine (September): 37–46. Gutman, Bill & Frederick, Shawn. 2004. Catching air: the excitement and daring of individual action sports – snowboarding, skateboarding, BMX biking, in-line skating. NY: Citadel Press. Guttmann, Allen. 1978. From ritual to record: The nature of modern sports. New York: Columbia University Press. Guttmann, Allen. 1986. Sport spectators. New York: Columbia University Press. Guttmann, Allen. 1988. A whole new ball game: An interpretation of American sports. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press. Guttmann, Allen. 1991. Women’s sports: A history. New York: Columbia University Press. Guttmann, Allen. 1994. Games and empires: Modern sports and cultural imperialism. New York: Columbia University Press. 46

Guttmann, Allen. 1998.The appeal of violent sports. In J. Goldstein, ed. Why we watch: The attractions of violent entertainment (pp. 7–26). New York: Oxford University Press. Guttmann, Allen. 2000. The development of modern sports. Pp. 248–259 in Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies. London: Sage Publications. Guttmann, Allen. 2004. Sports: the first five millennia. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press. Hadden, Jeffrey. K. 2000. Religious movements. In Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 2364–2376) edited by E. F. Borgotta and R. J. V. Montgomery. New York: Macmillan Reference USA. Halbert, C., and M. Latimer. 1994. “Battling” gendered language: An analysis of the language used by sports commentators in a televised co-ed tennis competition. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 3: 298–308. Hall, Ann, Trevor Slack, Garry Smith, and David Whitson. 1991. Sport in Canadian society. Toronto: McClelland & Stewart. Hall, Arlene E., Donna J. Kuga, and Dennis Floyd Jones. 2002. A Multivariate Study of Determinants of Vigorous Physical Activity in a Multicultural Sample of College Students. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 1: 66–84. Hall, M. Ann. 1988. The discourse of gender and sport: from feminity to feminism. Sociology of Sport Journal 5(4):330–340. Hall, M. Ann. 1990. How should we theorize gender in the context of sport? In M.A. Messner and D.F Sabo (eds.), Sport, men, and the gender order: Critical feminist perspectives. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc. Champaign, Ill. Hall, M. Ann. 1996. Feminism and sporting bodies: Essays on theory and practice. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Hall, M. Ann. 2002. The girl and the game: A history of women’s sport in Canada. Peterborough, Ontario: Broadview Press. Hall, Stuart. 1985. Signification, representation, ideology: Althusser and the post-structuralist debates. Critical Studies in Mass Communication 2(2), 91–114. Hallinan, Christopher. 1988. Positional segregation and Aboriginal Rugby League players. Paper presented at the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport Conference, Cincinnati. Hallinan, Christopher J. 1991. Aborigines and positional segregation in Australian rugby league. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 26, 2: 69–78. Hallinan, Christopher J. 1994. The presentation of human biological diversity in sport and exercise science textbooks: The example of “race.” Journal of Sport Behavior 17: 3–15. Hammermeister, J., and D. Burton. 2004. Gender Differences in Coping with Endurance Sport Stress: Are Men From Mars and Women From Venus? Journal of Sport Behavior 27: 148– 164. Haney, C. Allen, and Demetrius W. Pearson. 1999. Rodeo Injuries: An Examination of Risk Factors. Journal of Sport Behavior 22, 4: 443–467. Hanford, George. 1974. An inquiry into the need for and the feasibility of a national study of intercollegiate athletics. Washington, DC: American Council on Education. Hanford, George. 1979. Controversies in college sports. Annals of the American Academy of Political Science 445: 66–79. Hanford, George. 1985. Proposition 48. In D. Chu, et al., eds. Sport and higher education. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Hanks, M. 1979. Race, sexual status and athletics in the process of educational achievement. Social Science Quarterly 60, 3: 482–496. Hanks, M., and B. K. Eckland. 1976. Athletics and social participation in the educational attainment process. Sociology of Education 49, 4: 271–94. Hansell, Saul. 2005. More people turn to the Web to watch TV. The New York Times (August 1): C1. 47

Hanson, S. L., & R. S. Kraus. 1999. Women in male domains: Sport and science. Sociology of Sport Journal 16(2), 92–110. Hare, Nathan. 1971. A study of the black fighter. Black Scholar 3, 3: 2–9. Hargreaves, John. 1982. Sport, culture and ideology. In Jennifer Hargreaves, ed. Sport, culture and ideology. Routledge & Kegan Paul, Boston. Hargreaves, John. 1986. Sport, power and culture. New York: St. Martin’s Press. Hargreaves, Jennifer. 1987. The body, sport and power relations. In J. Horne, et al., eds. Sport, leisure and social relations. Routledge & Kegan Paul, New York (Sociological Review Monograph 33). Hargreaves, Jennifer, 1994. Sporting females: Critical issues in the history and sociology of women’s sport. London: Routledge. Hargreaves, Jennifer. 2000. Heroines of sport: The politics of difference and identity. London: Routledge. Hargreaves, Jennifer, and I. MacDonald. 2000. Gramscian/cultural studies. Pp. 48–60 in Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies. London: Sage Publications. Harjo, S. S. 2000. Fighting the R-word. ColorLines 3(1), 18–19. Harp, Joyce B., and Lindsay Hecht. 2005. Obesity in the National Football League. Journal of the American Medical Association 293, 9 (March 2): 1061–1062. Harpalani, V. 1998. The athletic dominance of African Americans – Is there a genetic basis? Pp. 103–120 in G. Sailes, ed. African Americans in sport. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. Harrington, M. 1998. Families driven to keep competitive in sports. USA Today, April 27, 6D. Harris, Janet. 1994. Athletes and the American hero dilemma. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Harris, Janet C. 1980. Play: a definition and implied relationships with culture and sport. Journal of Sport Psychology 2(1): 46–61. Harris, Janet C. 1983. Interpreting youth baseball: players understandings of attention, winning, and playing the game. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 54(4):330–339. Harris, John, and Ben Clayton. 2002. Femininity, masculinity, physicality and the english tabloid press: The case of Anna Kournikova. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 3– 4: 397–413. Harris, John. 2005. The image problem in women’s football. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 29, 2: 184–197. Harris, Othello. 1994. Race, sport, and social support. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 1: 40–50. Harris, Othello, and L. Hunt. 1984. Race and sports involvement: some implications of sports for black and white youth. Paper presented at the meetings of the American Alliance for Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance, Anaheim, Calif. Harrison, C. Keith. 1995. Perceptions of African American male student-athletes in higher education. Unpublished dissertation, School of Education, University of Southern California. Harrison, C. Keith. 1998. Themes that thread through society: Racism and athletic manifestation in the African-American community. Race, Ethnicity and Education 1, 1: 63–74. Harrison, C. Keith. 2002. Scholar or baller in American higher education? A visual elicitation and qualitative assessment of the student-athlete mindset. NASAP Journal 5 (1): 66–81. Harrison, C. Keith, and Suzanne Malia Lawrence. 2004. College students’ perceptions, myths, and stereotypes about African American athletes: A qualitative investigation. Sport, Education and Society 9, 1: 33–52. Harrison, C. Keith, and Sharon Yee. 2006. Scoring the hire, Indianapolis, IN: Black Coaches Association (BCA hiring report card, 3) www.bcasports.org/. Harrison, Louis, Jr. 1995. African Americans: Race as a self-schema affecting physical activity choices. Quest 47, 1: 7–18. 48

Harrison, Louis, Jr., Laura Azzarito and Joe Burden, Jr. 2004. Perceptions of athletic superiority: a view from the other side. Race Ethnicity and Education 7, 2: 149–166. Harrison, Louis, Jr., C. Keith Harrison, and Leonard N. Moore. 2002. African American racial identity and sport. Sport, Education and Society 2 (October): 121–133. Harrison, Louis, Jr., Amelia M Lee, and Don Belcher. 1999. Race and gender differences in sport participation as a function of self-schema. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 23, 3: 287–307. Harrison, Patricia A., and Gopalakrishnan Narayan. 2003. Differences in behavior, psychological factors, and environmental factors associated with participation in school sports and other activities in adolescence. Journal of School Health, 73, 3: 113–121. Hart L. E., and A. L. Pipe. 1997. Enhancing athletic performance: when ethics and evidence clash [editorial] Clinical Journal of Sport Medicine (B9T), Jan; 7 (1): 1–2. Hart, B.A., Cynthia A. Hasbrook, and Sharon A. Mathes. 1986. An examination of the reduction in the number of female interscholastic coaches. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 57(1):68–77. Hart, M. Marie. 1981. On being female in sport. In M. M. Hart & S. Birrell, eds, Sport in the socio-cultural process (pp. 291–301). Dubuque, Iowa: William C. Brown. Hartmann, Douglas. 2001. Notes on Midnight Basketball and the cultural politics of recreation, race, and at-risk urban youth. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 25, 4: 339–371. Hartmann, Douglas. 2003a. The sanctity of Sunder afternoon football: Why men love sports. Contexts 2, 4: 13–21. Hartmann, Douglas. 2003b. Theorizing sport as social intervention: A view from the grassroots. Quest 55, 2: 118–140. Hartmann, Douglas. 2004. Race, culture, and the revolt of the Black athlete : The 1968 Olympic protests and their aftermath. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Hart-Nibbrig, N., and C. Cottingham. 1986. The political economy of college sports. Lexington Books, Lexington, Mass. Harvey, Jean 1988. Sport and the Quebec clergy, 1930–1960. In J. Harvey and H. Cantelon, eds. Not just a game. University of Ottawa Press, Ottawa. Harvey, Jean, and F. Houle. 1994. Sport, world economy, global culture, and new social movements. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 4: 337–55. Harvey, Jean, Alan Law, and Michael Cantelon. 2001. North American professional team sport franchises ownership patterns and global entertainment conglomerates. Sociology of Sport Journal 18, 4: 435–457 Harvey, Jean, and R. Proulx. 1988. Sport and the state in Canada. In J. Harvey and H. Cantelon, eds. Not just a game. Ottawa, Ontario: University of Ottawa Press. Harvey, Jean, Geneviève Rail, and Lucie Thibault. 1996. Globalization and sport: Sketching a theoretical model for empirical analyses. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 20, 3: 258–277. Hasbrook, Cynthia A. 1988. Female coaches--why the declining numbers and percentages? Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 59(6):59–63. Hasbrook, Cynthia A. 1993. The production and subordination of feminine bodies among first grade children. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport. Ottawa. Hasbrook, Cynthia A. 1995. Gendering practices and first graders’ bodies: Physicality, sexuality, and bodily adornment in a minority inner-city school. Unpublished manuscript. Hasbrook, Cynthia A. 1999. Young children’s social constructions of physicality and gender. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 7–16). London: Routledge. Hasbrook, Cynthia A., and Othello Harris. 1999. Wrestling with gender: Physicality and masculinities among inner-city first and second graders. Men and Masculinities 1, 3: 302– 318. 49

Hassan, R. 2000. Sociology of Islam. In Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 2937–2953) edited by E. F. Borgotta and R. J. V. Montgomery. New York: Macmillan Reference USA. Hastings, Donald W., Susan B. Kurth, and J. Meyer. 1989. Competitive swimming careers through the life cycle. Sociology of Sport Journal 6(3):278–284. Hastings, Donald W., Sherry Cable, and Sammy Zahran. 2005. The globalization of a minor sport: The diffusion and COM modification of masters swimming. Sociological Spectrum 25, 2: 133–154. Hauser, W. J., and L. B. Lueptow. 1978. Participation in athletics and academic achievement: a replication and extension. Sociological Quarterly 19: 304–309. Hawes, Kay. 1999. Weighing in. The NCAA News 36, 24: 1, 24–25. Hawes, Kay. 1999. Dangerous games: Athletics initiation—team bonding, rite of passage or hazing? NCAA News 36, 19 (September 13): 1, 14–16. Hawes, Kay 2001. Honor or affront? The Chronicle of Higher Education 38 (9), 23 April, 1, 20– 22. Hawes, Kay. 2001. Mirror, mirror. The NCAA News, Special Report (September 24): A1-A4. Hawkins, B. 1998. The dominant images of black men in America: The representation of O. J. Simpson. Pp. 39–52 in G. Sailes, ed. African Americans in sport. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. Hawkins, Billy. 2000. The new plantation: The internal colonialization of black student athletes. Winterville, GA: Sadiki Publishing. Hayes, Dianne Williams. 1993. Sports images and realities. Black Issues in Higher Education 10, 20: 15–19. Haynes, R. 1993. Every man(?) a football artist: Football writing and masculinity. Pp. 55–76 in S. Redhead, ed. The passion and the fashion: Football fandom in the New Europe. Aldershot, England: Avebury. Heath, Thomas. 2003. For the investor who has everything. Washington Post (October 14): A1; www.washingtonpost.com/ac2/wp-dyn/A21700-2003Oct13 (retrieved July 20, 2005). Heble, Michelle R., and Robert E. Kleck. 2000. The social consequences of physical disability. In Todd F. Heatherton, Robert E. Kleck, Michele R. Hebl, and Jay G. Hull, eds. The social psychology of stigma (pp. 419–440). New York/London: The Guilford Press. Heckert, Alex and Druann Heckert. 2002. A new typology of deviance: Integrating normative and reactivist definitions of deviance.” Deviant Behavior 23: 449–479. Heckert, Alex, and Druann Heckert. 2004. Using a new typology to analyze ten common norms of the American middle class. Sociological Quarterly 45: 209–228. Heckert, Alex, and Druann Heckert. 2007. Positive deviance. In George Ritzer, ed., Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 3542–3544). London/New York: Blackwell. Heinila, K. 1985. Sport and international understanding: A contradiction in terms? Sociology of Sport Journal 2, 3: 240–48. Heinz, M. 1991. Women’s sports in the media. Inside Track (Spring). CBC radio program. Helanko, R. 1957. Sports and socialization. Acta Sociologica 2: 229–240. Helfgott, H. 1999. Hail Mary? A league of their own. Gentlemen’s Quarterly, September 1999, 112. Heller, S. 1991. The human body and changing cultural conceptions of it draw attention of humanities and social-science scholars. The Chronicle of Higher Education, June 12: A4, A8. Hellison, Donald. 1985. Goals and strategies for teaching physical education. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Hellison, Donald. 1990. Physical education for disadvantaged youth—A Chicago story. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 61, 6: 36–45. A five-article section. Hellison, Donald. 1993. The coaching club: Teaching responsibility to inner-city students. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 64, 5: 66–71. 50

Hellison, Donald, ed. 2000. Youth development and physical activity: linking universities and communities. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Hellison, D., and D. Walsh. 2002. Responsibility-based youth programs evaluation: Investigating the investigations. Quest 54 (4): 292–307. Helstein, Michelle T. 2003. That’s Who i want to be: The politics and production of desire within Nike advertising to women. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 3: 276–292. Helstein, Michelle. 2005. Rethinking Community: Introducing the “Whatever” Female Athlete. Sociology of Sport Journal 22, 1: 1–18. Henry, C.P. 1986. A piece of the pie? The Crisis 93(5): 20–26, 40–41. Henry, Ian, and Gratton, C., eds. Sport in the city. London: Routledge. Henry, Ian P., Mahfoud Amara, and Mansour Al-Tauqi. 2003. Sport, Arab Nationalism and the Pan-Arab Games. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 3: 295–310. Henschen, Keith, and D. Fry. 1984. An archival study of the relationship of intercollegiate athletic participation and graduation. Sociology of Sport Journal 1(1): 52–56. Hesling, W. 1986. The pictorial representation of sports on television. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 21, 2–3: 173–94. Hesling, W. 1986. The pictorial representation of sports on television. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 21, 2/3: 173–194. Hess, Beth B., et al. 1985. Sociology. Macmillan Publishing Co., New York. Heywood, Leslie, and Shari Dworkin. 2003. Built to win: The female athlete as cultural icon. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Heywood, Leslie. 1998. Bodymakers: A cultural anatomy of women’s bodybuilding. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Hiestand, Michael. 1991. Study finds good market in under-30 age group. USA Today, December 10, Section C. Hiestand, Michael. 2002. Security tighter, more costly for teams, venues. USA Today (September 11): 3C. Higgins, Matt. 2005. A sport so popular, they added a second boom. New York Times (July 25): http://query.nytimes.com/mem/tnt.html? emc=tnt&tntget=2005/07/25/sports/othersports/25boom.html. Higgins, Paul C. 1992. Making disability: Exploring the transformation of human variation. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas. Higgs, Catriona T., Karen H. Weiller, and Scott B. Martin. 2003. Gender Bias In The 1996 Olympic Games: A Comparative Analysis. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 1: 52–64. Higgs, Colin, and Vanlandewijck, Yves, eds. 2007. Sport for persons with a disability. Berlin: International Council of Sport Science and Physical Education. Higgs, Robert J. 1982. Sports: a reference guide. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press. Higgs, Robert J. 1995. God in the stadium: Sports and religion in America. Lexington, KY: The University of Kentucky Press. Hilliard, Dan. 1984. Media images of male and female professional athletes: an interpretive analysis of magazine articles. Sociology of Sport Journal 1(3):251–262. Hilliard, Dan C. 1984. Media images of male and female professional athletes: An interpretive analysis of magazine articles. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 3: 251–62. Hilliard, Dan. C. 1994. Televised sport and the (anti)sociological imagination. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 18, 1: 88–99. Hilliard, Dan. C., and J. M. Hilliard. 1990. Positive deviance and participant sport. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Las Vegas (April). Ho, L., and J.E. Walker. 1982. Female athletes and nonathletes: similarities and differences in self- perception. J. Sport Behav. 5(1):12–27. 51

Hoberman, J. 1986. The Olympic crisis: Sport, politics and the moral order. New Rochelle, NY: Aristide D. Caratzas. Hoberman, John M. 1992. Mortal engines: The science of performance and the dehumanization of sport. New York: The Free Press. Hoberman, John M. 1994. The sportive-dynamic body as a symbol of productivity. In T. Siebers, ed. Heterotopia: Postmodern utopia and the body politic (pp.199–228). Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press. Hoberman, John M. 1995. Listening to steroids. Wilson Quarterly 19, 1: 35–44. Hoberman, John M. 1997. Darwin’s athletes: How sport has damaged black America and preserved the myth of race. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Hoberman, John M. 2004. Testosterone dreams: Rejuvenation, aphrodisia, doping. Berkeley: University of California Press. Hoberman, John, and Charles Yesalis. 1995. The history of synthetic testosterone. Scientific American (February): 60–65. Hockey, John. 2005. Injured distance runners: A case of identity work as self-help. Sociology of Sport Journal 22, 1: 38–58. Hoeber, Larena. 2008. Gender equity for athletes: Multiple understandings of an organizational value. Sex Roles: A Journal of Research 58, 1–2: 58–71. Hofer, R. 1995. Ready, willing, and able. Sports Illustrated 83, 7 (8/14): 64–76. Hoffer, R. 1996. Real deal. Sports Illustrated 85(21) 18 November, 28–37. Hoffman, Mathew (with Alyssa Roenigk) 2005. Fall guy. ESPN The Magazine 8.15 (August 1): 62–70. Hoffman, Shirl. 1982. God, guts and glory: Evangelicalism in American sports. Paper presented at the meetings of the American Alliance for Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance, Detroit Hoffman, S. 1985. Evangelicalism and the revitalization of religious ritual in sport. Arete: The Journal of Sport Literature 2(2):63–87. Hoffman, Shirl. 1986. The sanctification of sport. Christianity Today 30(6):17–21. Hoffman, Shirl. 1992a. Sport and religion. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics (Note: 1992a references refer to Hoffman’s section introductions in this book). Hoffman, Shirl. 1992b. Evangelicalism and the revitalization of religious ritual in sport. In S. Hoffman, ed. Sport and religion (pp. 111–25). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Hoffman, Shirl. 1992c. Recovering a sense of the sacred in sport. In S. Hoffman, ed. Sport and religion (pp. 153–60). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Hoffman, Shirl. 1992d. Nimrod, Nephilim, and the Athletae Dei. In S. Hoffman, ed. Sport and religion (pp. 275–86). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Hoffman, Shirl. 1999. The decline of civility and the rise of religion in American sport. Quest 51 (1), 69–84. Hogan, Jackie. 2003. Staging The Nation: Gendered and Ethnicized Discourses of National Identity in Olympic Opening Ceremonies. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 2003 27, 2: 100–123. Holland, T. 2002. Financial missions at odds with NCAA goal. The NCAA News 39 (10), 13 May: 4–5. Holman, M. J. 1995. Female and male athletes’ accounts and meanings of sexual harassment in Canadian interuniversity athletics. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan. Holmen, M. G., and Bonnie L. Parkhouse. 1981. Trends in the selection of coaches for female athletes: a demographic inquiry. Res. Q. Exerc. Sport 52(1):9–18. Holmlund, C. A. 1994. Visible difference and flex appeal: The body, sex, sexuality, and race in the Pumping Iron films. Pp. 299–314 in S. Birrell and C. L. Cole, eds. Women, sport, and culture. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. 52

Holt, N. L., and D. Morley. 2004. Gender differences in psychosocial factors associated with athletic success during childhood. Sport Psychologist 18, x: 138–153. Honea, Joy. 2005. Youth cultures and consumerism: Sport subcultures and possibilities for resistance. Ft. Collins, CO: Ph.D. Dissertation, Colorado State University. Honea, Joy. 2007. Sports, alternative. In George Ritzer, ed., Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 4653–4656). London/New York: Blackwell. Hong, Fan. 2004. Innocence Lost: Child Athletes in China. Sport in Society 7, 3: 338–354. Hood-Williams, J. 1995. Sexing the athletes. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 3: 290–305. hooks, bell. 1992. Theory as liberatory practice. Yale Journal of Law and Feminism 4, 1: 1–12. hooks, bell. 2000. Where we stand: Class matters. New York/London: Routledge. Hoose, P.M. 1989. Necessities: Racial barriers in American sports. Random House, New York, N.Y. Hoover, N. C., and N. J. Pollard, N. J. 2000. Initiation Rites in American High Schools: A National Survey. Alfred, NY: Alfred University. Hornblower, M. 1996. Underdogs’ day. Time, Augusts 5: 45–46. Horne, John. 1996. Kicking racism out of soccer in England and Scotland. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 1: 45–68. Horne, John, Alan Tomlinson,and Gary Whannel. 1999. Understanding sport: An introduction to the sociological and cultural analysis of sport. London: E & FN SPON. Horne, John D., and Wolfram Manzenreiter. 2004. Accounting for Mega-Events: Forecast and Actual Impacts of the 2002 Football World Cup Finals on the Host Countries Japan/Korea. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 2: 187–203. Horovitz, B. 2000. Coaches calling business plays. USA Today, 14 March, B1-B2. Horrow, Richard. 1980. Sports violence. Carrollton Press, Inc., Arlington, Va. Houlihan, Barrie, ed. 2003. Sport and society: a student introduction. London/Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Houlihan, Barrie. 1994. Sport and international politics. Hemel Hempstead, England: Harvester- Wheatsheaf. Houlihan, Barrie. 1994. Homogenization, Americanization, and the Creolization of sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 4: 356–75. Houlihan, Barrie. 1997. Sport, policy, and politics: A comparative analysis. London: Routledge. Houlihan, Barrie. 2000. Politics and sport. In Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds., Handbook of sport studies (pp. 213–27). London: Sage. Houlihan. Barrie, and A. White. 2002. The politics of sports development: Development of sport or development through sport? London/New York: Routledge. House, Tom (with T. Kurkjian) 1999. Law and order: The edge. ESPN The Magazine, 1 November, 84. House, Tom. 1989. The jock’s itch. Contemporary Books, Chicago, Ill. Hovden, J. 2000. Gender and leadership selection processes in Norwegian sporting organizations. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 35 (1), 75–82. Howe, P. David. 2003. Kicking stereotypes into touch: An ethnographic account of women’s rugby. In Anne Bolin and Jane Granskog, eds. Athletic Intruders: Ethnographic Research on Women, Culture, and Exercise (pp. 227–246). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Howe, P. David. 2004. Sport, professionalism and pain: Ethnographies of injury and risk. London/New York: Routledge. Howell, F., A. Miracle, and R. Rees. 1984. Do high school athletics pay? The effects of varsity participation on socioeconomic attainment. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 1: 15–25. Howell, Frank, and Steven Picou. 1983. Athletics and income achievements. Paper presented at the meetings of the Southwestern Sociological Association, Houston. 53

Hoyle, J., and Philip White. 1999. Physical activity in the lives of women with disabilities. Pp. 254–269 in P. White & K. Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada. Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. Huang, Chin-Ju, and Ian Brittain. 2006. Negotiating identities through disability sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 23, 4: 352–375. Hubbard, Steve. 1998. Faith in sports: Athletes and their religion on and off the field. New York: Doubleday. Hudson, David L. 2007. Women in golf: the players, the history, and the future of the sport. Westport, Conn: Praeger Publishers. Hudson, Ian. 2001. The use and misuse of economic impact analysis: The case of professional sports. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 25, 1: 20–39. Huey, J. 1996. The Atlanta game. Fortune 134, 2 (July 22): 43–56. Huggins, Mike, and Williams, Jack. 2006. Sport and the English, 1918–1939. London/NY: Routledge, Hughes, Glyn. 2004. Managing Black Guys: Representation, Corporate Culture, and the NBA. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 2: 163–184. Hughes, Robert H., and Jay Coakley. 1978. Player violence and the social organization of contact sport. Journal of Sport Behavior 1, 4: 155–168. Hughes, Robert H., and Jay Coakley. 1984. Mass society and the commercialization of sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 1: 57–63. Hughes, Robert H., and Jay Coakley. 1991. Positive deviance among athletes: The implications of overconformity to the sport ethic. Sociology of Sport Journal 8, 4: 307–25. Hughson, John. 2000. The boys are back in town: Soccer support and the social reproduction of masculinity. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 24, 1: 8–23. Hughson, John; Inglis, David & Free, Marcus. 2004. The uses of sport: a critical study. London/NY: Routledge. Hui, Stephen. 2004. Transexual Olympiads. Online: www.alternet.org/rights/19525/ (retrieved December 1, 2005). Hult, J.S. 1980. The philosophical conflicts in men’s and women’s collegiate athletics. Quest 32(1):77–94. Humphrey, J. 1986. No holding Brazil: Football, nationalism and politics. In Alan Tomlinson and Garry Whannel, eds. Off the ball. London: Pluto Press. Humphrey, James H. 2003. Child development through sports. Binghamton, NY: Haworth Press. Hums, Mary A., Anita M. Moorman, and Eli A. Wolff. 2003. The Inclusion of the Paralympics in the Olympic and Amateur Sports Act: Legal and Policy Implications for Integration of Athletes with Disabilities into the United States Olympic Committee and National Governing Bodies. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 3: 261–275. Hunt, H. David. 2005. The effect of extracurricular activities in the educational process: Influence on academic outcomes? Sociological Spectrum 25, 4: 417–445. Hunt, J. C. 1995. Divers’ accounts of normal risk. Symbolic Interaction 18, 4: 439–462. Hunter, D. 1998. Race and athletic performance: A physiological view. Pp. 85–102 in G. Sailes, ed. African Americans in sport. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. Hunter-Hodge, K. 1995. Athletes are finding second wind entering arena of big business. Colorado Springs Gazette, January 8: F4. IBS. 1996a. Path to victory: A sports New Testament with testimonies of athletes who are winning in life. Colorado Springs, CO: International Bible Society. IBS. 1996b. More than gold. Colorado Springs, CO: International Bible Society. IBS. 1996c. Path to victory: A sports New Testament with the testimonies of athletes who are winning in life (No. 1144). Colorado Springs CO: International Bible Society. 54

Ingham, Alan G., B.J. Blissmer, & K.W. Davidson. 1999. The expendable prolympic self: Going beyond the boundaries of the sociology and psychology of sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 16(3), 236–268. Ingham, Alan G., Melissa A. Chase, and Joanne Butt. 2002. From the Performance Principle to the Developmental Principle: Every Kid a Winner? Quest 4, 4: 308–332. Ingham, Alan, and Alison Dewar. 1999. Through the eyes of youth: “Deep play” in Peewee ice hockey. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds. Inside Sports (pp. 7–16). London: Routledge. Ingham, Alan, and Mary McDonald. 2003. Sport and community/communitas. In R. Wilcox, D. L. Andrews, R. L. Irwin, & R. Pitter (Eds.), Sporting dystopias: The making and meaning of urban sport cultures (pp. 17–34). Albany: State University of New York. Inness, Sherrie A. 2004. ‘Boxing gloves and bustiers’: New images of tough women. In SherrieA. Inness, ed., Action chicks (pp. 1–17). New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Irlinger, P. 1994. The contribution of televised sports to the spread of sport activities. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 29, 2: 201–10. Irwin, Katherine. 2003. Saints and sinners: Elite tattoo collectors and tattooists as positive and negative deviants. Sociological Spectrum 23, 1: 27–57. Ismond, Patrick. 2003. Black and Asian athletes in British sport and society: a sporting chance? Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Ives, Nat. 2004. Coming for gamers: Football Unfettered. The New York Times (December 20): C8. Jackson, Derek Z. 1999. BC wins the Gap Bowl. Boston Globe, 12/29, A27. Jackson, Derek Z. 2000. Kansas State closes the gap. Boston Globe, 1/3, A23. Jackson, Derek Z. 2001. The growing graduation gap. The Boston Globe, 28 December. Jackson, E.L., and R.A.G. Wong. 1982. Perceived conflict between urban cross country skiers and snowmobilers in Alberta. Journal of Leisure Research 14, 1: 47–62. Jackson, Susan A., and Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi. 1999. Flow in sports. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Jackson, Steven J. 1994. Gretzky, crisis, and Canadian identity in 1988: Rearticulating the Americanization of culture debate. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 4: 428–46. Jackson, Steven J., and Brendan Hokowhitu. 2002. Sport, Tribes, and Technology: The New Zealand All Blacks Haka and the Politics of Identity. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 2: 125–139. Jackson, Steven J., and David L. Andrews, eds. 2004. Sport, culture and advertising: identities, commodities and the politics of representation. London/ New York: Routledge. Jackson, Steven J., and Jay Scherer. 2002. Screening the nation’s past: Adidas, advertising and corporate nationalism in New Zealand. Paper presented at the annual meetings of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Indianapolis (November). Jacobson, Robert. 2006. Sports in America: recreation, business, education, and controversy. Detroit: Thomson Gale. James, C. L. R. 1984. Beyond a boundary. Pantheon Books, New York (American edition). Jansen, S.C., and Donald F. Sabo. 1992. Sportspeak and the Persian Gulf War: Gender, sport, and the New World Order. Paper presented at the annual conference of the American Sociological Association, Pittsburgh (August). Jarvie, Grant. 1991. Highland games: The making of the myth. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh. Jarvie, Grant. 1991. Sport, popular struggle and South African culture. In G. Jarvie (ed.), Sport, racism and ethnicity (pp. 175–189). The Falmer Press, London. Jarvis, B. 1993. Against the great divide. Newsweek, May 3:14. 55

Jamail, Milton H. 2000. Full Count: Inside Cuban Baseball. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press. James, C. L. R. 1984. Beyond a boundary. New York: Pantheon Books. American edition. Jamieson, Katherine. 1995. Latinas in sport and physical activity. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 66, 7: 42–47. Jamieson, Katherine. 1998. Navigating the system: The case of Latina student-athletes in women’s collegiate sports. Paper presented at the annual conference of the American Alliance for Health, Physical Education, Recreation & Dance, Reno, NV (April). Jamieson, Katherine. 2005. “All my hopes and dreams”: Families, schools, and subjectivities in collegiate softball. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 29, 2: 133–147. Jay, Kathryn. 2004. More than just a game: Sports in American life since 1945. New York: Columbia University Press. Jayson, Sharon. 2004. On or off the field, it’s a ‘civility’ war out there. USA Today (November 30): 9D. JBHE. 2005. Are the flagship state universities exploiting black athletes? Journal of Blacks in Higher Education 48. Online: www.jbhe.com/news_views/48_blacks_stateuniversities.html. Jenkins, Chris. 2000. Caught in gambling’s web. USA Today (March 13): 1C-2C. Jenkins, Chris. 2002. The new face of NASCAR. USA Today (May 24): 1A-2A. Jenkins, Chris. 2002b. Wanted: Salesman must drive. USA Today, 12 July, 1A–2A. Jenkins, Chris. 2002c. Rich want to keep getting richer. USA Today, 17, July: 3C. Jenkins, Chris. 2002d. Prize plan participation can make big difference. USA Today, 17 July, 3C. Jenkins, Chris. 2002e. Teams: Track owners should share TV cut. USA Today, 17 July, 11C. Jenkins, Chris. 2005. Steroid policy hits Latin Americans. USA Today (May 6): 7C. Jenkins, Henry. 1997. “Never trust a snake”: WWF wrestling as masculine melodrama. Pp. 48– 78 in A. Baker & T. Boyd, eds. Out of bounds: Sports, media, and the politics of identity. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press. Jennings, Andrew. 1996a. The new lords of the rings. London: Pocket Books. Jennings, Andrew. 1996b. Power, corruption, and lies. Esquire (May): 99–104. Jennings, Andrew., and Clare Sambrook. 2000. The great Olympic swindle: When the world wanted its games back. New York, NY: Simon and Shuster. Jinxia, Dong. 2003. Women, sport, and society in modern China: holding up more than half the sky. London/Portland, OR: Frank Cass. Johns, David. 1992. Starving for gold: A case study in overconformity in high performance sport. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Toledo (November). Johns, David. 1996. Positive deviance and the sport ethic: Examining weight loss strategies in rhythmic gymnastics. The Hong Kong Journal of Sports Medicine and Sport Science II (May): 49–56. Johns, David. 1998. Fasting and feasting: Paradoxes in the sport ethic. Sociology of Sport Journal 15, 1: 41–63. Johns, David P., and Jennifer S. Johns. 2000. Surveillance, subjectivism and technologies of power. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 35, 2: 219–234. Johnson, Allen G. 2006. Privilege, power, and difference. New York: McGraw-Hill. Johnson, Arthur T. 1982. Government, opposition and sport: the role of domestic sports policy in generating political support. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 6, 2: 22–34. Johnson, Arthur T. 1993. Minor league baseball and economic development. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press. Johnson, Arthur T., and James H. Frey, eds. 1985. Government and sport. Rowman and Allenheld, Publishers, Totowa, N.J. Johnson, C. 2000. America’s pastime crisscrosses the globe. USA Today, 17 March, 16C. 56

Johnson, D. W., R. T. Johnson, and March L. Krotee. 1987. The relation between social interdependence and psychological health on the 1980 U.S. Olympic ice hockey team. Journal of Psychology 120, 3: 279–291. Johnson, D. W., and R. T. Johnson. 1983. The socialization and achievement crisis: Are cooperative learning experiences the solution? In L. Bickman (ed.), Applied social psychology annual 4. Sage Publications, Beverly Hills, Calif. Johnson, B. D., and N. R. Johnson. 1995. Stacking and “stoppers”: A test of the outcome control hypothesis. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 1: 105–12. Johnson, Jay, and Margery Jean Holman, eds. 2004. Making the team: inside the world of sport initiations and hazing. Toronto: Canadian Scholars’ Press. Johnson, P. 1995. Black radio’s role in sports promotion: Sports, scholarships, and sponsorship. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 19, 4: 397–414. Johnson, Timothy. 2007. Get kids in the game. San Francisco Chronicle (April 26):online, www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?f=/c/a/2007/04/26/EDGTLOS90V1.DTL&hw=324. Johnson, William O. 1974. From here to 2000. Sports Illustrated 41, 26: 73–83. Johnson, William O. 1988. The image has altered. Sports Illustrated 69, 7: 86–88. Jonas, Scott. 2005. Should women play sports? www.jesus-is-savior.com/Womens %20Page/christian_women_and_sports.htm (retrieved July 8, 2005) Jones, G., et al. 1987. A log-linear analysis of stacking in college football. Social Science Quarterly 68: 70–83. Jones, G. A., et al. 1987. Racial discrimination in college football. Social Science Quarterly 68(1):70–83. Jones, J. C. H., K. G. Stewart, and R. Sunderman. 1996. From the Arena Into the Streets: Hockey Violence, Economic Incentives and Public Policy. The American Journal of Economics and Sociology 55, 2: 231–43. Jones, J. M., and A. R. Hochner. 1973. Racial differences in sports activities: a look at the self- paced versus reactive hypothesis. J. Pers. Soc. Psychol. 27(1): 86–95. Jones, J. M., and S. A. Williamson. 1979. Athletic profile inventory (API): assessment of athletes’ attitudes and values. In Jeffrey H. Goldstein, ed. Sports, games and play. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers, Hillsdale, N.J. Jones, R., A. J. Murrell, & J. Jackson. 1999. Pretty versus powerful in the sports pages: Print media coverage of U.S. women’s Olympic gold medal winning teams. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 23(2), 183–192. Jones, Robyn L. 2002. The Black Experience Within English Semiprofessional Soccer. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 1: 47–65. Jones, S. R. 1993. Race and baseball: Getting beyond business as usual. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 17, 1: 67–70. Joravsky, Ben. 1995. Hoop dreams: A true story of hardship and triumph. New York: HarperCollins. Joukowsky, Artemis A. W. III, and Larry Rothstein, eds. 2002. Raising the bar. New York: Umbrage Editions, Inc. Joukowsky, Artemis A. W. III, and Larry Rothstein. 2002. New horizons in disability sport. In Artemis A. W. Joukowsky, III and Larry Rothstein, eds. Raising the bar (pp. 8–17). New York: Umbrage Editions, Inc. Juffer, Jane. 2002. Who’s the Man? Sammy Sosa, Latinos, and Televisual Redefinitions of the “American” Pastime. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 4: 337–359. Jutel, Annemarie. 2002. Olympic road cycling and national identity: Where is Germany? Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 2: 195–208. Juarez, Vanessa. 2003. These girls got game. Newsweek 142, 2 (July 14): xx. 57

Kageyama, Ken. 1988. A sociological consideration on sports in Japan. Paper presented at the International Workshop of Sport Sociology in Japan (Sport and Humanism), Gotenba, Shizuoka (September). Kamiya, Gary. 2000. The black edge: Are athletes of African descent genetically superior? Salon, 28 January (http://dir.salon.com/books/feature/2000/01/28/taboo/index.html) Kane, Mary Jo. 1995. Resistance/transformation of the oppositional binary: Exposing sport as a continuum. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 19, 2: 191–218. Kane, Mary Jo, & Helen J. Lenskyj. 1998. Media treatment of female athletes: Issues of gender and sexualities. Pp. 186–201 in Lawrence A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport. London/NY: Routledge. Kane, Mary Jo, and Janet B. Parks. 1992. The social construction of gender difference and hierarchy in sports journalism—few new twists on very old themes. Women in Sport & Physical Activity Journal 1, 1: 49–84. Kane, Mary Jo, and L. J. Disch. 1992. Sexual violence and the reproduction of male power in the locker room: A case study of the Lisa Olson “incident.” Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Toledo (November). Kane, Mary Jo, and L. J. Disch. 1993. Sexual violence and the reproduction of male power in the locker room: The “Lisa Olson Incident.” Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 4: 331–52. Kaplan, David A. 2002. The end of baseball again. Newsweek 140, 9 (August 26): 46–47. Kaplan, H.R. 1983. Sport, gambling and television: the emerging alliance. ARENA Review 7, 1: 1–11. Kates, William. 2005. Newest kick for adults—that red rubber ball from grade school days. North County Times (July 24). Online: www.nctimes.com/articles/2005/07/25/sports/amateur/17_16_237_24_05.txt. Katz, Jackson. 2003. When You’re Asked about the Kobe Bryant Case. Online publication; www.jacksonkatz.com/bryant.html. Kay, Joanne, and Suzanne Laberge. 2003. Oh say can you ski? In Robert E. Rinehart Synthia Sydnor, eds. To the extreme: Alternative sports, inside and out (pp. 381–398). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Kearney, Jay. 1999. Creatine supplementation: Specifics for the trained athlete. Olympic Coach 9, 2: 3–5. Keating, J. W. 1964. Sportsmanship as a moral category. Ethics 75, 1: 25–35. Keating, Peter. 2002. Boys, don’t cry. ESPN The Magazine 5.13 (June 24): 78. Keating, Peter. 2002. Artful dodging. ESPN The Magazine 5.01 (January 7): 93. Keating, Peter. 2004. The Biz. ESPN The Magazine 7.25 (December 6): 14. Keating, Peter. 2004. Insurance run. ESPN, The Magazine 7.14 (July 5): 70–73. Keating, Peter. 2005. Baseball has solved its steroid problem – at least that’s what they want you to believe. ESPN The Magazine 8.24 (December 5): 16 Keefer, R., Jeffrey H. Goldstein, and D. Kasiarz. 1983. Olympic games participation and warfare. In Jeffrey H. Goldstein, ed. Sports violence. New York: Springer-Verlag. Keefer, R., Jeffrey H. Goldstein, and D. Kasiarz. 1983. Olympic games participation and warfare. In J.H. Goldstein, ed. Sports violence. Springer-Verlag, New York. Keith, Susan. 1999. Native American women in sport. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 70, 4: 47–49. Kelley, Betty C., Shirl J. Hoffman, and Diane. L. Gill. 1990. The relationship between competitive orientation and religious orientation. Journal of Sport Behavior 13, 3: 145–56. Kellner, D. 1995. Media culture. London: Routledge. Kellner, Douglas. 2003. Toward a Critical Theory of Education. Democracy and Nature 9, 1 (March): 51–64 (www.gseis.ucla.edu/faculty/kellner/). Kellner, Douglas. 2003. Media Spectacle. London and New York: Routledge. 58

Kellner, Douglas. 2004. The Sports Spectacle, Michael Jordan, and Nike. In Patrick B. Miller and David K. Wiggins, eds. Sport and the Color Line (pp. 305–326). New York/London: Routledge. Kelly, John Dunham. 2006. The American game: capitalism, decolonization, global domination and baseball. Chicago: Prickly Paradigm Press. Kelly, William W., and Atsuo Sugimoto, eds. 2007. This sporting life: sports and body culture in modern Japan. New Haven, Conn: Council on East Asian Studies, Yale University. Kempton, S. 1995. Progressive 1995 calendar (March). Kennedy, C.E. 1978. Human development: the adult years and aging. Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Kennedy, E. 2000. Bad boys and gentlemen: Gendered narrative in televised sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 35 (1), 59–73. Kennedy, R. 1975. Wanted: an end to mayhem. Sports Illustrated 43(20):17–21. Kennedy, R., and N. Williamson. 1978. Money in sports. Sports Illustrated 49(3):28–88; 49(4):34–49; 49(5): 34–50 (three parts). Kensler, Tom. 2005. Wie playing PGA Tour event seems out of bounds to some. The Denver Post, July 3: 1B, 10B. Kenyon, Gerald, and Barry D. McPherson. 1973. Becoming involved in physical activity and sport: A process of socialization. In Rarick, G. L. (Ed.), Physical Activity: Human Growth and Development (pp. 303–332). New York, NY: Academic Press. Keown, Tim. 2004. World of hurt. ESPN, The Magazine 7.16 (August 2): 57–77. Keown, Tim. 2006. A darker shade of White. ESPN Magazine 9.15 (July 31): 95–100. Keri, M. G. 2000. Take me out of their ball game. Utne Reader, No. 97, 55. Kerr, John H. 2004. Rethinking aggression and violence in sport. London/New York: Routledge. Kerrigan, 1992. Sports and the Christian life: Reflections on Pope John Paul II’s theology of sports. In Shirl Hoffman (ed.), Sport and religion (pp. 253–260). Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc, Champaign, Ill. Kesenne, Stefan. 2007. The economic theory of professional team sports; an analytical treatment. Chettenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing. Kidd, Bruce. 1984. The myth of the ancient games. In A. Tomlinson and G. Whannel, eds. Five- ring circus (pp. 71–83). London: Pluto Press. Kidd, Bruce. 1987. Sports and masculinity. In M. Kaufman (ed.), Beyond patriarchy: Essays by men on pleasure, power, and change (pp. 250–265). Oxford University Press, New York, NY. Kidd, Bruce. 1988. The campaign against sport in South Africa. International Journal 43:643–664. Kidd, Bruce. 1991. From quarantine to cure: The new phase of the struggle against apartheid sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 8, 1: 33–46. Kidd, Bruce. 1995. Inequality in sport, the corporation, and the state: An agenda for social scientists. Journal of Sport and Social Issues. 19, 3: 232–248. Kidd, Bruce. 1996. Worker sport in the New World: The Canadian story. In A. Kruger and J. Riordan, eds. The story of worker sport (pp. 143–56). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Kidd, Bruce. 1996. Taking the rhetoric seriously: Proposals for Olympic education. Quest 48, 1: 82–92. Kidd, Bruce. 1997. The struggle for Canadian sport. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Kidd, Bruce, and Peter Donnelly. 2000. Human rights in sports. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 35, 2: 131–148. Kidd, Bruce, and Jim Phillips, eds. 2004. From enforcement and prevention to civic engagement: research on community safety. Toronto, Centre of Criminology, University of Toronto. Kidd, T. R. 1979. Social-psychological characteristics of physical educators and coaches. Review of Sport and Leisure 4, 1: 29–39. 59

Kidd, T. R., and W. F. Woodman. 1975. Sex and orientations toward winning in sport. Research Quarterly 46(4):476–483. Kilty, Katie. 2006. Women in coaching. Sport Psychologist 20, 2 (June): 222–234. Kilvert, Gwen. 2002. Missing the X chromosome. Sports Illustrated Women 4, 4: 21–22. Kimura, M., and T. Saeki. 1990. A study on the mechanism of the sexism strategies in the discourse of media reports on women’s sports in Japan. Paper presented at the International Congress for the Sociology of Sport, Madrid (June). King, Anthony. 1996. The fining of Vinnie Jones. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 31, 2: 119–138. King, C. Richard, ed. 2004. Native Americans in sports. Armonk, NY: Sharpe Reference. King, C. Richard, ed. 2004. Re/claiming Indianness: Critical perspectives on Native American mascots. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 1 (Special Issue). King, C. Richard. 2007a. Sport and ethnicity. In George Ritzer, ed., Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 4681–4684). London/New York: Blackwell. King, C. Richard. 2007b. Postcolonialism and sports. In George Ritzer, ed., Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 3547–3548). London/New York: Blackwell. King, C. Richard, and Charles Fruehling Springwood, eds. 2001. Team spirits: The Native American mascots controversy. Lincoln, NB: Bison Books and University of Nebraska Press. King, C. Richard, and Charles Fruehling Springwood. 2001. Beyond the cheers: Race as a spectacle in college sport. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. King, C. Richard, Ellen J. Staurowsky, Lawrence Baca, Laurel R. Davis, and Cornel Pewewardy. 2002. Of Polls and Race Prejudice: Sport’s Illustrated’s Errant “Indian Wars.” Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 4: 381–402. King, Christopher. 2007. Media portrayals of male and female athletes: A text and picture analysis of British national newspaper coverage of the Olympic Games since 1948. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 42, 2: 187–200. King, Kelley. 2002. The ultimate jock school. Sports Illustrated 97, 21 (November 25): 48–54. King, Kelley. 2005. Little shred schoolhouse. Sports Illustrated 102, 12 (March 21): (in Scorecard Section). King, Peter. 1994. Halt the head-hunting. Sports Illustrated 81, 25: 27–53. King, Peter. 1995. Knock it off! Sports Illustrated 83, 17: 76–81. King, Peter. 1996. Bitter pill. Sports Illustrated 84, 21 (May 27): 25–30. King, Peter. 2004. Painful reality. Sports Illustrated 101, 14 (October 11): 60–63. Kingsbury, Alex. 2006. The great campus divide: The dangers of separating the athlete from the student. U.S. News & World Report (May 15): www.usnews.com/usnews/news/articles/060515/15duke.htm. Kinkema, Kathleen M., and Janet C. Harris. 1992. Sport and the mass media. Exercise and Sport Science Reviews 20: 127–59. Kinkema, Kathleen M., and Janet C. Harris. 1998. MediaSport studies: Key research and emerging issues. In L. A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport (pp. 27–54). London/NY: Routledge. Kirby, S., L. Greaves, and O. Hankivsky. 2000. The dome of silence: Sexual harassment and abuse in sport. New York: Zed Books. Kirk, David, and Ann Macphail. 2003. Social positioning and the construction of a youth sports club. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 1: 23–44. Kirshenbaum, J. 1981. Scorecard: new course needed. Sports Illustrated 54(16):9. Kiszla, Mark. 2001. Denver ‘D’ short for ‘dark side’. The Denver Post (March 20): 1D, 3D. Kiszla, Mark. 2005. Hey—these girls are good. The Denver Post (July 3): 1B, 12B. Kjeldsen, E. 1980. Centrality and leadership recruitment: a study of their linkage. Paper presented at the meetings of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Denver. Kleiber, Douglas. 1980. The meaning of power in sport. Int. J. Sport Psychol. 11, 1: 34–41. 60

Kleiber, Douglas. A., and S. C. Brock. 1992. The effect of career-ending injuries on the subsequent well-being of elite college athletes. Sociology of Sport Journal 9, 1: 70–75. Kleiber, Douglas. A., Susan Greendorfer, Elaine Blinde, and S. Samdahl. 1987. Quality of exit from university sports and life satisfaction in early adulthood. Sociology of Sport Journal 4, 1: 28–36. Kleiber, Douglas, and John Kelly. 1980. Leisure, socialization and the life cycle. In Seppo Iso- Ahola, ed. Social psychological perspectives on leisure and recreation. Charles C Thomas, Springfield, Ill. Kleiber, Douglas, and Glyn Roberts. 1983. The relationship between game and sport involvement in later childhood: a preliminary investigation. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 54, 2: 200–203. Kleiber, Douglas, and J. D. Hemmer. 1981. Sex differences in the relationship of locus of control and recreational sport participation. Sex Roles 7(8):801–810. Klein, Alan. 1984. Review of Soccer Madness (Lever, 1983). Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 2: 195–97. Klein, A. 1989. Baseball as underdevelopment: the political-economy of sport in the Dominican Republic. Sociology of Sport Journal 6, 2: 95–112. Klein, Alan. 1991. Sugarball: The American game, the Dominican dream. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Klein, Alan. 1993. Little big men: Bodybuilding subculture and gender construction. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Klein, Alan. 1995. Tender machos: Masculine contrasts in the Mexican baseball league. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 4: 370–88. Klein, Alan. 1996. Borderline treason: Nationalisms and baseball on the Texas-Mexico border. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 3: 296–313. Klein, Alan. 1999. Coming of age in North America: Socialization of Dominican baseball players. Pp. 96–103 in Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports. London: Routledge. Klein, Alan. M. 1997. Baseball on the border: A tale of two Laredos. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Klein, Naomi. 2002. No logo. New York: Picador USA. Knight Foundation. 1991. Keeping Faith with the student-athlete. Report of the Knight Foundation Commission on Intercollegiate Athletics. Miami, FL: Knight Foundation. Knight Foundation. 1992. A solid start: A report on reform of intercollegiate athletics. Report of the Knight Foundation Commission on Intercollegiate Athletics. Miami, FL: Knight Foundation. Knight Foundation. 1993. A new beginning for a new century: Intercollegiate athletics in the United States. Report of the Knight Foundation Commission on Intercollegiate Athletics. Miami, FL: Knight Foundation. Knight Foundation. 2001. A call to action: Reconnecting college sports and higher education. Report of the Knight Foundation Commission on Intercollegiate Athletics. Miami, FL: Knight Foundation www.knightfdn.org/. Knight, Graham, and J. Greenberg. 1999. Protest and promotionalism: Nike’s response to the labor rights campaign. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland, OH (November). Knight, Graham, Margaret MacNeill, and Peter Donnelly. 2005. The disappointment games: Narratives of Olympic failure in Canada and New Zealand. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 40, 1: 25–52. Knisley, Michael. 1966. Rupeat. The Sporting News, January 1: S1–S28. Special section: The 100 most powerful people in sports. 61

Knoppers, Annelies. 1985. Professionalization of attitudes: a review and critique. Quest 37(1):92–102. Knoppers, Annelies. 1987. Gender and the coaching profession. Quest 39, 1: 9–22. Knoppers, Annelies. 1988. Equity for excellence in physical education. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 59, 6: 54–58. Knoppers, Annelies, ed. 2000. The construction of meaning in sport organizations: Management of diversity. Maastricht, Netherlands: Shaker Publishing Knoppers, Annelies, and Anton Anthonissen. 2003. Women’s Soccer in the United States and the Netherlands: Differences and Similarities in Regimes of Inequalities. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 4: 351–370. Knoppers, Annelies, and Agnes Elling. 2004. ‘We Do Not Engage in Promotional Journalism’: Discursive Strategies Used by Sport Journalists to Describe the Selection Process. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 1: 57–73. Knoppers, Annelies, and B. Love. 1986. Winning is not the only thing. Sociology of Sport Journal 3, 1: 43–56. Knoppers, Annelies, M. Zuidema, and Barbara Meyer. 1989. Playing to win or playing to play? Sociology of Sport Journal 6, 1: 70–76. Knudson, Mark. 2005. The Mark: The whole IX yards. Mile High Sports Magazine 3, 9 (May): 21–23. Kohn, Alfie. 1992. No contest: The case against competition. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin. Kohn, Tertius A., Birgitta Essén-Gustavsson, and Katheryn H. Myburgh. 2007. Do skeletal muscle phenotypic characteristics of Xhosa and Caucasian endurance runners differ when matched for training and racing distances? Journal of Applied Physiology 103, 3 (September): 932–940. Kolnes, L.-J. 1995. Heterosexuality as an organizing principle in women’s sports. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 30, 1: 61–79. Kondratyeva, M., and V. Tarborko. 1979. Children and sport in the USSR (translated by Christopher English). Progress Publishers, Moscow. König, Jason. 2005. Athletics and Literature in the Roman Empire. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Kooistra, Paul, John S. Mahoney, and Lisha Bridges. 1993. The unequal opportunity for equal ability hypothesis: Racism in the National Football League. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 3: 241–55. Koppett, Leonard. 1994. Sports illusion, sports reality. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press. Kornheiser, Tony. 1999. Six billion? Where’s mine? ESPN The Magazine (December 13): 46. Koss, M., and J. Gaines. 1993. The prediction of sexual aggression by alcohol use, athletic participation and fraternity affiliation. Journal of Interpersonal Violence 8: 94–108. Kotov, Y., and I. Yudovich. 1978. Soviet sport and Soviet foreign policy. In Benjamin Lowe, et al., eds. Sports and international relations. Stipes Publishing Co., Champaign, Ill. Koukouris, Konstantinos. 1994. Constructed case studies: Athletes’ perspectives of disengaging from organized competitive sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 2: 114–39. Kozol, Jonathan. 1991. Savage inequalities. New York, NY: Crown Publishers. Kozol, Jonathan. 2002. Malign neglect. The Nation 274, 22: 20–23. Krane, Vikki. 1996. Lesbians in sport: Toward acknowledgement, understanding, and theory. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology 18, 3: 237–246. Krane, Vikki. 2001. We can be athletic and feminine, but do we want to? Challenging hegemonic femininity in women’s sport. Quest 53, x: 115–133. Krane, Vikki, Precilla Y. L. Choi, Shannon M. Baird, Christine M. Aimar, and Kerrie J. Kauer. 2004. Living the paradox: Female athletes negotiate femininity and muscularity. Sex Roles 50, 5/6: 315–329. 62

Krane, Vikki., Jennifer Waldron, Jennifer Michalenok, and Julie Stiles-Shipley. 2001. Body image concerns in female exercisers and athletes: A feminist cultural studies perspective. Women in Sport and Physical Activity Journal 10, 1: 17–54. Kristal, Nicole. 2005. ‘Tutoring’ rich kids cost me my dreams. Newsweek 145, 15 (April 11): 19. Kruger, Arnd, and James Riordan, eds. 1996. The story of worker sport. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Kuhlemeyer, G. 1999. Taxpayer cost of Mile High name. The Denver Post, 7 November, Section B. Kusz, Kyle W. 2007. From NASCAR nation to Pat Tillman: Notes on sport and the politics of white cultural nationalism in post-9/11 America. Journal of Sport & Social Issues, 30, 1: 77– 88. Kusz, Kyle. 2007. Revolt of the white athlete: race, media and the emergence of extreme athletes in America. NY: Peter Lang Publishing. Kyles, C., and M. Lounsbery. 2004. Project Destiny: Initiating Physical Activity for Nonathletic Girls Through Sport. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 75, 1: 37–41. La Franco, R. 1996. The top 40. Forbes 158, 7 (September): 164–78. Laberge, Suzanne., and Mathieu Albert. 1999. Conceptions of masculinity and of gender transgressions in sport among adolescent boys: Hegemony, contestation, and social class dynamic. Men and Masculinities 1, 3: 243–267. Laberge, Suzanne, and David Sankoff. 1988. Physical activities, body habitus, and lifestyles. In J. Harvey and H. Cantelon, eds., Not just a game (pp. 267–286). Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press. Ladd, Tony, and James A. Mathisen. 1999. Muscular Christianity: Evangelical Protestants and the development of American sport. Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books. Lafeber, W. 2000. Michael Jordan and the new global capitalism. New York: W. W. Norton and Company, Inc. Lafferty, Yvonne, & McKay, Jim. 2004. “Suffragettes in satin shorts”? Gender and competitive boxing. Qualitative Sociology 27, 3: 249–276. Lamb, Gregory M. 2004. Will gene-altered athletes kill sport? Christian Science Monitor, August 23: 12 (www.csmonitor.com/2004/0823/p12s01-stgn.html). Lamb, L. 2000. Can women save sports? An interview with Mary Jo Kane. Utne Reader, No. 97, 56–57. Lampman, Brian. 1999. Why athletes commit crime. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland, OH (November). Lance, Larry. M. 2005. Violence in sport: A theoretical note. Sociological Spectrum 25, 2: 213– 214. Landers, Daniel M., and D. M. Landers. 1978. Socialization via interscholastic athletics: its effects on delinquency. Sociology of Education 51, 4: 299–303. Landers, M. A., and Gary Alan Fine. 1996. Learning life’s lessons in Tee Ball: The reinforcement of gender and status in kindergarten sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 1: 87–93. Langley, M. 1994. The cool pose: An Afrocentric analysis. Pp. 231–44 in R. G. Majors and Langlois, J. H., and A.C. Downs. 1980. Mothers, fathers, and peers as socialization agents of sex-typed play behaviors in young children. Child Development 51:1237–1247. Lapchick, Richard. 1979. South Africa: sport and apartheid politics. Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. Sci. 445:155–165. Lapchick, Richard. 1984. Broken promises: Racism in American sports. New York: St. Martin’s/Marek. Lapchick, Richard. 1987. The high school athlete as the future college student-athlete. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 11(1,2):104–124. 63

Lapchick, Richard. (with R. Malekoff). 1987. On the mark. St. Martin’s Press, New York. Lapchick, Richard. 1988. Blacks and baseball. Center for the Study of Sport in Society Digest 1, 1: 4–12. Lapchick, Richard. 1988. The high school student-athlete as the future college student-athlete. Paper prepared for the National School Board Association. Lapchick, Richard. 1989. Blacks in the NBA and NFL. Center for the Study of Sport in Society Digest 1, 2: 1, 4–5. Lapchick, Richard. 1991. Five minutes to midnight: Race and sport in the 1990s. Lanham, MD: Madison Books. Lapchick, Richard. (with J.P. Brown) 1992. 1992 Racial report card: Do professional sports provide equal opportunities for all races? Center for the Study of Sport in Society Digest 4, 2: 1, 4–8. Lapchick, Richard. 1992. The battle for a brave new world has just begun: A ‘New’ South Africa rises from the dust. Center for the Study of Sport in Society Digest 4, 3: 1, 4 Lapchick, Richard. 1995. Front court. Preface. In V. Fudzie and A. Hayes. The sport of learning: A comprehensive survival guide for African-American student-athletes. North Hollywood, CA: Doubleplay Publishing Group. Lapchick, Richard. 1996. Sport in society: Equal opportunity of business as usual? Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Lapchick, Richard. (with B. Fay and M. McLean). 1996b. 1996 racial report card. Boston, MA: Center for the Study of Sport in Society, Northeastern University. Lapchick, R. 2002. Keeping Score When It Counts: Graduation Rates for 2002–03 Bowl-bound College Football Teams. Report by The Institute for Diversity and Ethics in Sport, University of Central Florida, Orlando. Lapchick, Richard. 2004. Racial and gender report card, 2003. Orlando, FL: The Institute for Diversity and Ethics in Sports, University of Central Florida. Lapchick, Richard. 2005. Keeping Score When It Counts: Assessing the Graduation Rates of the 2004–05 Bowl-bound College Football Teams. Orlando, FL: The Institute for Diversity and Ethics in Sport at the DeVos Sport Business Management Graduate Program, University of Central Florida. Lapchick, Richard. 2005. Keeping Score When It Counts: Graduation Rates for 2005 NCAA Men’s and Women’s Division I Basketball Tournament Teams. Orlando, FL: The Institute for Diversity and Ethics in Sport at the DeVos Sport Business Management Graduate Program, University of Central Florida. Lapchick, Richard. 2005. 2004 racial and gender report card. Orlando, FL: The Institute for Diversity and Ethics in Sports, University of Central Florida. Lapchick, Richard. E., & K. Mathews. 2000. Racial and gender report card (for 1998). Boston, MA: Center for the Study of Sport in Society (Northeastern University). Laqueur, Thomas. 1990. Making sex. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Lasch, Christopher. 1977. The corruption of sports. New York Review of Books 24, 7: 24–30. Latimer, Clay. 1999. NBA springs from humble roots. Rocky Mountain News (October 24): 31C. Latimer, Clay. 2000. Where have all the shooters gone? Denver Rocky Mountain News, 16 April, 28–29C. Latimer, Clay. 2005. More than child’s play: Giving the young a sporting chance. Rocky Mountain News (December 16): 1B, 12B–14B. Latimer, Clay. 2005. More than child’s play: Under a nonstop watch. Rocky Mountain News (December 19): 1C, 8C. Latimer, Clay. 2005. More than child’s play: Studies in determination. Rocky Mountain News (December 20): 1C, 11C–14C. Latimer, Clay. 2005. More than child’s play: To market, to market. Rocky Mountain News (December 21): 1C, 11C–13C. 64

Latimer, Clay. 2005. More than child’s play: Change is in the heir. Rocky Mountain News (December 22): 1C, 12–13C. Lauer, Harvey. 2006. The new Americans: defining ourselves through sports and fitness participation. New York: American Sports Data. Laurendeau, Jason. 2004. The “crack choir” and the “cock chorus”: The intersection of gender and sexuality in skydiving texts. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 4: 397–417. Laurendeau, Jason. 2004. The “crack choir” and the “cock chorus”: The intersection of gender and sexuality in skydiving texts. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 4: 397–417. Lauriola, M., A. Zelli, C. Calcaterra, D. Cherubini, and D. Spinelli. 2004. Sport gender stereotypes in Italy. International Journal of Sport Psychology 35: 189–206. Lavalee, D., and P. Wylleman, eds. 2000. Career transitions in sport: International perspectives. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology Lavoie, Marc. 1989. Stacking, performance differentials, and salary discrimination in professional ice hockey: A survey of the evidence. Sociology of Sport Journal 6, 1: 17–35. Lavoie, Marc. 2000. Economics and sport. In Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies (pp. 157–170). London: Sage. Lavoie Marc, and Wib M. Leonard II. 1994. In search of an alternative explanation of stacking in baseball: The uncertainty hypothesis. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 2: 140–154. Law, Alan, Jean Harvey, and Staurt Kemp. 2002. The Global Sport Mass Media Oligopoly: The Three Usual Suspects and More. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 3–4: 279–302. Lawler, Jennifer. 2002. Punch: Why women participate in violent sports. Terre Haute, IN: Wish Publishing. Lawrence, P. R. 1987. Unsportsmanlike conduct. Praeger, New York. Lawrence, Suzanne Malia. 2005. African American athletes’ experiences of race in sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 40, 1: 99–110. Layden, Tim. 1995. Better education. Sports Illustrated 82, 13 (April 3): 68–90. Layden, Tim. 1995. Book smart. Sports Illustrated 82, 14 (April 10): 68–79. Layden, Tim. 1995. You bet your life. Sports Illustrated 82, 15 (April 17): 46–55. Layden, Tim. 2001. Does anyone remember the Titans? Sports Illustrated 95, 15 (October 15): 72–83. Layden, Tim. 2002. The loneliest losers. Sports Illustrated 97, 20 (November 18): 69–72. Layden, Tim. 2005. “I am an American.” Sports Illustrated 103, 17 (October 31): 60–69. Le Batard, Dan. 2002. ALT.Hoops. ESPN The Magazine 5.10 (May, 13): 78–86. Le Batard, Dan. 2005. Open look: Is it cheating if you don’t understand the rules? Es posible. ESPN The Magazine 8.10 (May 23): 14. Le Batard, Dan. 2005. Open look: So you’re tired of the Barry Bonds act? ESPN The Magazine 8.07 (April 11): 18. Le Batard, Dan. 2005. Open look: The fight that tore the NBA apart? ESPN The Magazine (May 9): 14. Le Batard, Dan. 2005. Open look: Pat Riley may be about to stab a good friend in the back. ESPN The Magazine 8.15 (August 1): 14. Leath, V. M., and A. Lumpkin. 1992. An analysis of sportswomen on the covers and in the feature articles of Women’s Sports and Fitness Magazine, 1975–1989. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 16, 2: 121–26. Lederman, Douglas. 1988. Do winning teams spur contributions? The Chronicle of Higher Education 34, 18: 1, 32–34. Lederman, Douglas. 1992. Blacks make up large proportion of scholarship athletes, yet their overall enrollment lags at Division I colleges. The Chronicle for Higher Education 38, 41: 1, A30–A34. 65

Lederman, Douglas. 1992. Men get 70% of money available for athletic scholarships at colleges that play big-time sport, new study finds. The Chronicle for Higher Education 38(28):1, A45– 46. Lederman, Douglas. 2003. Major issue: Athletes’ studies. USA Today (November 19): 1C. Lee, Martin .J. 1986. Moral and social growth through sport: The coach’s role. In G. Gleeson (ed.), The growing child in competitive sport (pp. 248–255). London: Hodder & Stoughton. Lee, Mike. 2006. The race for the 2012 Olympics: the inside story of how London won the bid. London: Virgin. Lee, V. 1996. Wimps or warriors? Sports Spectrum (December) 22–25. Lefkowitz, Bernard. 1997. Our guys: The Glen Ridge rape and the secret life of the perfect suburb. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. Leizman, J. 1999. Let’s kill ’em: Understanding and controlling violence in sports. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, Inc. Leland, J. 2000. Why America’s hooked on wrestling. Newsweek 135, 6 (February 7): 46–55. Lemert, Charles. 1999. The might have been and the could be of religion in social theory. Sociological Theory 17, 3: 240–263. Lemyre, Francois, Pierre Trudel, and Natalie Durand-Bush. 2007. How youth-sport coaches learn to coach. Sport Psychologist 21, 2: 191–209. Lenny, E. 1977. Women’s self-confidence in achievement settings. Psychol. Bull. 84(1):1–13. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1986. Out of bounds: Women, sport and sexuality. Toronto: Women’s Press. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1988. Women, sport and physical activity: Research and bibliography. Ottawa, Ontario: Ministry of State, Fitness and Amateur Sports. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1991. Combating homophobia in sport and physical education. Sociology of Sport Journal 8(1):61–69. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1992. I am but you can’t tell: Homophobia and the marginalization of women in sport. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Toledo (November). Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1992. Feminism, resistance and the remaking of sport: Theories, methodologies and practices. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Toledo (November). Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1992. Unsafe at home base: Women’s experiences of sexual harassment in university sport and physical education. Women in Sport & Physical Activity Journal 1, 1: 19–33. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1994. Women, sport and physical activity: Selected research themes. Gloucester, Ontario: Sport Information Resource Centre (SIRC/CDS). Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1994. Girl friendly sport and female values. Women in Sport & Physical Activity Journal 3, 1: 35–46. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1994. Sexuality and femininity in sport contexts: Issues and alternatives. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 4: 356–76. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1996. When winners are losers: Toronto and Sydney bids for the summer games. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 4: 392–410. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1998. Sport and corporate environmentalism. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 33, 4: 341–354. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 1999. Women, sport, and sexualities: Breaking the silences. In P. White and K. Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada (pp. 170–181). Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 2000. Inside the Olympics industry: Power, politics, and activisim. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. 66

Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 2002. The best Olympics ever? The social impacts of Sydney 2000. Albany: State University of New York Press. Lenskyj, elen Jefferson. 2003. Out in the field: gender, sport and sexualities. Toronto: Women’s Press. www.womenspress.ca/. Lenskyj, Helen Jefferson. 2004. Making the world safe for global capital: The Sydney 2000 Olympics and beyond. In John Bale and Mette Christensen, eds. Post-Olympism: Questioning sport in the twenty-first century (pp. 135–146.). Oxford/New York: Berg. Leonard, David J. 2004. The Next M. J. or the Next O. J.? Kobe Bryant, Race, and the Absurdity of Colorblind Rhetoric. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 3: 284–313. Leonard, George B. 1973. Winning isn’t everything, it’s nothing. Intellectual Digest 4, 2: 45–46. Leonard, George B. 1974. The ultimate athlete. The Viking Press, New York. Leonard, Wilbert Marcellus, II. 1987. Stacking in college basketball: a neglected analysis: Sociology of Sport Journal 4, 4: 403–9. Leonard, Wilbert Marcellus, II. 1977. An extension of the black, Latin, white report. International Review for Sport Sociology 3, 12: 86–95. Leonard, Wilbert Marcellus, II. 1977. Stacking and performance differentials of whites, blacks and Latins in professional baseball. Review of Sport and Leisure 2: 77–106. Leonard, Wilbert Marcellus, II. 1988. Salaries and race in professional baseball: the Hispanic component. Sociology of Sport Journal 5, 3: 278–84. Leonard, Wilbert Marcellus, II. 1995. Economic discrimination in major league baseball: Marginal revenue products of majority and minority groups members. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 19, 2: 180–90. Leonard, Wilbert Marcellus, II. 1996. The odds of transiting from one level of sports participation to another. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 3: 288–99. Leonard, Wilbert Marcellus, and J.E. Reyman. 1988. The odds of attaining professional athlete status: refining the computations. Sociology of Sport Journal 5(2):162–169. Leray, C. 1994. Planet Dennis. Inside Sports (February): 28–33. Lever, Janet. 1976. Sex differences in the games children play. Social Problems 23: 478–87. Lever, Janet. 1978. Sex differences in the complexity of children’s play. American Sociological Review 43, 4: 471–83. Lever, Janet. 1980. Multiple methods of data collection: a note on divergence. Urban Life 10, 2: 199–214. Lever, Janet. 1983. Soccer madness. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. Lever, Janet, and Stanton Wheeler, 1984. The Chicago Tribune sports page, 1900–1975. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 4: 299–313. Lever, Janet, and Stanton Wheeler. 1993. Mass media and the experience of sport. Communication Research 20, 1: 125–43. Levy, Don. 2005. Fantasy sports and fanship habitus: Understanding the process of sport consumption. Paper presented at the annual conference of the American Sociological Society, August (Philadelphia). Lewin, Tamar. 2002. Ruling fuels drug-test debate in schools. The Denver Post (September 29): 12A. Lewis, Amanda E. 2003. Race in the schoolyard: Negotiating the color line in classrooms and communities. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Lewis, Jerry M. 1982. Fan violence: an American social problem. Res. Soc. Prob. Pub. Policy 2:175–206. Lewis, Michael. 1972. Sex differences in play behavior of the very young. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 43, 6: 38–39. Lewis, M. 1972. Culture and gender roles: There is no unisex in the nursery. Psychology Today 5, 12: 54–57. 67

Liddle, Eric. 2003. Black is best. www.spectator.co.uk (retrieved June, 2005). Lieber, Jill. 2003. Playing dirty, playing mean. USA Today (January 3): 1C–2C. Lieblich, Julia, and Richard N. Ostling. 2000. Little prayer of resolving church and state debate. Denver Rocky Mountain News (January 16): 2A, 63–64A. Light, Richard, and Louise Kinnaird. 2002. Appeasing the Gods: Shinto, sumo and ‘true’ Japanese spirit. In With God on their Side: Sport in the Service of Religion (pp. 139–159) edited by T. Magdalinski and T. J. L. Chandler. London/New York: Routledge. Lightsey, David. 2006. Muscles, speed & lies: what the sport supplement industry does not want athletes or consumers to know. Guilford, Conn: Lyons Press. Ligutom-Kimura, Donna Ann. 1995. The invisible women. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 66, 7: 34–41. Lipsher, S. 2001. Alive and kicking. The Denver Post, 26 December, 1A, 18A. Lipsyte, Robert. 1998. A step in the healing process. New York Times (March 5): C22 Lipsyte, Robert.1996. One fell swoosh: Can a logo conquer all? The New York Times, Section B (February 7): 9. Lipsyte, Robert.1996. Little girls in a staged spectacle for big bucks? That’s sportainment! The New York Times (August 4): 28. Lipsyte, Robert. 1999. The jock culture: Time to debate questions. New York Times, Section 8 (May 9): 11 Lipsyte, Robert. 2001. Questions line the road as NASCAR steers into a new year. The New York Times, (December 30): S9. Lipsyte, Robert. 2001. In purest form, basketball is a playground game. The New York Times, (October 28): S13. Lipsyte, Robert, 2005. Outraged over the steroids outrage. The New York Times (March 22): 13A Lirgg, C., R. DiBrezzo, and A. Smith. 1994. Influence of gender of coach on perceptions of basketball and coaching self-efficacy and aspirations of high school female basketball players. Women in Sport & Physical Activity Journal 3, 1: 1–14. Liu, E. 1999. Remember when public space didn’t carry brand names? USA Today, 25 March, 15A. Lixey, Kevin. 2006. The goals of the “Church and sport” section (pp. 75–83). In Pontifical Council for the Laity. 2006. The world of sport today: A field of Christian mission. Città del Vaticana: Libreria Editrice Vaticana. Lock, Rebecca Ann. 2003. The doping ban: Compulsory heterosexuality and lesbophobia. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 4: 397–411. Locke, Lawrence. 1962. Performance of administration oriented educators on selected psychological tests. Research Quarterly 33, 3: 418–429. Locke, Richard M., Fei Qin, and Alberto Brause. 2006. Does monitoring improve labor standards?: Lessons from Nike. MIT Sloan Research Paper No. 4612-06; online, http://ssrn.com/abstract=916771. LoConto, David G., and Tori J. Roth . 2005. Mead and the art of trash talking: I got your gesture right here. Sociological Spectrum 25, 2 (March–April): 215–230. Loland, S., B. Skirstad, and Ivan Waddington. 2006. Pain and injury in sport. London: Routledge. Lombardo, B. J. 1982. The behavior of youth sport coaches: crises on the bench. ARENA Review 6(1): 48–55. Long, Jonathan A., and Mike J. McNamee. 2004. On the Moral Economy of Racism and Racist Rationalizations in Sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39. 4: 405–420. Long, Jonathan, Paul Robinson, and Karl Spracklen. 2005. Promoting Racial Equality within Sports Organizations. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 29, 1: 41–59. Longman, Jeré. 1996. Slow down, speed up. New York Times (May 1): B11. 68

Longman, Jeré. 2001. Getting the athletic edge may mean altering genes. The New York Times, 11 May, www.nytimes.com/2001/05/11/sports/11GENE.html. Longman, Jeré. 2001. A town where football is the glue and the hope. The New York Times, 23 November, A27–A28. Longmore, A. 1994. Feminine touch marks sport’s new age. The Times (London), February 19: 44. Looney, D. S. 1996. Cash, check or charge? The Sporting News, July 1: 38–42. Lopiano, Donna. 1984. A political analysis of the possibility of impact alternatives for the accomplishment of feminist objectives within American intercollegiate sport. ARENA Review 8, 2: 49–61. Lopiano, Donna. 1991. Presentation at the Coaching America’s Coaches Conference, United States Olympic Training Center, Colorado Springs, CO. Lopiano, Donna. 1992. The stars are lining up in support of gender equity in sport. GWS News 19, 3: 3–4, 15–16. Lopiano, Donna. 2004. Gender equity in sports. The Diversity Factor 12, 1: 24–29. Lopiano, Donna A. 1993. Political analysis: Gender equity strategies for the future. Pp. 104–16 in G. L. Cohen, ed. Women in sport: Issues and controversies. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Lord, M. 2002. Athletics for all. U.S. News and World Report 132 (8), 18 March, 68–69. Lorenz, Konrad. 1966. On aggression. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Loughran, J. N. 1996. Athletics reform is doomed to fail. Trusteeship (November/December): 35. Lovaglia, Michael J., and Jeffrey W. Lucas. 2005. High-visibility athletic programs and the prestige of public universities. Sport Journal 8, 1. Online: Loveless, Tom. 2002. The 2002 Brown Center Report on American Education: How well are American students learning? Washington, D. C.: Brookings Institution. Lowe, Maria R. 1998. Women of steel: Female bodybuilders and the struggle for self-definition. New York: New York University Press. Lowes, Mark Douglas. 1999. Inside the sports pages: Work routines, professional ideologies, and the manufacture of sport news. Toronto, ON: University of Toronto Press. Loy, John. 1968. The nature of sport: a definitional effort. Quest 10:1–15. Loy, John W. 1968. Sociopsychological attributes associated with the early adoption of a sport innovation. Journal of Psychology 70:141–147. Loy, John W. 1969. The study of sport and social mobility. In G. Kenyon, ed. Sociology of sport. North Palm Beach, FL: The Athletic Institute. Loy, John W. 1969. Social psychological characteristics of innovators. American Sociological Review 34:73–82. Loy, John W. 1992. The dark side of agon: Men in tribal groups and the phenomenon of gang rape. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Toledo (November). Loy, John, David L. Andrews, and Robert Rinehart. 1993. The body in culture and sport. Sport Science Review 2, 1: 69–91. Loy, John W., J. E. Curtis, and G. H. Sage. 1978. Relative centrality of playing position and leadership recruitment in team sports. Exercise and Sport Science Reviews 6: 257–84. Loy, John W., and Steven J. Jackson. 1990. A typology of group structures and a theory of their effects on patterns of leadership recruitment within sport organizations. Pp. 93–114 in. L. VanderVelden and J. H. Humprey, eds. Psychology and sociology of sport: Current selected research. Vol. 2. New York: AMS Press. Loy, John W., and J. R. McElvogue. 1970. Racial discrimination in American sport. Int. Rev. Sport Sociol. 5:5–23. 69

Loy, John W., and Geore H. Sage. 1973. Organizational prestige and coaching career patterns. Paper presented at the meetings of the Southern Sociological Society, Atlanta. Luberto, D. K. 1994. The integration movement: Texas high school athletic and academic contests. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 2: 151–68. Lucas, John. 1992. Future of the Olympic Games. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc. Champaign, Ill. Lucas, John, and Michael Real. 1984. Olympic television: a descriptive history of the interdependence of media and sports in the Summer Olympic Games, 1956–1984. Paper presented at the meetings of the American Alliance for Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance, Anaheim, Calif. Lucas, Jeffrey W., and Michael J. Lovaglia. 2002. Athletes’ expectations for success in athletics compared to academic competition. The Sport Journal 5, www.thesportjournal.org (retrieved July 14, 2005). Lucas, Jeffrey W., and Michael J. Lovaglia. 2005. Can academic progress help collegiate football teams win? Sport Journal 48. Online: www.thesportjournal.org/article/can- academic-progress-help-collegiate-football-teams-win. Accessed 2/15/2009. Lueptow, L. B., and B. D. Kayser. 1973. Athletic involvement, academic achievement and aspiration. Sociological Focus 7, 1: 24–35. Lüschen, Günther. 1967. The interdependence of sport and culture. International Review of Sport Sociology 2, 127–141. Lüschen, Günther. 1988. Towards a new structural analysis--the present state and the prospects of the international sociology of sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 23(4):269–286. Lüschen, Günther. 1993. Doping in sport: The social structure of a deviant subculture. Sport Science Review 2, 1: 92–106. Lumpkin, Angela, and L. D. Williams. 1991. An analysis of Sports Illustrated feature articles. 1954–1987. Sociology of Sport Journal 8, 1: 16–32. Lupton, D. 2000. The social construction of medicine and the body. In G. Albrecht, R. Fitzpatrick, & S. Scrimshaw, eds. The handbook in social studies in health and medicine. London: Sage Publications. Lupton, Deborah. 2000. The social construction of medicine and the body. In G. Albrecht, R. Fitzpatrick, and S. Scrimshaw, eds. The handbook of social studies in health and medicine. London: Sage Publications. Lyman, et al. 1998. Youth pitching injuries. Sports Medicine Update 13(2), 4–9. Lyng, S. 1990. Edgework: A social psychological analysis of voluntary risk taking. American Journal of Sociology 95, 4: 851–86. Lyons, B. 2002. Fallen legends were beset by life’s frailties. Denver Post (September 29): 4C. Maas, Kay W., and Cynthia A. Hasbrook. 2001. Media promotion of the paradigm citizen/golfer: An analysis of golf magazines’ representations of disability, gender, and age. Sociology of Sport Journal 18, 1: 21–36. Macintosh, D. (with T. Bedecki and C.E.S. Franks). 1987. Sport and politics in Canada. McGill- Queens University Press, Kingston, Ontario. Macintosh, D., and D. Whitson. 1990. The game planners: Transforming Canada’s sport system. McGill-Queens University Press, Kingston, Ontario. Macintosh, D., and M. Hawes. 1992. The IOC and the world of interdependence. Olympika 1: 29–45. Macintosh, D., and M. Hawes. 1994. Sport and Canadian diplomacy. Montreal, Quebec and Kingston, Ontario: McGill-Queen’s University Press. MacNeill, M. 1988. Active women, media representations, and ideology. In J. Harvey and H. Cantelon, eds. Not just a game. University of Ottawa Press, Ottawa. 70

MacNeill, Margaret. 1988. Active women, media representations, and ideology. In J. Harvey and H. Cantelon, eds. Not just a game. University of Ottawa Press, Ottawa. MacNeill, Margaret. 1994. Active women, media representations, and ideology. Pp. 273–88 in S. Birrell and C. L. Cole, eds. Women, sport, and culture. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. MacNeill, Margaret. 1996. Networks: Producing Olympic ice hockey for a national television audience. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 2: 103–24. MacNeill, Margaret. 1999. Social marketing, gender, and the science of fitness: A case-study of ParticiPACTION campaigns. Pp. 215–231 in Philip White and Kevin Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada. Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. MacNeill, Margaret, Peter Donnelly, and Graham Knight. 2001. Corporate training: Identity construction, preparation for the Sydney Olympic Games and relationships between Canadian media, swimmers and sponsors. Olympika 10: 1–32. Madan, M. 2000. “It’s not just cricket!” World series cricket: Race, nation, and diasporic Indian identity. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 24(1), 24–35. Madison, James K., and Sarita L. Ruma. 2003. Exercise and athletic involvement as moderators of severity in adolescents with eating disorders. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology 15, 3: 213–222. Maffei, Fabrizio. 2006. Sport and media (pp. 107–110). In Pontifical Council for the Laity. 2006. The world of sport today: A field of Christian mission. Città del Vaticana: Libreria Editrice Vaticana. Magazine, Roger. 2007. Golden and blue like my heart: Masculinity, youth, and power among soccer fans in Mexico City. Tuscon, AZ: University of Arizona Press. Magdalinski, T., and T. J. L. Chandler, eds. 2002. With God on their Side: Sport in the Service of Religion. London/New York: Routledge. Magee, Jonathan, and John Sugden. 2002. “The World at Their Feet”: Professional Football and International Labor Migration. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 4: 421–437. Magnusson, G. K. 2001. The internationalization of sports: The case of Iceland. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 36 (1): 59–69. Maguire, Brendan. 2005. American professional wrestling: Evolution, content, and popular appeal. Sociological Spectrum 25, 2: 155–176. Maguire, Jennifer S. 2001. Fit and flexible: The fitness industry, personal trainers and emotional service labor. Sociology of Sport Journal 18, 4: 379–402. Maguire, Joseph. 1986. The emergence of football spectating as a social problem, 1880–1985: a figurational and developmental perspective. Sociology of Sport Journal 3, 3: 217–244. Maguire, Joseph. 1988. Race and position assignment in English soccer: a preliminary analysis of ethnicity and sport in Britain. Sociology of Sport Journal 5, 3: 257–269. Maguire, Joseph. 1988–1989. Violence at soccer matches in Victorian England: Issues in the study of sports violence, popular culture and deviance. Current Psychology 7, 4: 285–97. Maguire, Joseph. 1990. More than a sporting touchdown: The making of American football in England, 1982–1990. Sociology of Sport Journal 7, 3: 213–237. Maguire, Joseph. 1991a. Sport, racism and British society: A sociological study of England’s elite male Afro/Caribbean soccer and Rugby Union players. In G. Jarvie (ed.), Sport, racism and ethnicity (pp. 94–123). The Falmer Press, London. Maguire, Joseph. 1991b. The media-sport production complex: The case of American football in Western European societies. European Journal of Communication 6, 4:315–335. Maguire, Joseph. 1993. Globalization, sport development, and the media/sport production complex. Sport Science Review 2: 29–47. Maguire, Joseph. 1994a. Globalisation, sport and national identities: “The Empires Strike Back?” Society and Leisure 16: 293–323. 71

Maguire, Joseph. 1994b. Preliminary observations on globalization and the migration of sport labor. Sociological Review 3: 452–80. Maguire, Joseph. 1994c. Sport, identity politics, and globalization: Diminishing contrasts and increasing varieties. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 4: 398–427. Maguire, Joseph. 1996. Blade runners, Canadian migrants, ice hockey, and the global sports process. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 3: 335–60. Maguire, Joseph. 1998. Globalization and sportization: A figurational process/sociological perspective. Avante 4(1), 67–89. Maguire, Joseph. 1999. Global sport: Identities, societies, civilizations. Cambridge, England: Polity Press. Maguire, Joseph A. 2006. Sport and globalization. In A. Raney and J. Bryant, eds. Handbook of sports and media (pp. 435–446). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum Associates. Maguire, Joseph. 2004. Sport Labor Migration Research Revisited. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 4: 477–482. Maguire, Joseph. 2005, ed. Power and Global Sport: Zones of Prestige, Emulation and Resistance. London/New York: Routledge. Maguire, Joseph, Grant Jarvie, Louise Mansfield, and J. Bradley. 2002. Sport worlds: A sociological perspective. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Maguire, Joseph, and Robert Pearton. 2000b. The impact of elite labour migration on the identification, selection and development of European soccer players. Journal of Sports Sciences 18: 759–769. Maguire, Joseph, and Robert Pearton. 2000a. Global sport and the migration patterns of France 1998 world cup finals players: some preliminary observations. Soccer and Society 1: 175–189. Maguire, Joseph, and Emma Poulton. 1999. European Identity Politics in Euro 96: Invented Traditions, Imagined Communities and National Habitus Codes. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 34, 1: 17–29. Maguire, Joseph, and Davd Stead. 1996. Far Pavilions? Cricket migrants, foreign sojourn and contested identities. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 31, 1: 1–24. Maguire, Joseph, and David Stead. 2005. ‘Cricketers of the Empire’: Cash crops, mercenaries and symbols of sporting emancipation? In Joseph Maguire, ed. Power and Global Sport: Zones of Prestige, Emulation and Resistance. London/New York: Routledge. Mahany, Barbara. 1999. Parents drive free time from lives of kids. Chicago Tribune, May 27, LIFE1. Mahiri, Jabari. 1998. Shooting for excellence: African American youth culture in New Century Schools. New York/London: Teachers College Press, Teachers College, Columbia University. Mahler, Jonathan. 2005. Building the béisbol brand. The New York Times (Section 6): www.nytimes.com/2005/07/31/magazine/31METS.html. Maier, Bernhard. 2006. Olympic chaplains. In Pontifical Council for the Laity. 2006. The world of sport today: A field of Christian mission (pp. 1350 137). Città del Vaticana: Libreria Editrice Vaticana. Majors, Richard. 1986. Cool pose: The proud signature of black survival. Changing Men: Issues in Gender, Sex and Politics 17 (Winter): 184–85. Majors, Richard. 1991. Cool pose: Black masculinity and sports. Pp. 109–14 in M. A. Messner, and D. F. Sabo (eds.). Sport, men, and the gender order. Champaign IL: Human Kinetics. Majors, Richard. 1998. Cool pose: Black masculinity and sports. In G. Sailes, ed. African Americans in sport (pp. 15–22). New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. 72

Majors, Richard, et al. 1994. Cool pose: A symbolic mechanism for masculine role enactment and coping by black males. Pp. 245–59 in R. G. Majors and J. U. Gordon, eds. The American black male. Chicago: Nelson-Hall. Majors, Richard, and Janet Mancini Billson. 1992. Cool pose: The dilemmas of black manhood in America. New York: Simon and Schuster. Majors, Richard G, and Jacob U. Gordon, eds. The American black male. Chicago, IL: Nelson- Hall. Malcolm, D., and K. Sheard. 2002. “Pain in the assets”: The effects of commercialization and professionalization on the management of injury in English Rugby Union. Sociology of Sport Journal 19 (2): 149–169. Malcomson, Robert. W. 1984. Sports in society: A historical perspective. British Journal of Sport History 1, 1: 60–72. Malec, M. A. 1994. Gender (in)equity in the NCAA News. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 4: 376–78. Malec, M. A. 1995. Hoop shots and last dreams. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 19, 3: 307– 11. Malloy, D. C., and Dwight H. Zakus. Ethics of drug testing in sport – an invasion of privacy justified? Sport, Education and Society 2 (October): 203–218. Mandelbaum, Michael. 2004. The meaning of sports: Why Americans watch baseball, football, and basketball and what they see when they do. New York: Public Affairs. Mandell, A. 1976. The nightmare season. Random House, New York. Mandle, J.R., and J.D. Mandle. 1988. Grass roots commitment: basketball and society in Trinidad and Tobago. Caribbean Books, Parkersburg, IA. Mandle, J.R., and J.D. Mandle. 1989. Volunteerism and commercialization in basketball: the case of Trinidad and Tobago. Sociology of Sport Journal 6, 2: 113–124. Mangan, J. A., and Andrew Ritchie, eds., Ethnicity, sport, Identity: Struggles for Status. London/Portland, OR: Frank Cass. Mangan, J.A., ed. 2003. Militarism, sport, Europe: War without weapons. London/New York: Routledge. Mangan, J.A., ed. 2006. A sport-loving society: Victorian and Edwardian middle-class England at play. Abingdon: Routledge. Mangan, K. S. 1996. U. of Houston considers the unthinkable for a Texas university: Ending its sports program. The Chronicle of Higher Education 43, 3(September 13): A47–A48. Mannon, James M. 1997. Measuring up: The performance ethic in American culture. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Mantel, R.C., and L. Vander Velden. 1974. The relationship between the professionalization of attitude toward play of preadolescent boys and participation in organized sport. In G.H. Sage, ed. Sport and American society. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., Reading, Mass. Marable, Manning. 1993. A new American socialism. The Progressive 57, 2: 20–25. Marivoet, Salomé. 2006. UEFA Euro 2004TM Portugal: The social construction of a sports mega-event and spectacle. The Sociological Review 54, 2: 127–143. Mark, M. M., et al. 1983. Perceived injustice and sports violence. In J. Goldstein, ed. Sports violence. New York: Springer-Verlag. Mark, M.M., et al. 1983. Perceived injustice and sports violence. In J. Goldstein, ed. Sports violence. Springer-Verlag, New York. Marks, J. 1994. Black, white, other: Racial categories are cultural constructs masquerading as biology, Natural History 103, 12: 32–35. Marks, S. 1977. Multiple roles and role strain: Some notes on human energy, time, and commitment. American Sociological Review 42: 921–936. 73

Markula, Pirkko, ed. 2005. Feminist sport studies: Sharing experiences of joy and pain. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Markula, Pirkku. 1995. Firm but shapely, fit but sexy, strong but thin: The postmodern aerobicizing female bodies. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 4: 424–53. Marriott, Michael. 2005. Cyberbodies: Robo-legs. The New York Times, June 20: F1 Marriott, Michel. 2004. Your shot, he said, distantly. The New York Times, Aug. 26 (Circuits): 1 Mars, John. M. 1996. The right of publicity: Untested marketing rights of college football celebrities. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 20, 2: 211–222. Marsh, Herbert W., and Sabina Kleitman. 2002. Extracurricular school activities: The good, the bad, and the nonlinear. Harvard Educational Review 72, 4: 464–511 Marsh, Herbert W., and Sabina Kleitman. 2003. School athletic participation: Mostly gain with little pain. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology 25, 2: 205–228. Marsh, Herbert. W. 1993. The effect of participation in sport during the last two years of high school. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 1: 18–43. Marsh, Peter. 1978. Aggro: The illusion of violence. London: Dent & Sons. Marsh, Peter. 1982. Social order on the British soccer terraces. International Social Science Journal 34, 2: 247–256. Marsh, Peter. 1982. Social order on the British soccer terraces. International Social Science Journal 34, 2: 247–56. Marsh, Peter., and A. Campbell, eds. 1982 Aggression and violence. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. Marshall, S. W., and Kevin M. Guskiewicz. 2003. Sports and Recreational injury: The hidden cost of a healthy lifestyle. Injury Prevention 9: 100–102. Martin, Randy., & Toby. Miller, eds. 1999. SportCult. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press. Martinek, Thomas J., and Donald R. Hellison. 1997. Fostering resiliency in underserved youth through physical activity. Quest 49, 1: 34–49. Martinek, Thomas J., and Tammy Shilling. 2003. Developing compassionate leadership in underserved youth. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance 74, 5: 33–39. Marty, Martin E., and R. S. Appleby, eds. 1995. Fundamentalisms comprehended (Vol. 5 of The Fundamentalism Project). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Martzke, Rudy, and Reid Cherner, 2004. Channeling how to view sports. USA Today (August 17): 1C–2C. Marvez, Alex. 2002. Steroid abuse grips wrestling, too. Rocky Mountain News (July 19): C8. Marx, Jeffrey. 2004. He turns boys into men. Parade (August 29): 4–6. Mason, D. S. 2002. “Get the puck outta here!” Media transnationalism and Canadian identity. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26 (2): 140–167. Massengale, John. 1974. Coaching as an occupational subculture. Phi Delta Kappan 56(2):140– 142. Massengale, John. 1975. Occupational role conflict and the teacher/coach. Paper presented at the meetings of the Western Social Science Association, Denver. Massengale, John. 1981. Role conflict and the teacher/coach: some occupational causes and considerations for the sport sociologist. In S. Greendorfer and A. Yiannakis, eds. Sociology of sport: diverse perspectives. Leisure Press, West Point, N.Y. Mastandrea, Linda & Czubernat, Donna. 2006. Sports and the physically challenged: an encyclopedia of people, events, and organizations. Westport, Conn: Greenwood Press, 2006 Mathes, Sharon A. 1978. Body image and sex stereotyping. In C. Oglesby, ed. Women and sport: from myth to reality. Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia. Mathes, Sharon A. 1982. Women coaches: endangered species? Paper presented at the meetings of the American Alliance for Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance, Houston. 74

Mathesen, H., and K. Flatten. 1996. Newspaper representation of women athletes in 1984 and 1994. Women in Sport & Physical Activity Journal 5, Mathisen, James. 1990. Reviving “Muscular Christianity”: Gil Dodds and the institutionalization of sport evangelism. Sociological Focus 23, 3: 233–49. Mathisen, James. 1992. From civil religion to folk religion: The case of American sport. In S. Hoffman, ed. Sport and religion (pp. 17–34). Champaign IL: Human Kinetics. Matson, Barbara. 2004. A growth sport is stunting female coaches. Boston Globe (Dec. 5): May, Rollo. 1972. Power and innocence: A search for the sources of violence. New York: W. W. Norton. Mayeda, David. Tokiharu. 1999. From model minority to economic threat: Media portrayals of major league baseball pitchers Hideo Nomo and Hideki Irabu. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 23, 2: 203–217. Mayo, David, and Eduard Inglés. 2008. Sport and the construction of national identity: The case of Catalonia. Paper presented at the 5th Conference of the European Association for Sociology of Sport (Bled, Slovernia, May 23). Mazza, Carlo. 2006. Sport as viewed from the Church’s Magisterium (pp. 55–73). In Pontifical Council for the Laity. 2006. The world of sport today: A field of Christian mission. Città del Vaticana: Libreria Editrice Vaticana. McCall, Michael M., and Howard S. Becker. 1990. Introduction. Pp. 1–15 in H. S. Becker and M. M. McCall, eds. Symbolic interaction and cultural studies. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. McCall, Nathan. 1997. What’s going on: Personal essays. New York: Random House. McCallum, J. 1988. The NBA will be going global--and soon. Sports Illustrated 69(20):58–63. McCallum, Jack. 2002. Citizen Barkley. Sports Illustrated 96,11 (March 11): 38. McCallum, Jack. 2003. Thank God it’s Friday. Sports Illustrated 99, 12 (September 29): 40–42. McCarthy, D., R. L. Jones, and P. Potrac. 2003. Constructing Images and Interpreting Realities: The Case of the Black Soccer Player on Television. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 2: 217–238. McCarthy, Michael. 2005. Athletes on the outs in ads: Hip-hop artists outscore jocks in endorsements. USA Today, July 5: 1C–2C. McCaughtry, N. 2004. Learning to Read Gender Relations in Schooling: Implications of Personal History and Teaching Context on Identifying Disempowerment for Girls. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 75, 4: 400–412. McChesney, Robert W. 1999. The new global media: It’s a small world of big conglomerates. The Nation 269, 18: 11–15. McClelland, John, ed. 2006. Body and mind: sport in Europe from the Roman Empire to the Renaissance. NY: Routledge. McClendon, M. J., and D. Stanley Eitzen. 1975. Interracial contact on collegiate basketball teams: a test of Sherif’s theory of superordinate goals. Social Science Quarterly 55, 4: 926– 938. McClung, Lisa R., & Elaine. M. Blinde. 1998. Negotiation of the gendered ideology of sport: Experiences of women intercollegiate athletes. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Las Vegas (November). McComb, David G. 2004. Sports in world history. London/New York: Routledge. McCormack, Jane B., and Laurence Chalip. 1988. Sport as socialization: A critique of methodological premises. The Social Science Journal 25, 1: 83–92. McCullagh, Ciaran. 2002. Media power. New York: Palgrave. McDaniel, S. R., & C. B. Sullivan. 1998. Extending the sports experience: Mediations in cyberspace. Pp. 266–281 in L. A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport. London/NY: Routledge. McDermott, B. 1982. The glitter has gone. Sports Illustrated 57(20):82–96. 75

McDermott, L. 1996. Toward a feminist understanding of physicality within the context of women’s physically active and sporting lives. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 1: 12–30. McDermott, L. 2007. A government analysisof children “at risk” in a world of physical inactivity and obesity epidemics. Sociology of Sport Journal 24, 3: 302–324. McDonagh, Eileen, and Laura Pappana. 2007. Playing with the boys: Why separatre is not equal in sports. New York: Oxford University Press. McDonald, Ian. 1999. “Physiological patriots”?: The politics of physical culture and Hindu nationalism in India. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 34, 4: 343–358. McDonald, Mary. (1992). Rethinking resistance: The Olympic Games and alternative models. Paper presented the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Toledo (November). McDonald, Mary G. 2000. The marketing of the Women’s National Basketball Association and the making of postfeminism. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 35 (1), 35–47. McDonald, Mary, and Susan Birrell. 1999. Reading sport critically: A methodology for interrogating power. Sociology of Sport Journal 16, 4: 283–300. McDowell, Jacqueline, and George B. Cunningham. (in press). The prevalence of occupational segregation in athletic administrative positions. International Journal of Sport Management. McElroy, M. 1979. Sport participation and educational aspirations: an explicit consideration of academic and sport value climates. Research Quarterly 40, 2: 241–248. McEntegart, Pete et al. 2002. The top 100 sports books of all time. Sports Illustrated 97, 24 (December 16): 128–148. McGarry, Karen. 2005. Mass media and gender identity in high performance Canadian figure skating. The Sport Journal 8, 1: www.thesportjournal.org (retrieved July 14, 2005). McGehee, R.V., and M.J. Paul. 1986. Racial makeup of central, stacking, and other playing positions in Southeastern Conference football teams, 1967–1983. In L. Vander Velden and J. Humphrey, eds. Current selected research in the psychology and sociology of sport. AMS Press, New York. McGraw, D. 1997. The national bet. U.S. News & World Report, April 7: 50–55. McGuire, R. T., Jr., and D. L. Cook. 1983. The influence of others and the decision to participate in youth sports. Journal of Sport Behavior 6, 1: 9–16. McHale, James, P., Penelope G. Vinden, Loren Bush, Derek Richer, David Shaw, and Brienne Smith. 2005. Patterns of personal and social adjustment among sport-involved and noninvolved urban middle-school children. Sociology of Sport Journal 22, 2: 119–136. McKay, J. 1990. The ‘moral panic’ of drugs in sport. Paper presented at the Australian Sociology Association Conference, Queensland (December). McKay, J., G. Lawrence, T. Miller, and D. Rowe. 1993. Globalization and Australian sport. Sport Science Review 2, 1: 10–28. McKay, Jim 1997. Managing gender: Affirmative action and organizational power in Australian, Canadian, and New Zealand sport. Albany, NY: Stat University of New York Press. McKay, Jim 1999. Gender and organizational power in Canadian sport. In P. White & K. Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada (pp. 197–215). Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. McKay, Jim. 1990. The “moral panic” of drugs in sport. Paper presented at the Australian Sociology Association Conference, Queensland (December). McKay, Jim. 2005. Americans with Disibilities Act: A job not done (yet). Pittsburgh Post- Gazette, July 15: www.post-gazette.com/pg/05196/538181.stm (retrieved, July 21, 2005). McKenna, Jim, and Howard Thomas. 2007. Enduring injustice: a case study of retirement from professional rugby union. Sport, Education and Society 12, 1: 19–35. McKenzie, Bette. 1999. Retiring from the sideline: Building new identities on new terms. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 232–236). London: Routledge. 76

McNeal, Ralf B., Jr. 1995. Extracurricular activities and high school dropouts. Sociology of Education 64, 1: 62–81. McPherson, Barry. 1975. Past, present and future perspectives for research in sport sociology. Int. Rev. Sport Sociol. 10(1):55–71. McPherson, Barry. 1980. Retirement from professional sport: the process and problems of occupational and psychological adjustment. Sociological Symposium 30: 126–43. McPherson, Barry. 1984. Sport participation across the life cycle: a review of the literature and suggestions for future research. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 3: 213–230. McPherson, Barry. 1985. Socialization: toward a “new wave” of scholarly inquiry in a sport context. In A. Miracle and C.R. Rees, eds. Sport and sociological theory. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. McShane, Larry. 1999. Winner take all (Associated Press). Colorado Springs Gazette, 4 July, LIFE4 McTeer, W. 1987. Intercollegiate athletes and student life: two studies in the Canadian case. ARENA Review 11, 2: 94–100. Mead, C. 1985. Black hero in a white land. Sports Illustrated 63 (13), 16 September, 80–101. Mead, C. 1985. Champion Joe Louis: Black hero in white America. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons. Mead, G.H. 1934. Mind, self, and society. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Medrich, E.A., et al. 1982. The serious business of growing up. University of California Press, Berkeley, Calif. Meier, Klaus. 1981. On the inadequacies of sociological definitions of sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 16, 2: 79–100. Melnick, Merrill. 1988. Racial segregation by playing position in the English football league: some preliminary observations. J. Sport Soc. Iss. 12(2):122–130. Melnick, Merrill. 1992. Male athletes and sexual assault. JOPERD 63(5):32–35. Melnick, Merrill J. 1988. Racial segregation by playing position in the English football league: Some preliminary observations. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 12, 2: 122–30. Melnick, Merrill J. 1992. Male athletes and sexual assault. JOPERD 63, 5: 32–35. Melnick, Merrill J. 1996. Maori women and positional segregation in New Zealand netball: Another test of the Anglocentric Hypothesis. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 3: 259–73. Melnick, Merrill, and Steven J Jackson. 2002. Globalization American-Style and Reference Idol Selection: The Importance of Athlete Celebrity Others among New Zealand Youth. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 3–4: 429–448. Melnick, Merrill J., and John W. Loy. 1996. The effects of formal structure on leadership recruitment: An analysis of team captaincy among New Zealand provincial rugby teams. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 31, 1: 91–107. Melnick, Merrill J., and Donald Sabo. 1994. Sport and social mobility among African-American and Hispanic athletes. Pp. 221–41 in G. Eisen and D. K. Wiggins, eds. Ethnicity and sport in North American history and culture. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press. Melnick, Merrill J., Donald Sabo, and B. Vanfossen. 1992. Effects of interscholastic athletic participation on the social, educational, and career mobility of Hispanic girls and boys. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 27, 1: 57–75. Melnick, Merrill J., and R. Thomson. 1996. The Maori people and positional segregation in New Zealand rugby football: A test of the Anglocentric hypothesis. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 31, 2: 139–54. Melnick, Merrill J., B. Vanfossen, and Donald Sabo. 1988. Developmental effects of athletic participation among high school girls. Sociology of Sport Journal 5, 1: 22–36. Menary, Steve. 2007. Outcasts!: the lands that FIFA forgot. Studley, UK: Know the Score Books. 77

Mendelsohn, Daniel. 2004. What Olympic Ideal? The New York Times Magazine, August 8: www.nytimes.com/2004/08/08/magazine/WLN130551.html. Mennesson, C. 2000. “Hard” women and “soft” women. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 35 (1), 21–33. Mennesson, Christine, and Jean-Paul Clément. 2003. Homosociability and Homosexuality: The Case of Soccer Played by Women. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 3: 311–330. Menzies, H. 1989. Women’s sport: Treatment by the media. Pp. 220–31 in K. Dyer, ed. Sportswomen towards 2000: A celebration. Richmond, South Australia: University of Adelaide. Merchant, Larry. 1971. And every day you take another bite. Doubleday Publishing Co., New York. Merrill, Dave. 2002. Skateboarding grinds out urban revival. USA Today (July 30): 6C–7C. Messing, Manfred. 1978. The personality of the physical education teacher from the pupil’s point of view. Paper presented at the International Scientific Congress on the Personality of the Physical Education Teacher, Olomouc, CSSR. Messner, Michael. 1984. Review of Class, sports, and social development (Gruneau, 1983) and Sport, culture, and ideology (Hargreaves, ed., 1982). Journal of Sport and Social Issues 8, 1: 49–51. Messner, Michael A. 1991. Women in the men’s locker room. Changing Men: Issues in Gender, Sex and Politics 23 (Fall/Winter): 56–58. Messner, Michael A. 1992. Power at play. Beacon Press, Boston. Messner, Michael A., and Donald F. Sabo, eds. 1994. Sex, violence & power in sports: Rethinking masculinity. Freedom, CA: The Crossing Press Messner, Michael A. 1994. When bodies are weapons. Pp. 89–98 in Michael A. Messner and Don Sabo, eds. 1994. Sex, violence & power in sports. Freedom, CA: The Crossing Press. Messner, Michael A. 1996. Studying up on sex. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 3: 221–237. Messner, Michael A. 2002. Taking the field: women, men, and sports. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press. Messner, Michael A., M. C. Duncan, and F. L. Wachs. 1996. The gender of audience-building: Televised coverage of women’s and men’s NCAA basketball. Sociological Inquiry 66, 4: 422–39. Messner, Michael A., Margaret Carlisle Duncan, and Cheryl Cooky. 2003. Silence, Sports Bras, and Wrestling Porn: Women in Televised Sports News and Highlights Shows. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 2003 27, 1: 38–51. Messner, Michael A., Margaret Carlisle Duncan, and Faye Linda Wachs. 1996. The gender of audience-building: Televised coverage of women’s and men’s NCAA basketball. Sociological Inquiry 66, 4: 422–39. Messner, Michael A., Darnell Hunt, and Michele Dunbar. 1999. Boys to men: Sports media messages about masculinity. Oakland, CA: Children Now. Messner, Michael A., and Donald F. Sabo, eds. 1992. Sport, men, and the gender order: Critical feminist perspectives. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics Books. Messner, Michael A., and W. S. Solomon. 1993. Outside the frame: Newspaper coverage of the Sugar Ray Leonard wife abuse story. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 2: 119–34. Messner, Michael A., and W. S. Solomon. 1994. Sin and redemption: The Sugar Ray Leonard wife abuse story. Pp. 53–65 in M. A. Messner and D. Sabo, eds. Sex, violence & power in sports. Freedom, CA: The Crossing Press. Messner, Michael A., and Nancy M. Solomon. 2007. Social justice and men’s interests: The case of Title IX. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 31, 2: 162–178. Messner, Michael A., and Mark A. Stevens. 2002. Scoring without consent: Confronting male athletes’ violence against women. In M. Gatz, M. A. Messner, and S. J. Ball-Rokeach, eds., 78

Paradoxes of youth and sport (pp. 225–240) edited by. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Mewett , Peter G. 2003. Conspiring to Run: Women, their Bodies and Athletics Training International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 3: 331–349. Meyer, B.B. 1988. The college experience: female athletes and nonathletes. Paper presented at the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport Conference, Cincinnati. Meyer, Barbara B. 1990. From idealism to actualization: The academic performance of female collegiate athletes. Sociology of Sport Journal 7, 1: 44–57. Meyer, Jeremy. 2002a. Ward’s fire within. The Denver Post, 14 July, 1C, 12C. Meyer, Jeremy. 2002b. Added danger. The Denver Post, 15 September, 1C, 8C Miah, Andy. 2004. Genetically modified athletes: the ethical implications of genetic technologies in sport. London/New York: Routledge. Michaelis, V. 1996. Dream team: Capitalism on the hoof. The Denver Post, 19 July, 8D. Michaelis, V. 2002. Weathering Olympic crises. USA Today, 26 August, C3. Micheli, L. J. 1990. Sportsense for the young athlete. New York: Houghton Mifflin Company. Michener, J. 1976. Sports in America. Random House, Inc., New York. Midol, Nancy, and G. Broyer. 1995. Toward an anthropological analysis of new sport cultures: The case of whiz sports in France. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 2: 204–212. Midol, Nancy. 1999. Sport and modernity: The sociology of structuralism, of post-structuralism, of deconstruction, and of simulation. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland (November). Miedzian, M. 1991. Boys will be boys: Breaking the link between masculinity and violence. New York: Anchor Books. Mielke, R., and S. Bahlke. 1995. Structure and preferences of fundamental values of young athletes. Do they differ from non-athletes and from young people with alternative leisure activities? International Review for the Sociology of Sport 30, 3/4: 419–437. Mieth, Dietmar. 2006. Towards an ethic of sport in contemporary culture (pp. 23–43). In Pontifical Council for the Laity. 2006. The world of sport today: A field of Christian mission. Città del Vaticana: Libreria Editrice Vaticana. Mihevic, P.M. 1981. Anxiety, depression, and exercise. Quest 33(2):140–153. Mihoces, Gary. 2002. Football is king—now more than ever. USA Today (August 30): 6A. Mihoces, Gary. 2005. Injured skaters struggle in world championships. USA Today (March 15): 7C (www.usatoday.com/sports/olympics/winter/2005-03-14-skating-worlds_x.htm). Mihoces. Gary. 2002. Football is king – now more than ever. USA Today (August 30): 6A. Miles, G. 1991. Prep sports could lose budget race. USA Today, July 30, Section C (Cover Story). Miller Brewing Co. 1983. Miller Lite Report on American Attitudes Toward Sports. Milwaukee, WI: Miller Brewing Co. Miller, Kathleen E., Don F. Sabo, Merrill J. Melnick, Michael P. Farrell, and Grace M. Barnes. 2000. The Women’s Sports Foundation Report: Health risks and the teen athlete. East Meadow, NY: Women’s Sports Foundation. Miller, Kathleen E., Don F. Sabo, Michael P. Farrell, Grace M. Barnes, & Merrill J. Melnick. 1998. Athletic participation and sexual behavior in adolescents: The different world of boys and girls. Journal of Health and Social Behavior 39, 108–123. Miller, Kathleen E., Don F. Sabo, Michael P. Farrell, Grace M. Barnes, & Merrill J. Melnick. 1999. Sports, sexual behavior, contraceptive use, and pregnancy among female and male high school students: Testing cultural resource theory. Sociology of Sport Journal 16, 4: 366– 387. Miller, Kathleen E., Grace M. Barnes, Donald F. Sabo, Merrill J. Melnick, and Michael P. Farrell. 2003. Anabolic-androgenic steroid use and other adolescent problem behaviors: Rethinking the male athlete assumption. Sociological Perspectives 45, 4: 467–490 79

Miller, Kathleen E., Merrill J. Melnick, Grace M. Barnes, Michael P. Farrell, and Don Sabo. 2005. Untangling the links among athletic involvement, gender, race, and adolescent academic outcomes. Sociology of Sport Journal 22, 2: 178–193. Miller, L., and O. Penz 1991. Talking bodies: Female bodybuilders colonize a male preserve. Quest 43, 2: 148–63. Miller, Patricia S., and Gretchen Kerr. 2003. The role experimentation of intercollegiate student athletes. The Sport Psychologist 17, 2: 196–219. Miller, Patrick B., and David K. Wiggins, eds. 2003. Sport and the color line: Black athletes and race relations in twentieth-century America. London/New York: Routledge. Miller, Rory M., and Crolley, Liz (Eds.) (2007). Football in the Americas: Futbol, futebol, soccer. London: Institute for the Study of the Americas. Miller, S. 1991. Arete: Greek sports from ancient sources. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. Miller, S. 2003. The power 100: Win-win situation. The Sporting News, 13 January, 4–11. Miller, Toby, David Rowe, Jim McKay, and Geoffrey Lawrence. 2003. The Over-Production of US Sports and the New International Division of Cultural Labor. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 4: 427–440. Miller, Toby, Geoffrey Lawrence, Jim McKay, David Rowe. 2001. Globalization and sport: Playing the world. London: Sage Publications. Mills, James, and Paul Dimeo. 2003. ‘When gold is fired it shines’: Sport, the imagination and the body in colonial and postcolonial India. In John Bale and Mike Cronin, eds. Sport and postcolonialism (pp. 107–122). Oxford/New York: Berg. Minton, L. 1995. The cheerleaders vs the girl players. Parade, July 23: 7. Miracle, Andrew. 1978. Functions of school athletics: boundary maintenance and system integration. In M.A. Salter, ed. Play: anthropological perspectives. Leisure Press, West Point, N.Y. Miracle, Andrew W., 1980. School spirit as a ritual by-product: Views from applied anthropology. Pp. 98–103 in H. B. Schwartzman, ed. Play and culture. West Point, NY: Leisure Press. Miracle, Andrew W., 1981. Factors affecting interracial cooperation: A case study of a high school football team. Human Organization 40, 2: 150–54. Miracle, Andrew W., and C. Roger Rees. 1994. Lessons of the locker room: The myth of school sports. Amherst, NY: Prometheus Books. Moan, Malcolm. 2002a. Success fails to open college doors for black football coaches. USA Today (October 11): 1A–2A Montville, Leigh. 1999. Shall we dance? Sports Illustrated 91, 22 (December 6): 98–109. Mooney, Chris. 2003. Teen herbicide. Mother Jones 28, 3 (May/June): 18–22. Moore, J. 1990. Sons of the wind. Sports Illustrated 72(8):72–84. Moore, D. L. 1991. Athletes and rape: Alarming link. USA Today, August 27: 1C–2C. Moore, David Leon. 2002. Parents pay dearly to coach kids for stardom. USA Today (July 26): 1A–2A. Online: www.usatoday.com/educate/college/firstyear/casestudies/20040106- coaching.pdf. Moore, Kathleen. 2004. Olympics 2004: Muslim Women Athletes Move Ahead, But Don’t Leave Faith Behind. www.payvand.com/news/04/aug/1056.html (retrieved July 5, 2005). Moran, Malcolm. 2002a. Success fails to open college doors for black football coaches. USA Today (October 11): 1A–2A Moran, Malcolm. 2002b. Numbers speak volumes about blacks as head coaches. USA Today (October 11): 6D. Morgan, William 1985. “Radical” social theory of sport: a critique and a conceptual emendation. Sociol. Sport J. 2(1):56–71. 80

Morgan, William J. 1994. Leftist theories of sport: A critique and reconstruction. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press. Morgan, William J. 2000. Philosophy and sport. In J. Coakley and E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sport and society. London: Sage. Morgan, William John. 2006. Why sports morally matter. NY/London: Routledge. Morgan, William P. 1984. Physical activity and mental health. In H. M. Eckert and H. J. Montoye, eds. Exercise and health (The American Academy of Physical Education papers). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Morra, N., and M. D. Smith. 1996. Interpersonal sources of violence in hockey: The influence of the media, parents, coaches, and game officials. Pp. 142–155 in R. E. Smith and F. Smoll, eds. Children and youth sport: A biopsychosocial perspective. Madison, WI: Brown and Benchmark. Morris, Desmond. 1967. The naked ape. London: Jonathon Cape. Morris, Desmond. 1981. The soccer tribe. London: Chatto, Bodley Head & Jonathon Cape. Morris, G. S. D., and James Stiehl. 1989. Changing kids’ games. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Morris, Jenny. 1996. Introduction. In Morris, J., ed., Encounters with strangers: Feminism and disability (pp. 1–12). London: The Women’s Free Press. Morris, Joan. 1993. Feminism and disability. Feminist Review 43: 57–70. Morrison, R. 1996. Sports fans, athletes’ salaries, and economic rent. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 31, 3: 257–72. Mosher, S. D. 1995. Whose dreams? Basketball and celluloid America. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 19, 3: 318–26. Moye, Jim, and C. Keith. Harrison. 2002. Don’t believe the hype: Do the automatic suspensions of student-athletes for alleged misconduct withstand constitutional scrutiny? Texas Entertainment and Sports Law Journal 11, 1: 5–15. Mrozek, Donald J. 1983. Sport and American mentality, 1880–1920. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press. Muñoz, Francesc. 2006. Olympic urbanism and Olympic Villages: planning strategies in Olympic host cities, London 1908 to London 2012. The Sociological Review 54, 2: 175–187. Murderball. 2004. A documentary film by Think Film Company, New York (www.thinkfilmcompany.com/). Murphy, Geraldine. M., Al J. Petipas, & Britton W. Brewer. 1996. Identity foreclosure, athletic identity, and career maturity in intercollegiate athletics. The Sport Psychologist 10, 3: 239– 246. Murphy, Patrick, John Williams, and Eric Dunning. 1990. Football on trial: Spectator violence and development in the world of football. London: Routledge. Murphy, Patrick, Ken Sheard, and Ivan Waddington. 2000. Figurational/process sociology. In J. Coakley and E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies (pp. 92–105). London: Sage. Murphy, Shane. 1999. The cheers and the tears: A healthy alternative to the dark side of youth sports today. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers. Murray, Bill, and Roy Hay, eds. 2006. The World game downunder. Melbourne, Australian Society for Sports History. Murray, Bruce, and Christopher Merrett. 2004. Caught Behind: Race and Politics in Springbok Cricket. Scottsville, South Africa: University of Natal Press. Murrell, A. J., and E. M. Curtis. 1994. Causal attributions of performance for black and white quarterbacks in the NFL: A look at the sports pages. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 3: 224–33. Muscatine, A. 1991. The status of women’s sports. Women’s Sports Pages 3, 4: 12–13, 18. 81

Myers, Jim. 2000. Afraid of the dark: What whites and blacks need to know about each other. Chicago, IL: Lawrence Hill Books. Nabokov, Peter. 1981. Indian running: Native American history and tradition. Santa Fe, NM: Ancient City Press. Nack, William. 1998. Does God care who wins the Super Bowl? Sports Illustrated 88, 3 (January 26): 47–48. Nack, William, and Lester Munson. 1992. Blood money. Sports Illustrated 77(21):18–30. Nack, William, and Lester Munson. 1995. Sports’ dirty secret. Sports Illustrated 83, 5 (July 31): 62–75. Nack, William, and Lester Munson. 2000. Out of control. Sports Illustrated 93, 4, July 24: 86– 95. Nack, William, and Don Yaeger. 1999. Every parent’s nightmare. Sports Illustrated 91, 10 (September 13): 40–53. Nakamura, Yuka. 2002. Beyond the hijab: Female Muslims and physical activity. Women’s Sport and Physical Activity Journal 11, 2: 21–48. Nance, R. 2001. Long shots step into spotlight. USA Today, 26 October, 3C. Nash, Bruce, and Allan Zullo. 1989. The baseball hall of shame(2). New York: Pocket Books. Nash, H. L. 1987. Do compulsive runners and anorectic patients share common bonds? The Physician and Sportsmedicine 15, 12: 162–67. National Coaching Foundation. 1996. Guidance for National Governing Bodies on Child Protection Procedures. Leeds, England: NCF. Nativ, A. et al. 1994. The female triad: The inter-relatedness of disordered eating, amenorrhea, and osteoporosis. Clinics in sports medicine 13, 2: 405–418. Naughton, J. 1996a. Exclusive deal with Reebok brings U. of Wisconsin millions of dollars and unexpected criticism. The Chronicle of Higher Education 43, 2 (September 6): A65–A66. Naughton, J. 1996c. Hundreds of students lose scholarships in widespread confusion over NCAA rules. The Chronicle of Higher Education 43, 3 (September 27): A49–A50. Naughton, J. 1996d. A book on the economics of college sports says few programs are financially successful. The Chronicle of Higher Education 43, 7 (October 11): A57–A58. Naughton, J., and R. Srisavasdi. 1996. Data on funds for men’s and women’s sports become available as new law takes effect. The Chronicle of Higher Education 43, 9 (October 25): A45–A46. Naughton, Jim. 1996b. Alcohol abuse by athletes poses big problems for colleges. The Chronicle of Higher Education 43, 4 (September 20): A47–A48. Nauright, John, and Tara Magdalinski. 2002. Religion, race and rugby in ‘Coloured’ Cape Town. In T. Magdalinski and T. J. L. Chandler, eds. With God on their Side: Sport in the Service of Religion (pp. 120–138). London/New York: Routledge. Nauright, John. 1996a. “A besieged tribe”?: Nostalgia, white cultural identity and the role of rugby in a changing South Africa. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 31, 1: 69– 108. Nauright, John. 1996b. “It’s the world in union”: Rugby tours, the Rugby World Cup, nostalgia and memory in maintaining the “Old (boys)” world order. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Birmingham, AL (November). Nauright, John. 1997. Masculinity, muscular Islam and popular culture: “Colored” rugby’s cultural symbolism in working class Cape Town c.1930–70. The International Journal of the History of Sport 14, 1: 184–190. Nauright, John. 1998. Sport, cultures and identities in South Africa. London: Cassell Academic. Navratilova, M. 1984. Now, you can quote me. World Tennis 31(12):43. 82

NBC/USA Network. 2005. Homosexuality and sports. Full survey results online at http://sportsillustrated.cnn.com/2005/magazine/04/12/survey.expanded/; discussion and partial results in Wertheim, 2005 and Smith, 2005. NCAA News. 1998. Survey shows increase in deficits. The NCAA News 35(34), 12 Oct, 1 & 25. NCAA. 1996. 1996 NCAA, Division I graduation-rates report. Overland Park, KS: The National Collegiate Athletic Association. NCAA. 1999. NCAA Division I graduation-rates report. Indianapolis, IN: NCAA Publications. NCAA. 1999. NCAA Divisions II and III graduation-rates report. Indianapolis, IN: NCAA Publications. NCAA. 1999c. Sportsmanship survey. The NCAA News 36(9), 26 April, 2. NCAA. 2004. A career in professional athletics: A guide for making the transition. Indianapolis, IN: National Collegiate Athletic Association; http://www.ncaa.org/wps/portal/. NCAA. 2005. 2004 Division I Graduation Rates Report. www.ncaa.org/grad_rates/2004/d1/DI.htm l. Neal, Wes. 1981. The handbook on athletic perfection. Milford, MI: Mott Media. Neft, D.S., et al. 1974. The black, Latin, white report. The Sports Encyclopedia (Baseball). Grosset & Dunlap, New York. Neil, G.I. 1975. Superstitious behavior among ice hockey players and coaches: an explanation. The Physical Educator 32:26–27. Neil, G.I. 1982. Demystifying sport superstition. International Review of Sport Sociology 17, 1: 99–124. Neil, G.I., B. Anderson, & W. Sheppard. Superstitions among male and female athletes of various levels of involvement. Journal of Sport Behavior 4, 3: 137–148. Neinas, Chuck. 2003. 2003 AFCA Player Survey. American Football Coaches Association, www.afca.com/pdf3/46645.pdf?DB_OEM_ID=9300. Retrieved 9/10/2005. Nelson, J. (ed.). 1990. News: Stereotypes by six. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation & Dance 61 (8), 9. Nelson, L. L., and S. Kagan. 1972. Competition: The star spangled scramble. Psychology Today 6(4):53–56, 90–91. Nelson, Mariah Burton. 1991. Are we winning yet? New York: Random House. Nelson, Mariah Burton. 1994. The stronger women get, the more men love football: Sexism and the American culture of sports. New York: Harcourt Brace & Company. Nelson, Mariah Burton. 1998. Embracing victory: Life lessons in competition and compassion. New York: William Morrow and Company, Inc. Newbery, Liz. 2004. Hegemonic Gender Identity and Outward Bound: Resistance and Re- inscription? Women in Sport and Physical Activity Journal 13, 1: 36–49. Newfield, Jack. 2001. The shame of boxing. The Nation 273, 15: 13–22. Newsweek, 1971. Are sports good for the soul? Newsweek 77, 2 (January 11): 51–52. Newsweek. 2004. Perspectives: Entertainment. Newsweek 143, 1 (December29/January 5): 122. Neyer, Rob. 2000. A matter of size. Scientific American 11, 3: 14–15. NFSHSA. 2005. NFHS 2003–04 High School Athletics Participation Survey. Indianapolis, IN: National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. NHANES – National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey. 2002. Prevalence of Overweight and Obesity among Adults: United States, 1999–2000. Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics. Nichol, Jon P., Patricia Coleman, and B. T. Williams. 1993. Injuries in Sport and Exercise: Main Report, London, The Sports Council. Niiya, Brian, ed. 2000. More than a game: Sport in the Japanese American community. Los Angeles: Japanese American National Museum. Nixon, Howard. 1984. Sport and the American Dream. New York: Leisure Press. 83

Nixon, H Howard L., II. 1991. Accepting the risks and pain of sports injuries: Understanding the nature of “consent” to play. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Milwaukee (November). Nixon, Howard L., II. 1993a. A social network analysis of influences on athletes to play with pain and injuries. Journal of Sport and Social Issues. 16, 2: 127–35. Nixon, Howard L., II. 1993b. Accepting the risks and pain of injury in sport: Mediated cultural influences on playing hurt. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 2: 183–96. Nixon, Howard L., II. 1994a. Coaches’ views of risk, pain, and injury in sport, with special reference to gender differences. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 1: 79–87. Nixon, Howard L., II. 1994b. Social pressure, social support, and help seeking for pain and injuries in college sports networks. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 18, 4: 340–55. Nixon, Howard L., II. 1996a. The relationship of friendship networks, sports experiences, and gender to expressed pain thresholds. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 1: 78–86. Nixon, Howard. L., II. 1996b. Explaining pain and injury attitudes and experiences in sport in terms of gender, race, and sports status factors. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 20, 1: 33– 44. Nixon, Howard L., II. 2000. Sport and disability. In J. Coakley & E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sport studies (pp. 422–438). London: Sage Publications. Noden, M. 1994. Dying to win. Sports Illustrated, August 8: 53–60. Noll, R.G. 1974. Attendance and price setting. In R.G. Noll, ed. Government and the sports business. The Brookings Institution, Washington, D.C. Noll, Roger, and Andrew Zimbalist, eds. 1997. Sports, jobs, and taxes. Washington, DC: The Brookings Institution. Noonan, David. 2003. High on testosterone. Newsweek 142, 13 (September 29): 50–51. Norton, K., and M. Wilkerson. 1975. Christianity’s super-salesman: the athlete. Paper presented at the meetings of the Southwestern Sociological Association, San Antonio, Tex. Nosanchuk, T. A. 1981. The way of the warrior: the effects of traditional martial arts training on aggressiveness. Human Relations 34, 6: 435–44. Nosanchuk, T.A. 1981. The way of the warrior: the effects of traditional martial arts training on aggressiveness. Human Relations 34, 6: 435–444. Novak, Michael. 1976. The joy of sports. New York: Basic Books. NPR. 1996. Morning Edition. National Public Radio (August 1): report from Atlanta. Nylund, David. 2003. taking a slice at sexism: The controversy over the exclusionary membership practices of the Augusta National Golf Club. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 2: 195–202. Nylund, David. 2004. When in Rome: Heterosexism, Homophobia, and Sports Talk Radio. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28: 136–168. Nyquist, E.B. 1985. The immorality of big-power intercollegiate athletics. In D. Chu, et al., eds. Sport and higher education. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. O’Brien, R., and A. Wolff. 1996. The wethead is dead. Sports Illustrated (Scorecard) (August 19): 32. O’Brien, Richard. 1992. Lord gym. Sports Illustrated 77, 4, (July 27): 46–52. O’Connor, Karen. 2005. Nike “just doesn’t do it” for women’s soccer. Women’s eNews, http://womensenews.org/article.cfm/dyn/aid/1562/context/archive (retrieved July 18). O’Neill , Megan. 2004. Policing Football in Scotland: The Forgotten Team. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 1: 95–104 O’Shea, M. 1995. What’s your take on cheerleaders—Are they athletes? Parade (November 26). O’Sullivan C. 1991. Acquaintance gang rape on campus. Pp. 120–156 in A. Parrot and L. Bechhofer, eds., Acquaintance rape: The hidden crime. New York: Wiley. 84

Ogilvie, B., and J. Taylor. 1993. Career termination issues among elite athletes. Pp. 761–75 in R. N. Singer, M. Murphey, and L. K. Tennant, eds. Handbook of research on sport psychology. New York: Macmillan. Ogilvie, Bruce, and Thomas Tutko. 1966. Problem athletes and how to handle them. Pelham Books, Ltd., London. Ogilvie, Bruce, and Thomas Tutko. 1971. Sport: if you want to build character, try something else. Psychology Today 5(5):61–63. Oglesby, Carole. 1978a. Women and sport: from myth to reality. Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia. Oglesby, Carole. 1978b. Women and the sport governance system. In C. Oglesby, ed. Women and sport: from myth to reality. Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia. Oglesby, Carole. 1993. Issues of sport and racism: Where is the white in the Rainbow Coalition? Pp. 251–68 in D. D. Brooks and R. C. Althouse, eds. Racism in college athletics: The African-American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Oglesby, Carole. and Diana Schrader. 2000. Where is the white in the Rainbow Coalition? In Racism in college athletics: The African-American athlete’s experience (pp. 279–93) edited by D. Brooks and R. Althouse. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Okner, B.A. 1974. Subsidies of stadiums and arenas. In R.G. Noll, ed. Government and the sports business. The Brookings Institution, Washington, D.C. Okubu, Hideaki. 2004. Local identity and sport: Historical study of integration and differentiation. Sankt Augustin, Germany: Academica Verlag. Oliver, Melvin. 1980. Race, class and the family’s orientation to mobility through sport. Sociological Symposium 30: 62–86. Oliver, Michael. 1996. Understanding disability: From theory to practice. New York: St. Martins Press. Omi, Michael and Howard Winant. 1994. Racial formation in the United States. New York/London: Routledge. Opie, I., and P. Opie. 1969. Children’s games in street and playground. Oxford University Press, Fair Lawn, N.J. Ordman, V. L., and D. Zillmann. 1994. Women sport reporters: Have they caught up? Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 1: 66–75. Oriard, M. 1993. Reading football. How the popular press created an American spectacle. Chapel Hill, NC: The University of North Carolina Press. Oriard, M. 2001. Football and education are a team no more. The New York Times, 23 December, S8. Orlick, Terry. 1978. The cooperative sports and games book. London: Writers and Readers Publishing Cooperative. Orlick, Terry. 1980. In pursuit of excellence. Coaching Association of Canada, Ottawa. Orlick, Terry, and Cal Botterill. 1975. Every kid can win. Nelson-Hall Co., Chicago. Orr, J. 1969. The black athlete. Lion Books, New York. Orszag, Jonathan M., and Peter R. Orszag. 2005. The empirical effects of collegiate athletics: An update. Indianapolis, IN: National Collegiate Athletic Association. Osterland, Andrew. 1995. Field of nightmares. Financial World 164, 4 (February 14): 105–107. Otto, Allison Ann. 2003. Scoring with Latinos. The Denver Post (May 13): 1A. Otto, L., and D. Alwin. 1977. Athletics, aspirations and attainments. Sociology of Education 42: 102–13. Ouroussoff, Nicolai. 2005. When the Stadium Makes a Statement. The New York Times, June 19, Section 4: 1; www.nytimes.com/2005/06/19/weekinreview/19stadium.html (retrieved July 20, 2005). 85

Overdorf, V. G., and K. S. Gill. 1994. Body image, weight and eating concerns, and use of weight control methods among high school female athletes. Women in Sport & Physical Activity Journal 3, 2: 69–79. Overman, Steven J. 1997. The influence of the Protestant Ethic on sport and recreation. Brookfield, VT: Ashgate Publishing Company. Oxendine, Joseph B. 1988. American Indian sports heritage. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Ozanian, Michael K. 1995. Following the money. Financial World 164, 4 (February 14): 27–31. Pace, Enzo. 2007. Fundamentalism. In George Ritzer, eds., Encyclopedia of sociology. London/New York: Blackwell. Padilla, A., and D. Baumer. 1994. Big-time college sports: Management and economic issues. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 2: 123–43. Papp, G., and G. Prisztoka. 1995. Sportsmanship as an ethical value. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 30, 3/4: 375–390. Paraschak, Victoria. 1995. The native sport and recreation program, 1972–1981: Patterns of resistance, patterns of reproduction. Canadian Journal of History of Sport (December): 1–18. Paraschak, Victoria. 1997. Variations in race relations: Sporting events for Native Peoples in Canada. Sociology of Sport Journal 14, 1: 1–21. Paraschak, Victoria. 1999. Doing race, doing gender: First Nations, ‘sport’, and gender relations. In P. White & K. Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada (pp. 153–169). Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. Parente, D.E. 1977. The interdependence of sport and television. J. Communication 27(3):128– 132. Parkhouse, B.L., and J. Lapin, 1980. The woman in athletic administration. Goodyear Publishing Co., Santa Monica, Calif. Parkhouse, Bonnie. L., and Jean M. Williams 1986. Differential effects of sex and status on elevation of coaching ability. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 57, 1: 53–59. Parrish, Paula. 2002. The height of gaining an edge. Rocky Mountain News (September 21): 1B, 12B–13B. Parry, Matthew, and Dominic Malcolm, 2004. England’s Barmy Army: Commercialization, Masculinity and Nationalism. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 1: 75–94. Pascall, B. with S. White. 2000. Eliminating violence in hockey in British Columbia. Vancouver, BC: BC Amateur Hockey Association. Passer, M.W. 1982. Children in sport: participation motives and psychological stress. Quest 33, 2: 231–244. Passmore, D. L., C. Pellock, and G. Wang. 1996. Ballpark estimates: Impact of the 1994 baseball strike on the Pennsylvania economy. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 2: 161–72. Pastore, Donna L. 1994. Strategies for retaining female high school head coaches: A survey of administrators and coaches. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 2: 169–82. Pastore, Donna L., Sue Inglis, and Karen E. Danylchuk. 1996. Retention factors in coaching and athletic management: Differences by gender, position, and geographic location. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 4: 427–41. Pastore, Donna L., and M.R. Judd. 1992. Burnout in coaches of women’s team sports. JOPERD 63(5):74–79. Patrick, Dick. 1991. Star decathlete defies easy labels. USA Today (December 16). Special issue: Race & Sports—Myth & Reality. Patrick, Dick. 2002a. Let the kids play. USA Today (26 July): 1C–2C. Patrick, Dick. 2002b. U.S. Anti-Doping Agency willing to administer testing for baseball. USA Today (June 14): 6C. Patrick, Dick. 2005. USOC lobbies for anti-doping agency funds. USA Today (May 25): 7C. 86

Patriksson, G. 1987. Theoretical and empirical analysis of drop-outs from youth sport in Sweden. Paper presented at the ICHPER World Conference, Vancouver, B.C. PBS. 2005. Gays in sports. On Point produced by WBUR (Boston), Aired: Friday, April 22; online at www.onpointradio.org/shows/2005/04/gays-in-sports/ (retrieved July, 2005). Pearman, W. A. 1978. Race on the sports page. Review of Sport and Leisure 3, 2: 54–68. Pearson, D. W. 1999. The rodeo cowboy: Cultural icon, athlete, or entrepreneur? Journal of Sport and Social Issues 23 (3): 308–327. Pearson, D. W., and C. A. Haney. 2000. The rodeo cowboy as an American icon: The perceived social and cultural significance. Journal of American Culture 22 (4): 17–21. Pearton, R. 1990. A critical review of sociological explanations of football hooliganism and an empirical analysis of the phenomenon. Research report, Sport Science Department, Christ Church College, Canterbury, England. Pedersen , Paul Mark. 2002. Examining Equity in Newspaper Photographs: A Content Analysis of the Print Media Photographic Coverage of Interscholastic Athletics. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 4: 303–318. Pelak, Cynthia Fabrizio . 2002. Women’s collective identity formation in sports: A case study from women’s ice hockey. Gender and Society 16, 1: 93–114. Pelak, Cynthia Fabrizio . 2005a. Negotiating gender/race/class constraints in the new South Africa: A case study of women’s soccer. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 40, 1: 53–70. Pelak, Cynthia Fabrizio. 2005b. Athletes as agents of change: An examination of shifting race relations within women’s netball in post-apartheid South Africa. Sociology of Sport Journal 22, 1: 59–77 Pennington, Bill. 2004. Reading, Writing and Corporate Sponsorships. The New York Times, Section A (October 18): 1. Pennington, Bill. 2005. Doctors see a big rise in injuries for young athletes. The New York Times, Section A (February 22): 1 Pepitone, E. 1980. Children in cooperation and competition. Lexington Books, Lexington, Mass. Peretti-Watel, Patrick, Valérie Guagliardo, Pierre Verger, Jacques Pruvost, Patrick Mignon, and Yolande Obadia. 2004b. Risky behaviours among young elite-student-athletes: results from a pilot survey in South-Eastern France. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 2: 233–244. Peretti-Watel, Patrick, Valérie Guagliardo, Pierre Verger, Patrick Mignon, Jacques Pruvost, and Yolande Obadia. 2004a. Attitudes toward doping and recreational drug use among French elite student-athletes. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 1: 1–17. Perlmutter, David D. 2003. Black athletes and white professors: A twilight zone of uncertainty. The Chronicle of Higher Education 50, 7 (October 10): http://chronicle.com/weekly/v50/i07/07b00701.htm. Perman, Stacy. 1998. The master blasts the board. Time 151 (January 19): 61. Perrottet, Tone. 2004. The naked Olympics: The true story of the ancient games. New York: Random House. Perrucci, Robert, and Earl Wysong. 2003. The new class society. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield Publishers, Inc. Petrecca, Laura. 2005. Marketers tackle participants in fantasy football. USA Today (August 25): 3B. Pettavino, P., and P. Brenner. 1999. More than just a game. Peace Review 11, 4: 523–530. Pfister, G. 1989. Women in the Olympics (1952–1980): An analysis of German newspapers (Beauty awards vs. gold medals). Pp. 11/27–11/34 in R. Jackson and T. McPhail, eds., The Olympic movement and the mass media. Calgary, Alberta: Hurford Enterprises Ltd. 87

Pfister, G. 2001. Doing Sport in a Headscarf? German Sport and Turkish Females. In: Journal of Sport History 27: 401–428. Phelps, R. (“Digger”). 1983. Winning is not the only thing. Parade Magazine, pp. 11–12, July 10. Phillip, M.-C. 1993. An uneven playing field. Black Issues in Higher Education 10, 20: 24–29. Phillips, B. 1997. Sports supplement review (3rd issue). Golden, CO: Mile High Publishing. Phillips, D. P. 1983. The impact of mass media violence on U.S. homicides. American Sociological Review 48, 4: 560–68. Phillips, John C. 1979. The impact of secondary school sports participation on academic achievement. Paper presented at the meetings of the American Sociological Association, Boston. Phillips, John C. 1983. Race and career opportunities in Major League baseball: 1960–1980. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 7, 2: 1–17. Phillips, M. J. 1988. Disability and ethnicity in conflict: a study in transformation. In M. Fine and A. Asch, eds. Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture, and politics. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press. Phillips, Murray G., and Brett Hutchins. 2003. Losing Control of the Ball: The Political Economy of Football and the Media in Australia. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 3: 215–232. Picou, Steven, V. McCarter, and Frank Howell. 1985. Do high school athletics pay? some further evidence. Sociology of Sport Journal 2, 1:2–76. Pike, Elizabeth C. J. 2004. Risk, pain, and injury: “A natural thing in rowing”? In Kevin Young, ed. Sporting bodies, damaged selves: Sociological studies of sports-related injury (pp. 151– 162). Amsterdam: Elsevier. Pike, Elizabeth C. J., and Simon K. Beames. (2007). A Critical Interactionist Analysis of ‘Youth Development’ Expeditions. Leisure Studies 26, 2: 147–159. Pike, Elizabeth C.J., and Joseph A. Maguire. 2003. Injury in women’s sport: Classifying key elements of “risk encounters”. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 3: 232–251. Pilz, Gunther. 1979. Attitudes toward different forms of violent and aggressive behavior in competitive sports: two empirical studies. Journal of Sport Behavior 2, 1: 3–26. Pilz, Gunther A. 1996. Social factors influencing sport and violence: On the “problem” of football hooliganism in Germany. International Review for Sociology of Sport 31, 1: 49–68. Pipe, Andrew L. 1993. J. B. Wolffe Memorial Lecture. Sport, science, and society: ethics in sports medicine. Med Science Sports Exercise (MG8), 25, 8 (August): 888–900. Pipe, Andrew. 1998. Reviving ethics in sports. The Physician and Sportsmedicine 26, 6 (June): 39–40. Platt, Larry. 2002. New jack jocks: Rebels, race, and the American athlete. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. Play Fair. 2008. Clearing the hurdles: Steps to improving wages and working conditions in the global sportswear industry. Written by the Maquila Solidarity Network On behalf of the Play Fair 2008 Campaign (April); online, www.playfair2008.org/docs/Clearing_the_Hurdles.pdf. Plotz, David. 2000. Does God care who wins the Super Bowl? The Denver Post (February 13): 6G. Pluto, Terry. 1995. Falling from grace: Can pro basketball be saved? New York: Simon & Schuster. Podilchak, W. 1982. Youth sport involvement: impact on informal game participation. In A.O. Dunleavy, A. Miracle, and R. Rees, eds. Studies in the sociology of sport. Texas Christian University Press, Fort Worth, Tex. Pollitt, Katha. 2001. Summer follies. The Nation 273 (8), 17/24 September, 10. Polsky, S. 1998. Winning medicine: professional sports team doctors’ conflicts of interest. Journal of Contemporary Health Law Policy (IDD), Spring; 14 (2): 503–29. 88

Ponomaryov, N. I. 1981. Sport and society. Translated by J. Riordan. Moscow: Progress Publishers (and Chicago: Imported Publications, Inc.). Pope, H.G., and D.L. Katz. 1988. Affective and psychotic symptoms associated with anabolic steroid use. American Journal of Psychiatry 145, 4: 487–490. Poppen, Julie. 2004. Pro performance. Rocky Mountain News (March 31): 6B. Porterfield, Kitty. 1999. Late to the line: Starting sport competition as an adult. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 37–45). London: Routledge. Positive Coaching Alliance. 2004. Connector 15 (September), p. 1 (email version) Potter, J. 2002. Thorpe looks at old ways to bring blacks to game. USA Today, 26 June, 12C. Poulton, Emma. 2004. Mediated Patriot Games: The Construction and Representation of National Identities in the British Television Production of Euro ‘96. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 4: 437–455. Powers-Beck, Jeffrey P. 2004. The American Indian integration of baseball. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Prebish, C. S. 1992. “Heavenly Father, Divine Goalie”: Sport and religion. Pp. 43–54 in S. Hoffman (ed.), Sport and religion. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Prebish, C. S. 1993. Religion and sport: The meeting of sacred and profane. Westport CT: Greenwood. Prebish, C.S. 1984. “Heavenly Father, Divine Goalie,” sport and religion. Antioch Review 42, 3: 306–318. President’s Council on Physical Fitness and Sports. 1997. Physical activity & sport in the lives of girls. Minneapolis, MN: Center for Research on Girls and Women in Sport, University of Minnesota. Preves, Sharon E. 2005. Intersex and identity: The contested self. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutger University Press Price, Michael, and Andrew Parker. 2003. Sport, sexuality, and the gender order: Amateur Rugby Union, gay men, and social exclusion. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 2: 108–126. Price. S. L. 1997. What ever happened to the white athlete? Sports Illustrated 87, 23 (December 8): 31–55. Price, S. L. 2002a. Indian wars: The campaign against Indian nicknames and mascots presumes that they offend Native Americans - but do they? Sports Illustrated 96, 10 (March 4): 66–70. Price, S. L. 2002b. The savior of South Bend. Sports Illustrated 97, 13 (September 30): 38–44. Price, S. L. 2002c. The Ichiro paradox. Sports Illustrated 97, 2 (July 8): 50–56. Price, S. L. 2004. Flag jumper. Sports Illustrated 101, 8 (August 30): 54–56. Price, S. L. 2005. The sprinter. Sports Illustrated 102, 21 (May 23): 52–61 Pringle, R. 2001. Competing discourses: Narratives of a fragmented self, manliness and Rugby Union. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 36 (4): 425–440. Prisuta, R.A. 1979. Televised sports and political values. Journal of Communication 29, 1: 95– 102. Pritchard, T. 1984. The Dean and his students. Family Weekly, March 11:13–17. Promis, David, Nirmala Erevelles, and Jerry Matthews. 2001. Reconceptualizing inclusion: The politics of university sports and recreation programs for students with mobility impairments. Sociology of Sport Journal 18, 1: 37–50. Pronger, Brian. 1990. The arena of masculinity: Sports, homosexuality, and the meaning of sex. New York: St. Martin’s Press. Pronger, Brian. 1996. Sport and masculinity: The estrangement of gay men. Pp. 410–23 in D. S. Eitzen, ed. Sport in contemporary society. New York: St. Martin’s Press. Pronger, Brian. 1999. Fear and trembling: Homophobia in men’s sport. In P. White & K. Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada (pp. 182–197). Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. 89

Pronger, Brian. 2002. Body fascism: salvation in the technology of physical fitness. Toronto/Buffalo: University of Toronto Press. Purdy, Dean, ed. 1987. Sport and the student-athlete. ARENA Review 11, 2: special issue. Purdy, Dean. 1988. For whom sport tolls: players, owners, and fans. The World & I 3, 10: 573– 587. Purdy, Dean, Wilbert M. Leonard, II, and D. Stanley Eitzen. 1994. A reexamination of salary discrimination in major league baseball by race/ethnicity. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 1: 60–69. Putler, D.S., & R.A. Wolfe. 1999. Perceptions of intercollegiate athletic programs: Priorities and tradeoffs. Sociology of Sport Journal 16(4), 301–325. Putney, Clifford. 2003. Muscular Christianity: Manhood and sports in protestant America. 1880–1920. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Pyros, J. 1987. Review of J. Feinstein. 1986. A season on the brink. Arete: A Journal of Sport Literature 5, 1: 204–205. Q and A. 2003. Alana Beard. Sports Illustrated 99, 21 (December 1): 28. Quirk, J., and R. D. Fort. 1992. Pay dirt: The business of professional team sports. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Rabey, S. 1992. Competing for souls in Barcelona. Colorado Springs Gazette Telegraph, August 8. Raboin, Sharon. 1998. A family torn apart. USA Today, Dec. 9, 1C–2C. Raboin, Sharon. 1999. Bela is back on U.S. team. USA Today (November 16): 1A–2A. Rader, Benjamin. 1984. In its own image: how television has transformed sports. Free Press, New York. Rader, Benjamin G. 1983. American sports. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Rail, Geneviève. 1998. Sport and postmodern times. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Rainville, R. E., and E. McCormick. 1977. Extent of covert racial prejudice in pro football announcers’ speech. Journalism Quarterly 54, 1: 20–26. Rainville, R.E., and E. McCormick. 1977. Extent of covert racial prejudice in pro football announcers’ speech. Journalism Quarterly 54, 1: 20–26. Raji, K. 1992. The battle for a brave new world has just begun: TEAMWORK South Africa--hope for positive change. Center for the Study of Sport in Society (CSSS) Digest 4, 3: 1, 5. Ralbovsky, M. 1974. Destiny’s darlings. New York, NY: Hawthorn Books, Inc. Ramsamy, S. 1984. Apartheid, boycotts and the Games. In A. Tomlinson and G. Whannel (eds.), Five ring circus: Money, power and politics at the Olympic Games (pp. 44–52). London: Pluto Press. Randels Jr., George D., and Beal, Becky. 2002. What makes a man?: Religion, sport, and negotiating masculine identity in the Promise Keepers. In T. Magdalinski, T. and T. J. L. Chandler, eds. With God on their Side: Sport in the Service of Religion (pp. 160–176). London/New York: Routledge. Rankin, J. H. 1980. School factors and delinquency: interactions by age and sex. Sociology and Social Research 64, 3: 420–434. Rayl, S. 1996. Dents in the color line: Professional basketball in the 1930’s and 1940’s. Paper presented at the annual meetings of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Birmingham, AL (November). Real Michael. R. 1998. MediaSport: Technology and the commodification of postmodern sport. In L. A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport (pp. 14–26). London/NY: Routledge. Real, M. R. 1989. Super media: A cultural studies approach. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Real, Michael. R. 1996. The postmodern Olympics: Technology and the commodification of the Olympic movement. Quest 48, 1: 9–24. 90

Redhead, S., ed. 1993. The passion and the fashion: Football fandom in the New Europe. Aldershot, England: Avebury. Redmond, G. 1973. A plethora of shrines: sport in the museum and hall of fame. Quest 19, 1: 41–48. Rees, C. Roger. 1996. Race and sport in global perspective. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 1: 22–32. Rees, C. Rogter, Frank M. Howell, and Andrew W. Miracle. 1990. Do high school sports build character? Journal of Social Science 27, 3: 303–315. Rees, C. Roger, and Andrew W. Miracle. 2000. Sport and Education. In J. Coakley and E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies (pp. 291–308). London: Sage. Reich, A. A. 1974. International understanding through sports. U.S. Department of State Bulletin 70: 460–465. Reid, E. 1997. My body, my weapon, my shame. Gentlemen’s Quarterly (September), 361–367. Reid, L. N., and L. C. Solely. 1979. Sports Illustrated’s coverage of women in sports. Journalism Quarterly 56, 4: 861–863. Reid, S. M. 1996. The selling of the Games. The Denver Post (July 21) 4BB. Reilly, Rick. 1995. Order on the court. Sports Illustrated 83, 21: 136. Reilly, Rick. 2004. Another victim at Colorado. Sports Illustrated (February 16): online, http://sportsillustrated.cnn.com/2004/writers/rick_reilly/02/16/hnida/index.html. Reilly, Rick. 2004. The silent treatment. Sports Illustrated 101, 20 (November 22): 144. Reilly, Rick. 2005. Half the Size, Twice the Man. Sports Illustrated 103,13 (October 3): 90. Reiss, S. 1998. Sports and the American Jew. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press. Rejeski, W., et al. 1979. Pygmalion in youth sport: a field study. Journal of Sport Psychology 1, 4: 311–319. Renck, T. E. 2002. For richer or poorer. The Denver Post, 10 March, 1C. Retton, Mary Lou. 1992. Family a big matter for every Olympian. USA Today, August 5: 6E. Rice, Ron (with David Fleming). 2005. Moment of impact. ESPN, The Magazine 8.11 (June 6): 82–83. Richards, Donald G. 2003. A (Utopian?) Socialist Proposal for the Reform of Major League Baseball. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 3: 308–324. Richmond, P. 1986. Weighing the odds. Colorado Springs Gazette Telegraph, January 19: F1– F4. Richtel, Matt. 2005. A new reality in video games: Advertisements. The New York Times, April 11: C1. Riesman, David, and Reuel Denny. 1951. Football in America: A study of cultural diffusion. American Quarterly (Winter): 302–325. Rigauer, Bero. 2000. Marxist theories. In J. Coakley and E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies (pp. 28–47). London: Sage. Riggs, Marlon T. 1991. Color adjustment (video tape). San Francisco: California Newsreel. Rimer, Edward. 1996. Discrimination in major league baseball: Hiring standards for major league managers, 1975–1994. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 2: 118–33. Rinehart, Robert E. 1998. Players all: Performances in contemporary sport. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press. Rinehart, Robert E. 2000. Emerging arriving sport: Alternatives to formal sports. In Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies (pp. 504–519). London: Sage. Rinehart, Robert E., and Synthia Syndor, eds. 2003. To the extreme: Alternative sports inside and out. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Rinehart, Robert, and Chris Grenfell, 1999. Icy relations: Parental involvement in youth figure skating. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Cleveland (November). 91

Rinehart, Robert, and Chris Grenfell. 2002. BMX spaces: Children’s grass roots’ courses and corporate-sponsored tracks. Sociology of Sport Journal 19, 3: 302–314. Rinehart, Robert. 2005. “Babes” and boards. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 29, 3: 232–255. Rintala, Jan, and Judith Bischoff. 1997. Persistent resistance: Leadership positions for women in Olympic sport governing bodies. OLYMPIKA: The International Journal of Olympic Studies 6, 1–24. Riordan, James. 1985. Some comparisons of women’s sport in East and West. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 20, 1/2: 117–126. Riordan, James. 1993. Soviet-style sport in Eastern Europe: The end of an era. In L. Allison, ed. The changing politics of sport (pp. 37–57). Manchester, England: Manchester University Press. Riordan, James. 1996. Introduction. In Arnd Krüger and James Riordan, eds. The story of worker sport (pp. vii–x). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Risman, Barbara, and Pepper Schwartz. 2002. After the sexual revolution: gender politics in teen dating. Contexts 1, 1: 16–24. Ritzer, George. 1999. Enchanting a disenchanted world: Revolutionizing the means of consumption. Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press. Ritzer, George. 2000. The globalization of McDonaldization (New Century Edition). Xxx: Pine Forge Press. Ritzer, George. 2005. Enchanting a disenchanted world: Revolutionizing the means of consumption (2nd edition). Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press. Robbins, Blaine. 2004. “That’s cheap.” The rational invocation of norms, practices, and an ethos in Ultimate Frisbee. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 3: 314–337. Robbins, R. 1996. Josh Davis: Overcoming the trials. Sports Spectrum (June): 20–21. Roberts, Glyn. 1983. Understanding the motivation of children in competitive sport: the problem of dropping out. Paper presented at the National Recreation and Parks Association Fourth National Forum on Youth Sports, Chicago. Roberts, Glyn et al. 1981. An analysis of motivation in children’s sport: the role of perceived competence in participation. Journal of Sport Psychology 3, 3: 206–216. Roberts, John J. 2004. Ready to rumble. The Coloradoan (November 9): D3. Roberts, Selena, 2004. Augusta can’t shield corporate executives from Burk. The New York Times (April 8): D1 Roberts, Selena. 2005. Big Boosters Calling the Shots on Campus. The New York Times, Section 8 (January 2): 1 Robertson, I. 1987. Sociology. Worth Publishers, Inc., New York. Robidoux, Michael. 2004. Narratives of Race Relations in Southern Alberta: An Examination of Conflicting Sporting Practices. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 3: Robinson, Jackie. 1972. I never had it made. New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons. Robinson, Laura. 1997. She shoots, she scores: Canadian perspectives on women in sport. Toronto, ON: Thompson Educational Publishing, Inc. Robinson, Laura. 1998. Crossing the line: Violence and sexual assault in Canada’s national sport. Toronto, ON: McClelland & Stewart, Inc. Robinson, M. J., and G. T. Trail. 2005. Relationships among spectator gender, motives, points of attachment, and sport preference. Journal of Sport Management 19, 1: 58–80. Robinson, T.T., and A.V. Carron. 1982. Personal and situational factors associated with dropping out versus maintaining participation in competitive sport. Journal of Sport Psychology 4, 4: 364–378. Robson, Douglas. 2005. U.S. women’s future looks thin. USA Today (3/30): 7C. Rodman, D. (with T. Keown). 1996. Bad as I wanna be. New York: Delacorte Press. 92

Rodriguez, R. 1993. Dispelling the myths of Latinos in sports. Black Issues in Higher Education 10, 20: 30–31. Rogers, C. 1972. Sports, religion and politics: the renewal of an alliance. Christian Century 89, 14: 392–394. Romano, L. 1995. The reliable source. The Washington Post, 11 January, C3 Roper, L.D., and K. Snow. 1976. Correlation studies of academic excellence and big-time athletics. International Review of Sport Sociology 11, 3: 57–68. Rose, A., & J. Friedman. 1997. Television sports as Mas(s)culine cult of distraction. Pp. 1–15 in Aaron Baker and Todd Boyd, eds. Out of bounds: Sports, media, and the politics of identity. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press. Rose, C. 1996. Ropin’, ridin’, and religion. Colorado Springs Gazette, February 3: F1–F2. Rosen, L.W. et al. 1986. Pathogenic weight-control behavior in female athletes. The Physician and Sportsmedicine 14, 1: 79–84. Rosenau, Pauline Vaillancourt. 2003. The competition paradigm: America’s romance with conflict, contest, and commerce. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield. Rosentraub, M. 1997. Major league losers: The real cost of sports and who’s paying for them. New York: Basic Books, Inc. Ross, J., and R. R. Pate. 1987. A summary of findings (for the National Children and Youth Fitness Study II). Journal of Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance 58, 9: 51–56. Roth, Amanda, and Susan A. Basow. 2004. Femininity, sports, and feminism: Developing a theory of physical liberation. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 3: 245–265. Routon, Ralph. 1991. The standard of a new age. Colorado Springs Gazette Telegraph, 2 June, C1. Roversi, Antonio. 1994. The birth of the “ultras”: The rise of football hooliganism in Italy. In R. Giulianotti and J. Williams, eds. Game without frontiers: Football, identity and modernity (pp. 359–81). Aldershot, England: Arena, Ashgate. Rowe, David. 1999. Sport, culture and the media: The unholy trinity. Buckingham, England: Open University Press. Rowe , David. 2003. Sport and the Repudiation of the Global. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 3: 281–294. Rowe, David. 2004a. Sport, culture and the media: the unruly trinity (2nd edition). Maidenhead, Berkshire: Open University Press. Rowe, David, ed. 2004b. Sport, culture and the media: Critical readings. Maidenhead, Berkshire: Open University Press Rowe, David, Jim McKay, & Toby Miller. 1998. Come together: Sport, nationalism, and the media image. In L. A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport (pp. 119–133). London/NY: Routledge. Rozin, S. 1994. Steroids and sports: What price glory? Business Week, October 17: 176. Rozin, S. 1995. Steroids: A spreading peril. Business Week, June 19: 138–41. Ruck, Rob. 1987. Sandlot seasons: Sport in black Pittsburgh. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press. Rudin, A.J. 1972. America’s new religion. The Christian Century 89, 14: 384. Ruibal, S. 1999. MTV takes a giant leap with sports festival. USA Today, Nov. 12, 24C. Ruibal, S. 2002. Super 25 a private domain. USA Today, 19 November, 1C, 10C. Rusaso, R. D. 1999. Root, root, root for the home team. The Denver Post, 14 June, D1, D7. Russell, G. W., S. L. DiLullo, and D. DiLullo. 1988–1989. Effects of observing competitive and violent versions of a sport. Current Psychology 7, 4: 312–21. Russell, G. W. 1983. Psychological issues in sports aggression. In J. Goldstein, ed. Sport violence. Springer-Verlag, New York. Russo, R. D. 1999. Root, root, root for the home team. The Denver Post (June 14): D1, D7. 93

Ryan, Joan. 1995. Little girls in pretty boxes: The making and breaking of elite gymnasts and figure skaters. New York: Doubleday. Ryan, T. T., and F. D. Prior. 1976. Sex cues in estimating and performing a simple motor task. Perception and Motor Skills 43, 2: 547–552. Sabo, Donald. 1986. Pigskin, patriarchy and male identity. Changing Men: Issues in Gender, Sex and Politics 16 (summer): 24–25. Sabo, Donald. 1988. Title IX and athletics: sex equity in schools. Updating School Board Policies 19, 10: 1–3. Sabo, Donald. 1994. Pigskin, patriarchy, and pain. Pp. 82–88 in M. Messner and D. Sabo, eds. Sex, violence & power in sports. Freedom, CA: The Crossing Press. Sabo, Donald, and Sue Curry Jansen. 1994. Seen but not heard: Black men in sports media. Pp. 150–60 in M. A. Messner and D. Sabo, eds. Sex, violence & power in sports. Freedom, CA: The Crossing Press. Sabo, Donald, and Sue Curry Jansen. 1998. Prometheus unbound: Constructions of masculinity in sports media. In Lawrence A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport (pp. 202–220). London: Routledge. Sabo, Don., Sue Curry Jansen, Danny Tate, Margaret Carlisle Duncan, and Susan Leggett. 1996. Televising international sport: Race, ethnicity, and nationalistic bias. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 20, 1: 7–21. Sabo, Donald, and Merrill J. Melnick. 1996. Research on sport and adolescent reproductive behavior: Some preliminary findings. Women in sport & Physical Activity Journal 5, 2: 99– 104. Sabo, Donald, Merrill J. Melnick, and B. E. Vanfossen. 1993. High school athletic participation and postsecondary educational and occupational mobility: A focus on race and gender. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 1: 44–56. Sabo, Donald, Kathleen E. Miller, Merrill J. Melnick, and Leslie Heywood. 2004. Her life depends on it: Sport, physical activity, and the health and well-being of American girls. East Meadow, NY: Women’s Sport Foundation. Sabo, Don, Kathleen E. Miller, Merrill J. Melnick, Michael P. Farrell, and Grace M. Barnes. 2005. High school athletic participation and adolescent suicide: A nationwide study. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 40, 1: 5–23. Sabo, Don, Kathleen Miller, Michael Farrell, Grace Barnes, & Merrill. Melnick. 1998. The Women’s Sports Foundation report: Sport and teen pregnancy. East Meadows, NY: Women’s Sport Foundation. Sabo, Donald F., and Ross Runfola. 1980. Jock: sports and male identity. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc., Sabock, R.J. 1979. The coach. Philadelphia, PS: W.B. Saunders, Sabock, R.J., and D. Jones. 1978. The coaching profession: its effects on the coach’s family. Coaching Review 1, 6: 4–13. Sachs, Carolyn J. and Lawrence D. Chu. 2000. The association between professional football games and domestic violence in Los Angeles County. Journal of Interpersonal Violence 15: 1192–1201. Sack, Allen. 1987. College sport and the student-athlete. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 11, 1/2: 31–48. Sack, Allen, and Robert Thiel. 1979. College football and social mobility: A case study of Notre Dame football players. Sociology of Education 52, 1: 60–66. Sack, Allen, and Robert Thiel. 1985. College basketball and role conflict: a national study. Sociology of Sport Journal 2, 3: 195–209. Sack, Allen L., & Ellen J. Staurowsky. 1998. College athletes for hire: The evolution and legacy of the NCAA’s amateur myth. Westport, CT: Praeger 94

Sadler, W.A. 1977. Alienated youth and creative sports experiences. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport 4: 83–95. Sadowski, Rick. 2005. Moore strikes back. Rocky Mountain News (February 18): 1C, 7C Safai, Parissa. 2003. Healing the body in the “culture of risk”: Examining the negotiation of treatment between sport medicine clinicians and injured athletes in Canadian intercollegiate sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 2: 127–146. Sage, George H. 1974a. Machiavellianism among college and high school coaches. In G.H. Sage, ed. Sport and American society. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., Reading, Mass. Sage, George H. 1974b. Value orientations of American college coaches compared to male college students and businessmen. In G.H. Sage, ed. Sport and American society. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Reading, Mass. Sage, George H. 1975a. Socialization of coaches: antecedents to coaches’ beliefs and behaviors. In 78th Proceedings of the National Collegiate Physical Education Association for Men, Washington, D.C. Sage, George H. 1975b. An occupational analysis of the college coach. In Donald W. Ball and John Loy, eds. Sport and social order. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., Reading, Mass. Sage, George H. 1980a. Women in sport: cooptation or liberation? In G.H. Sage, ed. Sport and American society. 3rd ed. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., Reading, Mass. Sage, George H. 1980b. Sociology of physical educator/coaches: the personal attributes controversy. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 51, 1: 110–121. Sage, George H. 1981. On limited definitions of equality in sport. Phi Delta Kappan 62, 8: 583– 585. Sage, George H. 1987. The social world of high school coaches: multiple role demands and their consequences. Sociology of Sport Journal 4, 3: 213–228. Sage, George H. 1988. Sports participation as a builder of character? The World & I 3, 10: 629– 641. Sage, George H., ed. 1993a. Sociocultural aspects of sport and physical activity: A critical perspective. Quest 45, 2 (special issue). Sage, George H. 1993b. Stealing home: Political, economic, and media power and a publicly funded baseball stadium in Denver. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 17, 2: 110–24. Sage, George H. 1996a. Patriotic images and capitalist profit: Contradictions of professional team sports licensed merchandise. Sociology of Sport Journal 13, 1: 1–11. Sage, George H. 1996b. Public policy in the public interest: Pro franchises and sports facilities that are really “yours”. Pp. 264–74 in D. Stanley Eitzen, ed. Sport in contemporary society. New York: St. Martin’s Press. Sage, George H. 1998a. Does sport affect character development in athletics? Journal of Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance 69, 1: 15–18. Sage, George H. 1998b. Power and ideology in American sport: A critical perspective. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Sage, George H. 1999. Justice do it! The Nike transnational advocacy network: Organization, collective actions, and outcomes. Sociology of Sport Journal 16, 3: 206–235. Sage, George H. 2000. Political economy and sport. In Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies (pp. 260–276). London: Sage Publications. Sailer, Steve. 2003. Commentary: A unique aspect of Arnold. United Press International Release, August 15; www.upi.com/view.cfm?StoryID=20030811-101222-8174r (retrieved June, 2005). Sailes, Gary A. 1993. An investigation of campus stereotypes: The myth of black athletic superiority and the dumb jock stereotype. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 1: 88–97. Sailes, Gary A. 1998. The African American athlete: Social myths and stereotypes. In G. Sailes, ed. African Americans in sport (pp. 183–198). New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. 95

Salwen, M. B., and N. Wood. 1994. Depictions of female athletes on Sports Illustrated covers, 1957–1989. Journal of Sport Behavior 17, 2: 98–107. Sam, Michael P. 2003. What’s the Big Idea? Reading the Rhetoric of a National Sport Policy Process. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 3: 189–213. SAMHSA – Substance Abuse and Mental Health Administration. 2002. The 2000 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse: Team sports participation and substance use among youths. Rockville, MD: SAMHSA. www.oas.samhsa.gov/2k2/athletes/athletes_DrugUse.htm. Accessed 2/15/2009. Sammond, Nicholas, ed. 2005. Steel chair to the head: The pleasure and pain of professional wrestling. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Sanchez, Robert. 2003. Holding back boosters. Rocky Mountain News (November 10): 20–21A. Sanday, P. 1990. Fraternity gang rapes: Sex, brotherhood, and privilege on campus. New York: New York University Press. Sandomir, Richard. 1996. Word for word: The Jackson-Rodman papers. New York Times, 9 June, Section 4, p. 7. Sandomir, Richard. 2002. Athletes may next seek genetic enhancement. The New York Times (March 21): http://nytimes.com/2002/03/21/sports/othersports/21DRUG.html. Sands, Robert R. 1995. Instant acceleration: Living in the fast lane—The cultural identity of speed. Lanham, MD: University Press of America. Sapolsky, Robert M. 2000. It’s not all in the genes. Newsweek 135, 15 (April 10): 68. Saporito, Bill. 2004. Why fans and players are playing so rough. Time 164, 23 (December 6): 30–34. Saraceno, Jon. 2005. Native Americans aren’t fair game for nicknames. USA Today (June 1): 10C. Sato, Daisuke, 2005. Sport and identity in Tunisia. International Journal of Sport and Health Science 3: 27–34 (www.shobix.co.jp/ijshs/tempfiles/journal/3/20040072.pdf) Saunders, Patrick. 2001. Nasty boys. The Denver Post (January 28): 1I–2I. Saunders, Patrick. 2005. NFL policy on drugs questioned. The Denver Post, 4/12: 5D. Savage, Howard, ed. 1929. American college athletics (Bulletin No. 23). Carnegie Foundation, New York. Savage, Howard J., ed. 1929. American college athletics. Bulletin No. 23. New York: Carnegie Foundation. Savage, Jeff. 1997. A sure thing? Sports and gambling. Minneapolis, MN: Lerner Publications. Sawyer, Tom (ed.) 1992. Coaching education in North America. Special feature in Journal of Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance 63, 7: 34–64. Scanlon, Tara K., and Michael W. Passer. 1978. Factors related to competitive stress among male youth sport participants. Med. Sci. Sports 10, 2: 103–108. Scanlon, Tara K., and Michael W. Passer. 1979. Sources of competitive stress in young female athletes. Journal of Sport Psychology 1, 2: 151–159. Schaap, Dick. 1982. The man who would not fight. Parade Magazine, pp. 4–7, May 9. Schafer, Walter E. 1969. Some social sources and consequences of interscholastic athletics: the case of participation and delinquency. In G. Kenyon, ed. Aspects of contemporary sport sociology. Chicago, IL: The Athletic Institute. Schaller, Bob. 2005. Toni Davis. Online, http://blackathlete.net/artman2/publish/Swimming_34/Toni_Davis_510.shtml (retrieved December 3, 2005). Scheerder, Jeroen., Bart Vanreusel, Marijke Taks, and Roland. Renson. 2002. Social sports stratification in Flanders, 1969–1999: Intergenerational reproduction of social inequalities? International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 2: 219–246. Schefter, Adam. 2002. Players facing ban of ephedra. The Denver Post, 14 June, 1D, 7D. 96

Schefter, Adam. 2003. Chris Evert. The Denver Post, August 31: 4CC. Schefter, Adam. 2003. Working through the pain. The Denver Post (December 7): 1J, 6J. Scheinin, Richard. 1994. Field of screams: The dark underside of America’s national pastime. New York: W. W. Norton & Company. Schell, “Beez” Lea Ann, and Stephanie Rodriguez. 2001. Subverting bodies/ambivalent representations: Media analysis of Paralympian, Hope Lewellen. Sociology of Sport Journal 18, 1: 127–135. Scher, J. 1993. Mr. Dirty. Sports Illustrated 78 (8): 40–42. Scherer, Jay, and Steven Jackson. 2004. From corporate welfare to national interest: Newspaper analysis of the public subsidization of NHL Hockey debate in Canada. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 1: 36–60. Schilling, Mary Lou. 1997. Socialization, Retirement, and sports. Online essay and links at http://edweb6.educ.msu.edu/kin866/Research/resschilling1.htm (retrieved June, 2005). Schimmel, Kimberly, Alan G. Ingham, and Jeremy W. Howell. 1993. Professional team sport and the American city: Urban politics and franchise relocations. In A. G. Ingham and J. W. Loy, eds. Sport in social development (pp. 211–44). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Schimmel, Kimberly. S. 2000. Take me out to the ball game: The transformation of production- consumption relations in professional team sport. In C. L. Harrington and D. D. Bielby, eds. Cultural production and consumption: Readings in popular culture (pp. 36–52). Oxford, England: Blackwell. Schimmel, Kimberly. S. 2002. The political economy of place: Urban and sport studies perspectives. In J. Maguire and K. Young, eds. Theory, sport and society (pp. 335–353). Oxford, England: JAI (Elsevier Science). Schmitt, M. The state of women in sports media: Pp. 234–36 in R. Lapchick, ed. Sport in society: Equal opportunity or business as usual? Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Schmitt, R. L., and W. M. Leonard, II. 1986. Immortalizing the self through sport. American Journal of Sociology 91 (March): 1088–111. Schneider, J. 2002. The fairness factor. U.S. News and World Report 132 (8), 18 March, 63–65. Schroeder, Janice Jones. 1995. Developing self-esteem and leadership skills in Native American women: The role sports and games play. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 66, 7: 48–51. Schuetz, R. 1976. Sports, technology and gambling. In W.R. Eadington, ed. Gambling and society. Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas. Schultz, B. 1999. The disappearance of child-directed activities. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 70, 5: 9–10. Schultz, Jaime. 2004. Discipline and push-up: Female bodies, femininity, and sexuality in popular representations of sports bras. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 2: 185–205. Scott, J. 1969. Athletics for athletes. An Other Ways Book, Oakland, Calif. Scott, J. 1971. The athletic revolution. Macmillan, Inc., New York. Scranton, S. 1987. Boys muscle in where angels fear to tread--girls’ subcultures and physical activities. In J. Horne et al., eds. Sport, leisure and social relations. Routledge & Kegan Paul, New York (Sociological Review Monograph 33). Scraton, Sheila, Jayne Caudwell, and Samantha Holland. 2005. ‘Bend it like Patel’: Centring ‘race’, ethnicity and gender in feminist analysis of women’s football in England. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 40, 1: 71–88 Scully, Gerald W. 1989. The business of major league baseball. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press. Scully, Gerald W. 1995. The market structure of sport. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Seattle Times. 2003. Coaches Who Prey: The Abuse of Girls and the System That Allows It. Multi-article series at http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/news/local/coaches/ (retrieved June, 2005). 97

Seeley, Morgan, and Genevieve Rail. 2004. Youth with disabilities: Rethinking discourses of the “healthy” body. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Tucson, Arizona (November). Segrave, Jeffrey. 1986. Do organized sports programs deter delinquency? Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 57, 1: 16–17. Segrave, Jeffrey. 1994. The Perfect 10: “Sportspeak” in the language of sexual relations. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 2: 95–113. Segrave, J., and D. Chu. 1978. Athletics and juvenile delinquency. Review of Sport and Leisure 3, 2: 1–24. Segrave, Jeffrey, and Donald Chu. 1996. Introduction—The modern Olympic Games: A contemporary sociocultural analysis. Quest 48, 1: 2–8. Segrave, Jeffrey, and D. N. Hastad. 1982. Delinquent behavior and interscholastic athletic participation. Journal of Sport Behavior 5, 2: 96–111. Segrave, Jeffrey, C. Moreau, and D. N. Hastad. 1985. An investigation into the relationship between ice hockey participation and delinquency. Sociology of Sport Journal 2, 4: 281–98. Seippel, Ørnulf. 2004. The World According to Voluntary Sport Organizations: Voluntarism, Economy and Facilities. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 2: 223–232. Sellers, R. M. 1993. Black student-athletes: Reaping the benefits of recovering from the exploitation. Pp. 143–76 in D. D. Brooks and R. C. Althouse, eds. Racism in college athletics: The African-American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Sellers, R. M., T. M. Chavous, and T. N. Brown. 2002. Uneven playing field: The impact of structural barriers on the initial eligibility of African American student-athletes. In Paradoxes of youth and sport (pp. 173–186) edited by M. Gatz, M. A. Messner, and S. J. Ball-Rokeach. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Sellers, R., & S. Keiper. 1998. Opportunity given or lost? Academic support services for NCAA Division I student-athletes. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Las Vegas (November). Selman, Robert L. 1971. Taking another’s perspective: role taking development in early childhood. Child Dev. 42:1721–1734. Selman, Robert L. 1976. Social-cognitive understanding: a guide to educational and clinical practice. In T. Lickona, ed. Moral development and behavior. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York. Seltzer, R., and W. Glass. 1991. International politics and judging in Olympic skating events: 1968– 1988. Journal of Sport Behavior 14, 3: 189–200. Selway, Deborah, and Adrian F. Ashman. 1998. Disability, religion and health: A literature review in search of the spiritual dimensions of disability. Disability and Society 13, 3: 429– 439. Semyonov, M. 1984. Sport and beyond: Ethnic inequalities in attainment. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 4: 358–65. Seppanen, P. 1984. The Olympics: a sociological perspective. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 19, 2: 113–128. Sernau, Scott. 2005. Worlds apart: Social inequalities in a global economy. Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press. Settimi, Christina. 2007. Kicking for cash. Forbes (April 16): online, www.forbes.com/free_forbes/2007/0416/090.html. Sewart, J. 1987. The commodification of sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 22, 3: 171–192. Sewart, James. 1987. The commodification of sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 22, 3: 171–192. 98

Shaffer, Marvin, Alan Greer, and Celine Mauboules. 2003. Olympic costs & benefits: a cost- benefit analysis of the proposed Vancouver 2010 Winter Olympic and Paralympic Games. Vancouver: Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives; Online: www.policyalternatives.ca/reports/2003/02/reportsstudies162/?pa=A2286B2A. Shaiken, B. 1988. Sport and politics. Praeger, New York. Shakib, Sohaila, and Michele D. Dunbar. 2002. The social construction of female and male high school basketball participation: Reproducing the gender order through a two-tiered sporting institution. Sociological Perspectives 45, 4: 353–378. Shakib, Sohaila, and Michele D. Dunbar. 2004. How High School Athletes Talk about Maternal and Paternal Sporting Experiences: Identifying Modifiable Social Processes for Gender Equity Physical Activity Interventions. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 3: 275–299. Shakib, Sohaila. 2003. Female basketball participation: Negotiating the conflation of peer status and gender status from childhood through puberty. American Behavioral Scientist 46, 10: 1404–1422. Shapin, Steven. 2005. Cleanup hitters: The steroid wars and the nature of what’s natural. The New Yorker (April, 18): 191–194. Shapiro, B.J. 1984. Intercollegiate athletic participation and academic achievement: a case study of Michigan State University student-athletes, 1950–1980. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 1: 46–51. Shaw, Mark. 2002. Board with sports. Paper written in Introductory Sociology, University of Colorado, Colorado Springs, spring semester. Shaw, P. 1995. Achieving Title IX gender equity in college athletics in an era of austerity. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 19, 1: 6–27. Sheehan, R. G. 1996. Keeping score: The economics of big-time sports. South Bend, IN: Diamond Communications. Sheil, Pat. 2000. Shed a tear or two... or else! Australian Broadcasting Company. www.abc.net.au/paralympics/features/s201108.htm (not available in archives). Sherif, C., and G.D. Rattray. 1976. Psychosocial development and activity in middle childhood (5–12 years). In J.G. Albinson, and G.M. Andrews, eds. Child in sport and physical activity. University Park Press, Baltimore. Sherif, C.W. 1976. The social context of competition. In D. Landers, ed. Social problems in athletics. University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Ill. Shields, David L. L., and Brenda J. L. Bredemeier. 1995. Character development and physical activity. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Shields, David L. L., Brenda J. L. Bredemeier, D. E. Gardner, and A. Bostrom. 1995. Leadership, cohesion, and team norms regarding cheating and aggression. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 3: 324–36. Shields, David. 2004. Body politic: the great American sports machine. NY: Simon & Schuster. Shifflett, B., and R. Revelle. 1994a. Gender equity in sports media coverage: A review of NCAA News. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 2: 144–50. Shifflett, B., and R. Revelle. 1994b. Equity revisited. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 4: 379–83. Shilling, Chris, 1993. The body and social theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Shilling, Chris. 2005. The rise of the body and the development of sociology. Sociology 39, 4: 761–768. Shin, Eui Hang, and Edward Adam Nam. 2004. Culture, Gender Roles, and Sport: The Case of Korean Players on the LPGA Tour. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 3: 223–244. Shipnuck, Alan. 2005. Meanwhile: Michelle! Sports Illustrated 103, 3 (July 25): 46. 99

Shogan, Debra, and Maureen Ford. 2000. A new sport ethics. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 35, 1: 49–58. Shropshire, K. 1996. In black and white: Race and sports in America. New York: New York University Press. Shropshire, K. 2002. Race, youth, athletes, and role models. In Paradoxes of youth and sport (pp. 135–140) edited by M. Gatz, M. A. Messner, and S. J. Ball-Rokeach. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Shropshire, K. L. 1999. Who should pay for new sports facilities? Wharton Real Estate Review 3(2), 1–6. Shropshire, Kenneth L. 1996. In black and white: Race and sports in America. New York: New York University Press. Shulman, James L., and William G. Bowen. 2001. The game of life: College sports and educational values. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Shuster, R. 1987. Women’s sports still man’s world. USA Today, March 18. Siegal, D. 1994. Higher education and the plight of the black male athlete. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 3: 207–23. Sigelman, L. 1998. Hail to the Redskins? Public reactions to a racially insensitive team name. Sociology of Sport Journal 14(4), 315–325. Siklos, Richard. 2005. News Corp. to Acquire Owner of MySpace.com. The New York Times, July 18: www.nytimes.com/2005/07/18/business/18cnd-newscorp.html?. Silk , Michael L. 2004. A Tale of Two Cities: The Social Production of Sterile Sporting Space. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 4: 349–378. Silk, Michael L. 1999. Local/global flows and altered production practices. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 34, 2: 113–123. Silva, J. 1983. The perceived legitimacy of rule violating behavior in sport. Journal of Sport Psychology 5, 4: 438–448. Simmons, Bill. 2003. The Sports Guy. ESPN, The Magazine 6.08 (date): 15. Simon, S. 2002. New stadiums becoming tough sell. The Denver Post, 30 May, 4A. Simons, Herbert D. 2003. Race and Penalized Sports Behaviors. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 1: 5–22. Simpson, Kevin. 1987. Indian athletes: a race lost. The Denver Post, September 6, 7, 8, and 9 (4- part series). Simpson, Kevin, 1996. Sporting dreams die on the “rez.” In D. S. Eitzen, ed. Sport in contemporary society (pp. 287–94). New York: St. Martin’s Press. Simson, Viv, and Andrew Jennings. 1992. The lords of the rings: Power, money and drugs in the modern Olympics. London: Simon and Schuster. Singh, Parbudyal, Allen Sack, and Ronald Dick. 2003. Free agency and pay discrimination in Major League Baseball. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 3: 275–286. Sipes, R. 1996. Sports as a control for aggression. Pp. 154–60 in D. S. Eitzen, ed. Sport in contemporary society. New York: St Martin’s Press. Sipes, R. G. 1975. War, combative sports, and aggression: A preliminary causal model of cultural patterning. Pp. 749–62 in M. A. Nettleship, R. D. Givens, and A. Nettleship, eds. War: Its cause and correlates. The Hague: Mouton. Sipes, R. G. 1976. Sports as a control for aggression. In T.T. Craig, ed. Humanistic and mental health aspects of sports, exercise, and recreation. American Medical Association, Chicago. SIRLS Sport and Leisure Database. 1989. Annotated bibliography: Socialization in sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 6: 294–302. Slack, Trevor. 2003. The commercialization of sport. London/Portland, OR: Frank Cass. Slusher, H.S. 1967. Man, sport and existence: a critical analysis. Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia. 100

Smale, David. 2005. Running With New Purpose. Sharing the Victory, www.fca.org/vsItemDisplay.lsp&objectID=5D502C9E-2307-4FE5- 8D917053FFACB575&method=display (retrieved July 10, 2005). Smedley, Audrey. 1997. Origin of the idea of race. Anthropology Newsletter, November; online at www.pbs.org/race/000_About/002_04-background-02-09.htm (retrieved October 15, 2005). Smedley, Audrey. 1999. Review of Theodore Allen, The Invention of the White Race, vol. 2. Journal of World History 10, 1 (Spring): 234–237. Smedley, Audrey. 2003. PBS interview for the series, Race – The power of an illusion. www.pbs.org/race/000_About/002_04-background-02-06.htm (retrieved June, 2005). Smith, Amanda. 1999. Back-page bylines: Newspapers, women, and sport. In R. Martin & T. Miller, eds. SportCult (pp. 253–261). Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press. Smith, Andrew, and Nigel Thomas. 2005. The inclusion’ of elite athletes with disabilities in the 2002 Manchester Commonwealth Games: An exploratory analysis of British newspaper coverage. Sports, Education and Society 10, 1: 49–67. Smith, Andrew, Ken Green, and Ken Roberts. 2004. Sports Participation and the ‘Obesity/Health Crisis’: Reflections on the Case of Young People in England. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 4: 457–464. Smith, Brett, and Andrew Sparkes. 2002. Men, sport spinal cord injury and the construction of coherence: Narrative practice in action. Qualitative Research 2, 2: 143–171. Smith, C. 1997. God is an .800 hitter. The New York Times Magazine (July 27): 26–29. Smith, D. Randall. 2003. The Home Advantage Revisited: Winning and Crowd Support in an Era of National Publics. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 4: 346–371. Smith, Earl, and C. K. Harrison. 1998. Stacking in major league baseball. Pp. 199–216 in G. Sailes, ed. African Americans in sport. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. Smith, Earl. 1993. Race, sport, and the American university. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 17, 3: 206–12. Smith, Earl. 1995. Hope via basketball: The ticket out of the ghetto. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 19, 3: 312–17. Smith, Earl. 2000. Stacking in the team sport of intercollegiate baseball. Pp. 65–84 in D. Brooks & R. Althouse, eds., Racism in college athletics: The African American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Smith, G. T., and C. Blackman. 1978. Sport in the mass media. Vanier City, Ontario: CAPHER. Smith, Gary. 2005a. What do we do now? Sports Illustrated 102, 13 (March 28): 40–50. Smith, Gary. 2005b. The shadow boxer. Sports Illustrated 102, 16 (April 18): 58–68 http://sportsillustrated.cnn.com/2005/magazine/04/12/griffith0418/ (retrieved, July, 2005). Smith, Jason M., and Alan G. Ingham. 2003. On the waterfront: Retrospectives on the relationship between sport and communities. Sociology of Sport Journal 20, 3: 252–274. Smith, Michael. 1974. Significant others influence on the assaultive behavior of young hockey players. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 9, 3/4: 45–56. Smith, Michael. 1983. Violence and sport. Toronto, Ontario: Butterworths. Smith, N.J. 1980. Excessive weight loss and food aversion in athletes simulating anorexia nervosa. Pediatrics 66, 1: 139–142. Smith, Ronald. E. 1986. Toward a cognitive-affective model of athletic burnout. Journal of Sport Psychology 8, 1: 36–50. Smith, Yvonne. 1992. Women of color in society and sport. Quest 44, 2: 228–50. Smith, Yvonne. 2000. Sociohistorical influences on African American elite sportswomen. Pp. 173–198 in D. Brooks & R. Althouse, eds., Racism in college athletics: The African American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. 101

Snyder, Eldon E., and L. Baber, 1979. A profile of former collegiate athletes and nonathletes: Leisure activities, attitudes toward work, and aspects of satisfaction with life. Journal of Sport Behavior 2, 4: 211–219. Snyder, Eldon E. 1970. Aspects of socialization in sports and physical education. Quest 14, 1: 1– 7. Snyder, Eldon E. 1972. High school athletes and their coaches: educational plans and advice. Sociology of Education 45: 313–325. Snyder, Eldon E., and Elmer Spreitzer. 1992. Social psychological concomitants of adolescents’ role identities as scholar and athletes. Youth and Society 23, 4: 507–522. Snyder, Eldon E., and Dean Purdy. 1982. Socialization into sport: parent and child reverse and reciprocal effects. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 53, 3: 263–266. Snyder, Eldon E., and Elmer Spreitzer. 1979a. Sport sociology and the discipline of sociology: present status and speculations about the future. Review of Sport and Leisure 4, 2: 10–29. Snyder, Eldon E., and Elmer Spreitzer. 1979b. High school value climate as related to preferential treatment of athletes. Research Quarterly 50, 3: 460–467. Snyder, Eldon E., and Elmer Spreitzer. 1979c. Structural strains in the coaching role and alignment actions. Review of Sport and Leisure 4, 1: 97–107. Snyder, Eldon E., and Elmer Spreitzer. 1983. Social aspects of sport. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Snyder, Eldon E. 1994. Interpretations and explanations of deviance among college athletes: A case study. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 3: 231–48. Snyder, M. 1993. The new competition: Sports careers for women. Pp. 264–74 in G. L. Cohen, ed. Women in sport: Issues and controversies. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Soek, Janwillem. 2006. The strict liability principle and the human rights of the athlete in doping cases. The Hague: TMC Asser Press. Sokolove, Michael. 2002. Football is a sucker’s game. The New York Times Magazine, Section 6 (December 22): 36–41, 64, 68–70. Sokolove, Michael. 2004a. The thoroughly designed American childhood: Constructing a teen phenom. The New York Times, Section 6 (November 28): 80. Sokolove, Michael. 2004b. In pursuit of doped excellence. The New York Times Magazine Section 6 (January 18): 28–33, 48, 54, 58. Sokolove, Michael. 2004c. Built to swim. The New York Times Magazine, Section 6 (August 8): 20–25. Solomon, Alisa. 1991. Passing game: How lesbians are being purged from women’s college hoops. Women’s Sports Pages, March: 8, 13. Solomon, Alisa. 2000. Our bodies, ourselves: The mainstream embraces the athlete Amazon. The Village Voice (April 19–25): www.villagevoice.com/issues/0016/solomon2.shtml (retrieved October 15, 2005). Solomon, Norman. 2000. What happened to the “Information Superhighway”? Z Magazine 13, 2: 10–13. Spady, W. G. 1970. Lament for the letterman: effects of peer status and extracurricular activities on goals and achievement. American Journal of Sociology 75: 680–702. Sparkes, Andrew, and Brett Smith. 2002. Sport, spinal cord injury, embodied masculinities, and the dilemmas of narrative identity. Men and Masculinities 4, 3: 258–285. Spears, B., and R.A. Swanson. 1978. History of sport and physical activity in the United States. Wm. C. Brown Co., Publishers, Dubuque, Ia. Spencer, Nancy E. 2003. “America’s Sweetheart” And “Czech-Mate”: A Discursive Analysis of the Evert-Navratilova Rivalry. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 27, 1: 18–37. Spencer, Nancy E. 2004. Sister Act VI: Venus and Serena Williams at Indian Wells: “Sincere Fictions” and White Racism. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 2: 115–135. 102

Sperber, M. 1990. College Sports, Inc.: The athletic department vs the university. New York: Henry Holt and Company. Sperber, Murray. 2000. Beer and circus: How big-time college sports is crippling undergraduate education. New York: Henry Holt and Company. Spielvogel, L. G. 2002. The discipline of space in a Japanese Fitness Club. Sociology of Sport Journal 19 (2): 189–205. Spirou, Costas & Bennett, Larry. 2003. It’s hardly sportin: stadiums, neighborhoods, and the new Chicago. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press. Spreitzer, Elmer A. 1992. Does participation in interscholastic athletics affect adult development: A longitudinal analysis of an 18–24 age cohort. Paper presented at the annual conference of the American Sociological Association, Pittsburgh (August). Spreitzer, Elmer A. 1995. Does participation in interscholastic athletics affect adult development: A longitudinal analysis of an 18–24 age cohort. Youth and Society 25, 3: 368–387. Springwood, Charles Fruehling. 2004. “I’m Indian Too!”: Claiming Native American Identity, Crafting Authority in Mascot Debates. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 2004 28, 1: 56–70. Stacey, J. 1987. Most watched sports on TV. USA Today, January 23, Section C. Stark, R. 1987. Sports and delinquency. Pp. 115–24 in M. R. Gottfredson and T. Hirshi, eds. Positive criminology. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Stark, R. 1999. Micro foundations of religion: A revised theory. Sociological Theory 17(3), 264– 280. Starr, M. 1999. Voices of the century: Blood, sweat, and cheers. Newsweek 134, 17 (October 25): 44–73. Starr, M., and A. Samuels. 2000. A season of shame. Newsweek 135, 22 (May 29): 56–60. State of Michigan. 1978. Joint legislative study on youth sport programs (phase II: agency sponsored sports), Ann Arbor, Mich. Staurowsky, Ellen J. 1995. Examining the roots of a gendered division of labor in intercollegiate athletics: Insights into the gender equity debate. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 19, 1: 28– 44. Staurowsky, Ellen J. 1996. Blaming the victim: Resistance in the battle over gender equity in intercollegiate athletics. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 20, 2: 194–210. Staurowsky, Ellen J. 1998. An act of honor or exploitation? The Cleveland Indians’ use of the Louis Francis Sockalexis story. Sociology of Sport Journal 15, 4: 299–316. Staurowsky, Ellen J. 1999. American Indian imagery and the miseducation of America. Quest 51, 4: 382–392. Staurowsky, Ellen J. 2004. Privilege at Play: On the Legal and Social Fictions That Sustain American Indian Sport Imagery. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 1: 11–29. Staurowsky, Ellen J., A. Sack, R. Southall, and J. Reese. 2002. Through the narrow gate: Reframing the college sport reform movement as a reform movement of the professoriate and students. Presentation made at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Indianapolis (November). Staurowsky, Ellen. J. 2000. The Cleveland “Indians”: A case study in American Indian cultural dispossession. Sociology of Sport Journal 17, 4: 307–330. Stavely, D. 1975. The game plan. FCA Devotional, Denver. Stead, David, and Joseph Maguire. 2000. “Rite of passage” or passage to riches?: The motivation and objectives of Nordic/Scandanavian players in English Soccer League. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 24, 1: 36–60. Steinbrecher, W. L. et al. 1978. Students’ perception of the coaches’ role in athletics. Physical Education 35, 1: 11–14. Steinbreder, J. 1993. The owners. Sports Illustrated 79, 11 (September 13): 64–86. Steinbreder, J. 1996. Big spender. Sky (Delta Airlines magazine), July: 37–42. 103

Stephens, D., and Brenda Jo Light Bredemeier. 1995. Toward an understanding of moral behavior in sport: The relationships among motivational variables and judgments about unfair play in the girls’ soccer. Unpublished manuscript. Stevenson, Christopher L. 1975. Socialization effects of participation in sport: A critical review of the research. Research Quarterly 46, 3: 287–301. Stevenson, C hristopher L. 1976. Institutional socialization and college sport. Research Quarterly 47, 1: 1–8. Stevenson, Christopher L. 1985. College athletics and ‘character’: The decline and fall of socialization research. In D. Chu, et al., eds. Sport and higher education. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Stevenson, Christopher L. 1990. The early careers of international athletes. Sociology of Sport Journal 7, 3: 238–53. Stevenson, Christopher L. 1990. The athletic career: Some contingencies of sport specialization. Journal of Sport Behavior 13, 2: 103–113. Stevenson, Christopher L. 1991. The Christian-athlete: An interactionist-developmental analysis. Sociology of Sport Journal 8, 4: 362–379. Stevenson, Christopher. 1991. Christianity as a hegemonic and counter-hegemonic device in elite sport. Paper presented at Conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Milwaukee (November). Stevenson, Christopher. 1997. Christian-athletes and the culture of elite sport: Dilemmas and solutions. Sociology of Sport Journal 14, 3: 241–262. Stevenson, Christopher. 1999. Becoming an elite international athlete: Making decisions about identity. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 86–95). London: Routledge. Stevenson, Christopher L. 2002. Seeking identities: Towards an understanding of the athletic careers of masters swimmers. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 2: 131– 146. Stevenson, Deborah. 2002. Women, sport, and globalization: Competing discourses of sexuality and nation. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 2: 209–225. Stewart, C. C., and L. Sweet. 1992. Professional preparation of high school coaches: The problem continues. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance 63, 6: 75–79. Stiebling, M. T. 1999. Practicing Gender in sports. Visual Sociology 14, 125–142. Stillwell, J. L. 1979. Why P.E. majors want to coach. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance 50, 9: 80. Stingley, J. 1972. Recreation boom threatens to bust the city’s seams. Los Angeles Times, August 20. Stinson, Jeffrey L., and Dennis R. Howard. 2004. Scoreboards and mortarboards: major donor behavior and intercollegiate athletics. Sport Marketing Quarterly 13, 3: 129–140. Stoddard, Brian. 1986. Saturday afternoon fever. North Ryde, NSW, Australia: Angus and Robertson Publishers. Stoddart, Brian. 1994. Sport, television and practice reconsidered: Televised golf and analytical orthodoxies. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 18, 1: 76–88. Stoelting, Suzanne Marie. 2004. She’s in control, she’s free, she’s an athlete: A qualitative analysis of sport empowerment and the lives of female athletes. Paper presented at the annual conference of the American Sociological Society, San Francisco (August). Stokes, M. 1996. ‘Strong as a Turk’: power, performance and representation in Turkish wrestling. Pp. 21–42 in J. MacClancy, ed. Sport, identity and ethnicity. Oxford, England: Berg. 104

Stoll, Sharon K. 1995. A comparison of moral reasoning scores of general students and student athletes in Division I and Division III NCAA member collegiate institutions. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport (66 – Supplement), A-81. Stoll, Sharon K., & Jennifer. M. Beller. 1998. Can character be measured? Journal of Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance 69, 1: 18–24. Stoll, Sharon K., and Jennifer. M. Beller. 2000. Do sports build character? In J. R. Gerdy, ed., Sports in school: The future of an institution (pp. 18–30). New York, NY: Teachers College Press. Stone, Gregory. 1955. American sports: Play and display. Chicago Review 9: 83–100. Stone, Jeff, Christian I. Lynch, Mike Sjomeling, and John M. Darley. 1999. Stereotype threat effects on black and white athletic performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 77, 6: 1213–1227. Stone, Jeff, Zachary W. Perry, and John M. Darley. 1997. “White men can’t jump”: Evidence for the perceptual confirmation of racial stereotypes following a basketball game. Basic and Applied Social Psychology 19, 3: 291–306. Storeman, W.F. 1984. The promised leisure: an illusion. Quest 36, 2: 147–152. Stratta, Theresa. 1993. Living in a bi-cultural reality: The African-American female athlete in a predominantly white institution. Paper presented at the annual conference of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Ottawa (November). Stratta, Theresa. 1995. Cultural inclusiveness in sport—Recommendations from African- American women college athletes. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 66, 7: 52–56. Stratta, Theresa. 1997. Contextual analysis of African-American women college athletes at a predominantly white university. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 68, 1 (March Supplement): A115–A116. Stratta, Theresa. 1998. Barriers facing African-American women in college sports: A case study approach. Melpomene, 17, 1: 19–26. Straw, P. 1983. Pointspreads and journalistic ethics. ARENA Review 7, 1: 43–48. Strong, Pauline Turner. 2004. The Mascot Slot: Cultural Citizenship, Political Correctness, and Pseudo-Indian Sports Symbols. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 1: 79–87. Strug, Kerri. 1999. Life in Romania, Texas. Newsweek 134, 17 (October 25): 73. Sugden, John. 1996. Boxing and society: An international analysis. Manchester, England: Manchester University Press. Sugden, John. 2003. Scum airways: inside football’s underground economy. Edinburgh, UK: Mainstream. Sugden, John, and Alan Tomlinson. 1998. FIFA and the contest for world football: Who rules the peoples’ game? Cambridge, England: Polity Press. Sugden, John, and Alan Tomlinson. 1999. Great balls of fire: How big money is highjacking world football. Edinburgh, Scotland: Mainstream. Sugden, John, and Alan Tomlinson. 2000.Theorizing sport, social class and status. In J. Coakley and E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sport studies (pp. 309–321). London: Sage Publications. Sugden, John, and Alan Tomlinson, eds. 2002. Power games: A critical sociology of sport. London/New York: Routledge. Suggs, Welch. 2000. Uneven progress for women’s sports. The Chronicle of Higher Education 46(31), A52 (http://chronicle.com/free/v46/i31/31a05201.htm). Suggs, Welch. 2001. Left behind. The Chronicle of Higher Education 48 (14), 30 November, A35–A37. Suggs, Welch. 2002a. How gears turn at a sports factory. The Chronicle of Higher Education 49 (14), A32–A37. 105

Suggs, Welch. 2002b. Title IX at 30: In the arena of women’s college sports, the 1972 law created a legacy of debate. The Chronicle of Higher Education 48, 14 (21 June): A38–A42, or http://chronicle.com/weekly/v48/i41/41a03801.htm. Suggs, Welch. 2005. A place on the team: The triumph and tragedy of Title IX. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Sundgot-Borgen, J. 1993a. Knowledge and practice of top level coaches about weight control and eating disorders. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise 5 (Supplement 25): 180. Sundgot-Borgen, J. 1993b. Prevalence of eating disorders in elite female athletes. International Journal of Sport Nutrition 3, 1: 29–40. Sundgot-Borgen, J. 1994a. Eating disorders in female athletes. Sports Medicine 17, 3: 176–188. Sundgot-Borgen, J. 1994b. Risk and trigger factors for the development of eating disorders in female elite athletes. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise (get at training center) Sundgot-Borgen, Jorunn. 2001. Eating disorders. In K. Christensen, A. Guttmann, and G. Pfister, eds. International encyclopedia of women and sports (pp. 352–358). New York: Macmillan Reference USA. Surface, B. 1977. Get the rook! New York Times Magazine, section 6, pp. 14–15, Jan. 9. Svinth, Joseph R. 2004. Death under the spotlight: The Manuel Velazquez Boxing Fatality Collection. Journal of Combative Sport. www.collectionscanada.gc.ca/eppp- archive/100/201/300/ejmas/jcs/2004/04-08/jcs/jcsart_svinth_a_0700.htm (retrieved February 20, 2009). Swain, Derek A. 1991. Withdrawal from sport and Schlossberg’s model of transitions. Sociology of Sport Journal 8, 2: 152–60. Swain, Derek A. 1999. Moving on: Leaving pro sports. In Jay Coakley & Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside sports (pp. 223–231). London: Routledge. Sweeney, Emily. 2005. Cost of prosthetics stirs debate. Boston Globe (July 5): 2 (www.boston.com/business/globe/articles/2005/07/05/cost_of_prosthetics_stirs_debate/? page=2; retrieved July 21, 2005) Sweeney, H. Lee. 2004. Gene doping. Scientific American 291, 1 (July): 69. Swift, E. M. 1986. Hockey? Call it sockey. Sports Illustrated 64, 7: 12–17. Swift, E.M. 1991. Why Johnny can’t play. Sports Illustrated 75, 13: 60–72. Swift, E. M. 2000. Hey fans: Sit on it! Sports Illustrated 92 (20) 15 May, 70–85. Swift, E. M., and D. Yaeger. 2001. Unnatural selection. Sports Illustrated 94, 20 (May 14): 87– 93. Swoopes, Sheryl. 2005 Outside the arc (as told to LZ Granderson). ESPN The Magazine 8.22 (November 7): 120–125. Sylwester, MaryJo and Tom Witosky, 2004. Athletic spending grows as academic funds dry up. USA Today (February 18): www.usatoday.com/sports/college/2004-02-18-athletic-spending- cover_x.htm (retrieved October 15, 2005). Sylwester, MaryJo. 2005a. Hispanic girls in sports held back by tradition. USA Today (March 29): 1A–2A. Sylwester, MaryJo. 2005b. Sky’s the limit for Hispanic teen. USA Today (March 29): 4C. Sylwester, MaryJo. 2005c. Girls following in Ochoa’s, Fernandez’s sports cleats. USA Today (March 29): 4C. Talbot, M. 1988. Understanding the relationship between women and sport: the contributions of British feminist approaches in leisure and cultural studies. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 23(1):31–42. Tangen, Jan Ove. 2004. Embedded expectations, embodied knowledge and the movements that connect: A system theoretical attempt to explain the use and non-use of sport facilities. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 1: 7–25. 106

Tasato, Chiyo. 2003. To ‘pray’ and not to ‘play’?: The function of play on the maintenances of culture in the traditional Christian life. International Journal of Sport and Health Science 1, 1 (March): 48–54. Tatum, J. (with B. Kushner) 1979. They call me assassin. Everest House, New York. Taub, Diane E. and Elaine Blinde. 1993. Sport participation and women’s personal empowerment: Experiences of the college athlete. Journal of Sport and Social Issues (forthcoming) Taub, Diane E., and Kimberly R. Greer. 2000. Physical activity as a normalizing experience for school-age children with physical disabilities: Implications for legitimating of social identity and enhancement of social ties. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 24, 4: 395–414. Taub, Diane E., Elaine Blinde, and Kimberly R. Greer. 1999. Stigma management through participation in sport and physical activity: Experiences of male college students with physical disabilities. Human Relations 52, 11: 146–149. Taylor, Ian. 1982. On the sports violence question: soccer hooliganism revisited. In Jennifer Hargreaves, ed. Sport, culture and ideology (pp. 152–196). Routledge and Kegan Paul. Taylor, Ian. 1982. Class, violence and sport: The case of soccer hooliganism in Britain. In H. Cantelon & R., Gruneau, eds. Sport, culture and the modern state (pp. 39–97). Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Taylor, Ian. 1987. Putting the boot into a working-class sport: British soccer after Bradford and Brussels. Sociology of Sport Journal 4, 2: 171–191. Telander, Rick. 1984. The written word: Player-press relationships in American sports. Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 1: 3–14. Telander, Rick. 1988. Heaven is a playground. New York: A Fireside Book, Simon & Schuster. Telander, R. 1989. The hundred yard lie. Simon and Schuster, New York. Temple, Kerry 1992. Brought to you by . . . Notre Dame Magazine 21, 2: 29. The Economist, 1992. Money in Sports. Vol. 324, No. 7769 (July 25–31; special issue. Theberge, Nancy. 1980. A critique of critiques: radical and feminist writings on sport. Social Forces 60(2): 341–353. Theberge, Nancy. 1984. Joining social theory to social action: some Marxist principles. ARENA Review 8(2):21–30. Theberge, Nancy. 1985. Sport and feminism in North America. In A.L. Reeder and J.R. Fuller, eds. Women in sport: sociological and historical perspectives. West Georgia College Studies in the Social Sciences, Atlanta. Theberge, Nancy. 1985. Toward a feminist alternative to sport as a male preserve. Quest 37(2):193–202. Theberge, Nancy. 1987. Sports and women’s empowerment. Women’s Studies International Forum 10(4):387–393. Theberge, Nancy. 1989. A feminist analysis of responses to sports violence: media coverage of the 1987 World Junior Hockey Championship. Sociology of Sport Journal 6, 3: 247–56. Theberge, Nancy. 1990. Gender, work, and power: the case of women in coaching. Canadian Journal of Sociology 15, 1: 59–75. Theberge, Nancy. 1993. The construction of gender in sport: Women, coaching, and the naturalization of difference. Social Problems 40, 3: 301–13. Theberge, Nancy. 1993. Injury, pain and “playing rough” in women’s ice hockey. Paper presented at the meetings of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Ottawa. Theberge, Nancy. 1995. Gender, sport, and the construction of community: A case study from women’s ice hockey. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 4: 389–402. Theberge, Nancy. 1996. Playing with the boys. Canadian Woman Studies/Les Cahiers de la Femme 15, 4: 37–41. 107

Theberge, Nancy. 1999. Being physical: Sources of pleasure and satisfaction in women’s ice hockey. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 146–155). London: Routledge. Theberge, Nancy. 2000. Gender and sport. In Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds. Handbook of sport studies (pp. 322–333). London: Sage Publications. Theberge, Nancy. 2000. Higher goals: Women’s ice hockey and the politics of gender. Albany NY: State University of New York Press. Theberge, Nancy, and Susan Birrell. 1994. The sociological study of women in sport. Pp. 323–30 in D. M. Costa and S. R. Guthrie, eds. Women and sport: Interdisciplinary perspectives. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Theberge, Nancy, and Susan Birrell. 1994. Structural constraints facing women in sport. Pp. 331–40 in D. M. Costa and S. R. Guthrie, eds. Women and sport: Interdisciplinary perspectives. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Theberge, Nancy, and A. Cronk. 1986. Work routines in newspaper sports departments and the coverage of women’s sports. Sociology of Sport Journal 3(3): 195–203. Theberge, N., and A. Cronk. 1994. Work routines in newspaper sports departments and the coverage of women’s sports. Pp. 289–98 in Susan Birrell and C. L. Cole, eds. Women, sport, and culture. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Theriot, N. 1978. Towards a new sporting ideal: the women’s division of the National Amateur Athletic Federation. Frontiers 3(1):1–7. Thirer, Joel. 1978. The effect of observing filmed violence on the aggressive attitudes of female athletes and nonathletes. J. Sport Behav. 1(1):28–36. Thirer, Joel, and H. Ross. 1981. Examining the degree of on and off field social interaction between black and white male intercollegiate athletes. Paper presented at the meetings of the North American Society for the Sociology of Sport, Fort Worth, TX. Thirer, Joel, and P. J. Wieczorek. 1984. On and off field social interaction patterns of black and white high school athletes. Journal of Sport Behavior 7, 3: 105–14. Thirer, Joel, and S. D. Wright. 1985. Sport and social status for adolescent males and females. Sociology of Sport Journal 2, 2: 164–71. Thomas, C.E., and K.L. Ermler. 1988. Institutional obligations in the athletic retirement process. Quest 40(2):137–150. Thomas, Carol. 1999. Narrative identity and the disabled self. In Mairian Corker and Sally French, eds. Disability Discourse (pp. 47–56). Milton Keynes, UK: Open University Press. Thomas, J.R., and B.S. Chissom. 1974. Prediction of first grade academic performance from kindergarten perceptual motor data. Research Quarterly 45(2):148–153. Thomas, R. 1996. Black faces still rare in the press box. In R. Lapchick, ed. Sport in society: Equal opportunity or business as usual? (pp. 212–233). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Thomas, R. M. 1990. 500 are female writers. New York Times, 10/3:B9, B11. Thompson, Carmen Renee. 2004. The hook-up: McKay and Shinoda. ESPN The Magazine 7, 26 (December 20): 40. Thompson, R., & R. T. Sherman. 1999. Athletes, athletic performance, and eating disorders: Healthier alternatives. Journal of Social Issues 55, 2: 317–337. Thompson, Shona. 1999a. Mother’s taxi: Sport and women’s labor. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Thompson, Shona. 1999b. The game begins at home: Women’s labor in the service of sport. In Jay Coakley and Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports (pp. 111–120). London: Routledge. Thompson, Wendy. 1999. Wives Incorporated: Marital relationships in professional ice hockey. Pp. 180–189 in Jay Coakley Peter Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports. London: Routledge. 108

Thomsen, Steven R., Danny W. Bower, and Michael D. Barnes. 2004. Photographic Images in Women’s Health, Fitness, and Sports Magazines and the Physical self-concept of a Group of Adolescent Female Volleyball Players. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 28, 3: 266–283. Thomson, Rosemarie Garland. 1997. Extraordinary Bodies: Figuring Physical Disability in American Culture and Literature. New York: Columbia University Press. Thomson, Rosemarie Garland. 2000. Staring Back: Self-Representations of Disabled Performance Artists. American Quarterly 52, 2 (June): 334–338. The meaning of the body, thus the meaning of the self, emerges through social relations. Thomson, Rosemarie Garland. 2002. Integrating disability, transforming feminist theory National Women’s Studies Association Journal 14, 3: 1–32. Thorlindsson, T. 1989. Sport participation, smoking, and drug and alcohol abuse among Icelandic youth. Sociology of Sport Journal 6, 2: 136–43. Tiemann, H. 1999. Exploring the sporting lives of women with a physical disability. Pp. 643– 654 in Doll-Tepper, G., Kroener, M. & Sonnenschein, W., eds. New Horizons in Sport for Athletes with a Disability: Proceedings of the International Vista ‘99 Conference (Vol 2). Oxford: Meyer and Meyer Sport. Tiger, Lionel. 1970. Men in groups. Vintage Books, New York. Time. 1997. Time’s 25 most influential Americans. Time 149, 16 :40–62. Todd, Terry. 1983. The steroid predicament. Sports Illustrated 59, 5: 62–78. Todd, Terry. 1984. Sports. Sports Illustrated 61, 8: 6–15. Todd, Terry. 1987. Anabolic steroids: The gremlins of sport. Journal of Sport History 14, 1: 87– 107. Tofler, Ian R., et al. 1996. Physical and emotional problems of elite female gymnasts. New England Journal of Medicine 335, 4: 281–83. Tolbert, Charles M., II. 1975. The black athlete in the Southwest Conference: a study of institutional racism. Doctoral dissertation, Baylor University, Waco, Tex. Tomlinson, Alan. 1984. De Cubertin and the modern Olympics. In A. Tomlinson and G. Whannel (eds.), Five ring circus: Money, power and politics at the Olympic Games (pp. 84–97). Pluto Press, London. Tomlinson, Alan. 1986. Going global: The FIFA story. Pp. 83–98 in A. Tomlinson and G. Whannel, eds. Off the ball. London: Pluto Press. Tomlinson, Alan. 1998. Power: Domination, negotiation, and resistance in sports cultures. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 22, 3: 235–240. Tomlinson, Alan. 2007. Sport and social class. In George Ritzer, ed., Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 4695–4699). London/New York: Blackwell. Tomlinson, Alan, and Christopher Young, eds. 2005. National Identity and Global Sports Events: Culture, Politics, and Spectacle in the Olympics and the Football World Cup. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Tomlinson, Alan, and Gary Whannel, eds. 1984. Five ring circus: Money, power and politics at the Olympic Games. London: Pluto Press. Toohey, K., and A. J. Veal. 2000. The Olympic Games: A social science perspective. New York: CABI Publishing. Torbert, Marianne. 2004. A games model for facilitating a constructivist approach. In R.L. Clements and L. Fiorentino, eds., The child’s right to play: A global approach (pp. 133–135). Westport, Connecticut/London: Praeger. Torbert, Marianne. 2005. Follow me: A handbook of movement activities for children. Eagan, MN: P.L.A.Y (also Temple University: Leonard Gordon Institute for Human Development Through Play, www.temple.edu/leonardgordoninstitute). Toufexis, A. 1990. Sex in the sporting life: Do athletic teams unwittingly promote assaults and rapes? Time, August 6: 76. 109

Tracey, Jill, and T. Elcombe. 2004. A lifetime of healthy meaningful movement: Have we forgotten the athletes? Quest 56, 2: 241–260. Tracy, Allison J., and Sumru Erkut. 2002. Gender and race patterns in the pathways from sports participation to self-esteem. Sociological Perspectives 45, 4: 445–467. Tracy, Jill, and T. Elcombe. 2004. A lifetime of healthy meaningful movement: Have we forgotten the athletes? Quest 56, 3: 241–260. Tregarthen, T. 1989. Racism in the NBA: the premium for white players. The Margin, March/April:4–6. Trivett, Steve. 1999. Rampart goes back to smash-mouth in win over Mitchell. Rocky Mountain News, 31 October, 30C. Troutman, Parke. 2004. “A growth machine’s plan B: Legitimating development when the value- free growth ideology is under fire.” Journal of Urban Affairs 26, 5: 611–22. Trujillo, C. M. 1983. The effect of weight training and running exercise intervention programs on the self-esteem of college women. International Journal of Sport Psychology 14: 162–173. Trujillo, N. 1995. Machines, missiles, and men: Images of the male body on ABC’s Monday Night Football. Sociology of Sport Journal 12, 4: 403–23. Trulson, Michael E. 1986. Martial arts training: A novel “cure” for juvenile delinquency. Human Relations 39, 12: 1131–40. Tuaolo, Esera (with L. Cyphers). 2002. Free and clear. ESPN The Magazine 5.23 November 11): 72–77. Tuck , Jason. 2003. The Men in White: Reflections on Rugby Union, the Media and Englishness. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 2: 177–199. Tucker, L. W., and Janet B. Parks. 2001. Effects of gender and sport types on intercollegiate athletes’ perceptions of the legitimacy of aggressive behaviors in sport. Sociology of Sport Journal 18, 4: 403–413. Tuggle, C. A., & A. Owen. 1999. A descriptive analysis of NBC’s coverage of the centennial Olympics: The “Games of the Woman”? Journal of Sport and Social Issues 23, 2: 171–182. Turner, Bryan S. 1997. The body and society. London: Sage Publications. Uehling, B. S. 1985. Take athletics out of college? In D. Chu, et al., eds. Sport and higher education. Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc., Champaign, Ill. Underwood, John 1969. The desperate coach. Sports Illustrated 31, 9: 66–76. Underwood, John. 1984. Spoiled sport. Little, Brown and Company, Boston. Unkel, M.B. 1981. Physical recreation participation of females and males during the adult life cycle. Leisure Sciences 4, 1: 1–27. U.S. Department of Labor. 2005. Statistics about people with disabilities and employment. Washington, D.C.: Office of Disability Employment Policy; online at www.dol.gov/odep/categories/research/ (retrieved, July 21, 2005). U. S. General Accountability Office. 1996. Intercollegiate athletics: Status of efforts to promote gender equity. A report to the Honorable Cardiss Collins, House of Representatives. U.S. Government Printing Office, Document No. HEHS-97-10. U.S. News and World Report. 1983. A sport fan’s guide to the 1984 Olympics. May 9: 124. U.S. Supreme Court, 1896. Plessy v. Ferguson, FindLaw, http://caselaw.lp.findlaw.com/scripts/getcase.pl? navby=search&court=US&case=/us/163/537.html (retrieved December 1, 2005). Upton, Jodi. 2005. Violence at games means trouble for all. USA Today (November 23): 11C. Urquhart, Jim, & Jane Crossman. 1999. The Globe and Mail coverage of the Winter Olympic Games: A cold place for women athletes. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 23, 2: 193–202. USA Today. 1994. Daily prayers are ritual for Olajuwon. USA Today (10 June): 6C. 110

USADA - United States Anti-Doping Agency. 2001. USADA guide to prohibited classes of substances and prohibited methods of doping. Colorado Springs, CO: U.S. Anti-Doping Agency. USDHHS. 1996. Physical activity and health: A report of the Surgeon General. United States Department of Health and Human Services. Washington, DC United States Olympic Committee. 1992. USOC drug education and doping control program: Guide to banned medications. USOC, Colorado Springs, CO. Valentine, J. 1980. Sport and ideology: some distinctions and considerations. ARENA Review 4(1):7–12. Van Bottenburg, M. 2001. Global games (translated by B. Jackson). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press. van Ingen, Cathy. 2003. Geographies of gender, sexuality and race: Reframing the focus on space in sport sociology. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 2: 201–216. Van Staveren, Tonia, and Darren Dale. 2004. Childhood obesity: Problems and solutions. Journal of Health, Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance 75, 7 (September): 44–49, 54. van Sterkenburg, Jacco, and Annelies Knoppers. 2004. Dominant Discourses about Race/Ethnicity and Gender in Sport Practice and Performance. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 39, 3: 301–321. Vanderzwaag, Harold J. 1972. Toward a philosophy of sport. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., Reading, Mass. Vaz, E. W. 1982. The professionalization of young hockey players. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Veblen, Thorsten. 1899. The theory of the leisure class. New York: Macmillan. (See also 1953 paperback edition, New York: A Mentor Book.) Vélez, Beatriz. 2003. Gender equity in Columbia (translated by Buddy Hughes). Online, www.theglobalgame.com/blog/2003/03/womens-football-in-colombia-futbol-for-peace-but- what-about-gender-equity/ (retrieved December 4, 2005). Verducci, Tom. 2001. Learning curve. Sports Illustrated 95 (13) 14 October, 74–87. Verducci, Tom. 2002. Totally juiced. Sports Illustrated 96, 23 (June 3): 34–48. Veri, Maria J. 1999. Homophobic discourse surrounding the female athlete. Quest 51, 4: 355– 368. Verma, Gajendra K., and Douglas S. Darby. 1994. Winners and losers: Ethnic minorities in sport and recreation. London: The Falmer Press. Vertinsky, Patricia A. 1987. Exercise, physical capability, and the eternally wounded woman in late nineteenth century North America. Journal of Sport History 14, 1: 7–27. Vertinsky, Patricia A. 1992. Reclaiming space, revisioning the body: The quest for gender- sensitive physical education. Quest 44, 3: 373–96. Vertinsky, Patricia A. 1994. Women, sport, and exercise in the 19th century. In D. M. Costa and S. R. Guthrie, eds. Women and sport: Interdisciplinary perspectives (pp. 63–82). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Videon, Tami M. 2002. Who plays and who benefits: Gender, interscholastic athletics, and academic outcomes. Sociological Perspectives 45, 4: 415–435. Vincent, John, Charles Imwold, Vandra Masemann, and J.T. Johnson. 2002. A Comparison of Selected ‘Serious’ and ‘Popular’ British, Canadian, and United States Newspaper Coverage of Female and Male Athletes Competing in the Centennial Olympic Games: Did Female Athletes Receive Equitable Coverage in the ‘Games of the Women’? International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 3/4: 319–335. Vincent, John. 2004. Game, sex, and match: The construction of gender in British newspaper coverage of the 2000 Wimbledon Championships. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 4: 435– 456. 111

Vinokur, M. B. 1988. More than a game: Sports and politics. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press. von der Lippe, Gord. 2002. Media Image: Sport, Gender and National Identities in Five European Countries. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 3–4: 371–395. Voy, Robert. 1991. Drugs, sport, and politics. Champaign, IL: Leisure Press. Voyle, Judy. 1989. Adolescent administration of a leisure centre: Lessons for sports organizations. New Zealand Journal of Sports Medicine 17, 2: 31–34. Vuolle, P. 1977. Influence of mass media on people’s sport behavior in Finland. 7th International Seminar on Sports and Leisure, Warsaw. Wachs, Faye Linda. 2002. Leveling the Playing Field: Negotiating Gendered Rules in Coed Softball. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 3: 302–318. Wacquant, Loïc J. D. 1992. The social logic of boxing in Black Chicago: Toward a sociology of pugilism. Sociology of Sport Journal 9, 3: 221–54. Wacquant, Loïc J. D. 1995. The pugilistic point of view: How boxers think and feel about their trade. Theory and Society 24: 489–535. Wacquant, Loïc J. D. 1995. Why men desire muscles. Body & Society 1, 1: 163–79. Wacquant, Loïc J. D. 1995. Pugs at work: Bodily capital and bodily labour among professional boxers. Body & Society 1, 1: 65–93. Wacquant, Loïc. 2004. Body and soul: Notebooks of an apprentice boxer. Oxford/New York: Oxford University Press. Waddington, Ivan. 2000a. Sport and health: A sociological perspective. In Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds. Handbook of sports studies (pp. 408–421). London: Sage Publications. Waddington, Ivan. 2000b. Sport, Health and Drugs : A Critical Sociological Perspective. London: Routledge. Waddington, Ivan. 2007. Health and sport. In George Ritzer, ed., Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 2091–2095). London: Blackwell. Wadler, Gary I., and B. Hainline. 1989. Drugs and the athlete. F.A. Davis Company, Philadelphia. Wagner, G. G. 1987. Sport as a means for reducing the cost of illness—Some theoretical, statistical, and empirical remarks. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 22, 3: 217– 227. Wahl, Grant. 1998. Unintentional grounding. Sports Illustrated 89, 20 (November 11): 92–108. Wahl, Grant. 2004. On safari for 7-footers. Sports Illustrated 100, 26 (June 28): 68–78. Wahl, Grant. 2004. Football vs. futbol. Sports Illustrated 101, 1 (July 5): 68–72. Wakefield, K. L. 1995. The pervasive effects of social influence on sporting event attendance. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 19, 4: 335–51. Waldron, Jennifer, and Vikki Krane. 2005. Whatever it takes: Health compromising behaviors in female athletes. Quest 57, 3: 315–329. Walker, Rob. 2005. Extreme makeover: Home edition -- Entertainment poverty. The New York Times, Section 6 (December 4): http://query.nytimes.com/gst/fullpage.html? res=9C01E7DC1431F937A35751C1A9639C8B63. Wallace, Irving, David Wallechinsky, and A. Wallace. 1982. Significa: when the viewers called the plays. Parade Magazine, p. 15, Jan. 24. Walseth, Kristin, and Kari Fasting. 2003. Islam’s View on Physical Activity and Sport: Egyptian Women Interpreting Islam. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 1 45–60. Walsh, J. M., and A. V. Carron. 1977. Attributes of volunteer coaches. Paper presented at the meetings of the Canadian Association of Sport Sciences, Winnipeg. Walter, T. L. et al. 1987. Predicting the academic success of college athletes. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 58, 2: 273–279. Walton, Theresa. 2004. Steve Prefontaine: From rebel with a cause to hero with a swoosh. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 1: 112

Wann, Daniel L. 1993. Aggression among highly identified spectators as a function of their need to maintain positive social identity. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 17, 2: 134–43. Wann, Daniel L., Gaye Haynes, B. McLean, and P. Pullen. 2003. Sport team identification and willingness to consider anonymous acts of hostile aggression. Aggressive Behavior 29: 406– 413. Wann, Daniel L, Jamie L. Hunter, Jacob A. Ryan, and Leigh Ann Wright. 2001a. The relationship between team identification and willingness of sport fans to consider illegally assisting their team. Social Behavior and Personality: An International Journal 29, 6: 531– 537. Wann, Daniel L., Merrill. J. Melnick, Gordon W. Russell, and Dale G. Pease. 2001b. Sport fans: The psychology and social impact of spectators. New York: Routledge Press. Wann, Daniel L, Robin R. Peterson, Cindy Cothran, and Michael Dykes. 1999. Sport fan aggression and anonymity: the importance of team identification. Social Behavior & Personality: An International Journal 27, 6: 597–602. Wann, Daniel L., Joel L. Royalty, and A. R. Rochelle. 2002. Using motivation and team identification to predict sport fans’ emotional responses to team performance. Journal of Sport Behavior 25, 2: 207–216. Wann, Daniel, Paula J. Waddill, and Mardis D. Dunham. 2004. Using sex and gender role orientation to predict level of sport fandom. Journal of Sport Behavior 27, 4: 367–377. Warner, G. 1979. Clobber thy neighbor. Eternity 30(3): 17–19, 33–39. Wasielewski, Patricia L. 1991 Not quite normal, but not really deviant: Some notes on the comparison of elite athletes and women political activists. Deviant Behavior: An Interdisciplinary Journal 12, 1: 81–95. Waterford, Robin. 2004. Athens suffers old stereotypes. USA Today (August 5): 15A. Watson, G.G., and R. Collis. 1982. Adolescent values in sport: a case of conflicting interest. International Review of Sport Sociology 3: 73–89. Wearden, Stanley T. and Pamela J. Creedon. 2002. ‘We Got Next’: Images of Women in Television Commercials during the Inaugural WNBA Season. Sport in Society 5, 3: 189–210. Weaver, Paul. 2005. Alma mater of Coe and Radliffe brings sport to Muslim women. www.buzzle.com/editorials/2-23-2005-66148.asp (retrieved July 8, 2005). Webb, B.L. 1973. The basketball man: James Naismith. The Regents Press of Kansas, Lawrence. Webb, Harry. 1969. Professionalization of attitudes toward play among adolescents. In G. Kenyon, ed. Aspects of contemporary sport sociology. The Athletic Institute, North Palm Beach, Fla. Weber, Max. 1904/1958. The Protestant Ethic and the spirit of capitalism (trans. By T. Parsons). New York: Scribner’s. Weber, Max. 1968/1922. Economy and society: An outline of interpretive sociology. Translated by G. Roth and G. Wittich. New York: Bedminster Press. Wechsler, Henry, et al. 1995. Correlates of college student binge drinking. American Journal of Public Health 85, 7: 921–26. Wechsler, Henry, and Bernice Wuethrich. 2002. Dying to drink : Confronting binge drinking on college campuses. New York: Rodale and St. Martin’s Press. Wechsler, Henry, et al. 1997. Binge drinking, tobacco, and illicit drug use and involvement in college athletics. Journal of American College Health 45 (March): 195–200. Wedgewood, Nikki. 2004. Kicking like a boy: Schoolgirl Australian rules football and bi- gendered female embodiment. Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 2: 140–162. Wee, E. L. 1995. Youth sports hit families in the wallet. Washington Post, October 15: A1. Weed, Mike. 2001. Ing-ger-land at Euro 2000: How “Handbags at 20 paces” was portrayed as a full-scale riot. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 36, 4: 407–424. Weiberg, Steve. 1991. Graduation rates: a closer look. USA Today, July 3:90. 113

Weiler, Karen H., & Catriona T. Higgs. 1999. Television coverage of professional golf: A focus on gender. Women in Sport and Physical Activity Journal 8, 1: 83–100. Weinberg, Robert, et al. 1979. Expectations and performance: an empirical test of Bandura’s self-efficacy theory. Journal of Sport Psychology 1, 4: 320–331. Weinberg, Robert, et al. 1982. Effect of situation criticality on males and females performing a motor task. Journal of Sport Behavior 5, 3: 124–131. Weinberg, Robert S. 1979. Intrinsic motivation in a competitive setting. Medicine Sci. Sport 11, 2: 146–149. Weinberg, S. K., and H. Arond. 1952. The occupational culture of the boxer. American Journal of Sociology 57: 460–69. Weiner, Jay 2000. Sports Centered: Why our obsession has ruined the game. Utne Reader 97, 48–50. Weiner, Jay. 1999. What do we want from our sports heroes? Business Week (February 5): 77. Weiner, Jay. 2000. Stadium Games: Fifty Years of Big League Greed and Bush League Boondoggles. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Weiner, Tim. 2004. Low-wage Costa Ricans make baseballs for millionaires. The New York Times (International Sunday) (January 25): 3. Weinstein, Marc D., Michael D. Smith, and David L. Wiesenthal. 1995. Masculinity and hockey violence. Sex Roles 33, 11/12: 831–47. Weinstein, W.S., and A.W. Meyers. 1983. Running as a treatment for depression: is it worth it? Journal of Sport Psychology 5,3: 288–301. Weir, Tom, and Erik Brady. 2003. In sexual assault cases, athletes usually cleared. USA Today (December 22): A1, A2. Weir, Tom. 1999. The next century: Sports. USA Today (December 31): 7C. Weir, Tom. 2000. Americans fall farther behind. USA Today (May 3): 3C. Weir, Tom. 2006. Rookie always in a hurry. USA Today (June 30): C1–2. Weise, Elizabeth. 2003. Seniors seek vitality in growth hormone. USA Today (November 4): 1D. Weisman, Larry. 2000. Why the NFL rules. USA Today (December 22): 1A–2A. Weisman, Larry. 2004. Propelled to think past NFL. USA Today (June 16): 1C. Weiss, A. E. 1993. Money games: The business of sports. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin. Weiss, Maureen R., and B.L. Sisley. 1984. Where have all the coaches gone? Sociology of Sport Journal 1, 4: 332–347. Weiss, Otmar. 2001. Identity reinforcement in sport: Revisiting the symbolic interactionist legacy. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 36 (4): 393–406. Weiss, Otmar. 1996. Media sports as a social substitution pseudosocial relations with sports figures. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 31, 1: 109–18. Weiss, Otmar, and W. Schulz, eds. 1995. Sport in space and time. Vienna, Austria: Vienna University Press. Welch, W. M. 1996. Federal taxpayers shut out of stadium payoff. USA Today (May 31): A1. Wendel, Tim. 2004. How fantasy games have changed fans. USA Today (September 20): 23A. Wendel, Tim. 2005. What about the fans? USA Today (June 28): 11A. Wenner, Lawrence A. 1989. The Super Bowl Pregame Show: Cultural fantasies and political subtext. Pp. 157–79 in Lawrence A. Wenner, ed. Media, sports, and society. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Wenner, Lawrence A. 1994. The dream team, communicative dirt, and the marketing of synergy: USA basketball and cross-merchandising in television commercials. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 18, 1: 27–47. Wenner, Lawrence A. ed. 1998. MediaSport: Cultural sensibilities and sport in the media age. London: Routledge. 114

Wenner, Lawrence A., and Walter Gantz. 1998. Watching sports on television; Audience experience, gender, fanship, and marriage. In L. A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport (pp. 233–251). London: Routledge. Wensing, Emma H., and Toni Bruce. 2003. Bending the Rules: Media Representations of Gender During an International Sporting Event. 38, 4: 387–396. Wertheim, Jon, and Don Yaeger. 1999. The passing game. Sports Illustrated 90, 24 (June 14): 90–102. Wertheim, Jon. 2002. The big score. Sports Illustrated 97, 18 (4 November): Scorecard (no page number). Wertheim, Jon. 2003. Rising in the East. Sports Illustrated 99, 5 - Scorecard section (August 11): no page number. Wertheim, Jon. 2004. Globalization in sports: The whole world is watching (Part 1 of 4). Sports Illustrated 100, 24 (June 14): 72–86. Wertheim, Jon. 2004. Hot prospects in cold places (Part 2 of 4). Sports Illustrated 100, 25 (June 21): 62–66. Wertheim, Jon. 2005. Americans believe they have become more accepting -- but have they? Sports Illustrated, April 18: http://sportsillustrated.cnn.com/2005/magazine/04/12/griffith_poll0418/ (retrieved July, 2005). Wertheim, Jon. 2005. Gays in sports: A poll. Sports Illustrated 102, 16 (April 18): 64–65; http://sportsillustrated.cnn.com/2005/magazine/04/12/griffith_poll0418/ (retrieved July, 2005). West, Brad. 2003. “Synergies in Deviance: Revisiting the Positive Deviance Debate.” Electronic Journal of Sociology 7, 4 Online: www.sociology.org/content/vol7.4/west.html. Wetzel, D., & Don Yaeger. 2000. Sole influence: Basketball, corporate greed, and the corruption of America’s youth. New York: Warner Books. Whannel, Garry. 1992. Fields in vision: Television sport and cultural transformation. London: Routledge. Whannel, Garry. 2002. Media sport stars: Masculinities and moralities. London/NY: Routledge. Whannel. Garry. 2000. Sport and the media. Pp. 291–308 in Jay Coakley and Eric Dunning, eds. Handbook of sport studies. London: Sage Publications. Wharton, David. 2002. Future of pro sports: Turbulance in the air (Part One). The Los Angeles Times, 5 May, http://articles.latimes.com/2002/may/05/sports/sp-future105. Accessed 2/15/2009. Wharton, David. 2002. Future of pro sports: Common touch (Part Two). The Los Angeles Times, 6 May, http://articles.latimes.com/2002/may/06/sports/sp-future06. Accessed 2/15/2009. Wharton, David. 2002. Future of pro sports: Generation gap (Part Three). The Los Angeles Times, 7 May, http://articles.latimes.com/2002/may/07/sports/sp-future07. Accessed 2/15/2009. Wheaton, Belinda, and Becky Beal. 2003. ‘Keeping it real’: Subcultural media and the discourses of authenticity in alternative sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 38, 2: 155–176. Wheeler, Garry David et al. 1996. Retirement from disability sport: A pilot study. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly 13, 4: 382–399. Wheeler, Garry David et al. 1999. Personal investment in disability sport careers: An international study. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly 16, 3: 219–237. Wheeler, Stanton, ed. 1987. Knowns and unknowns in intercollegiate athletics: a report to the President’s Commission. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 11, 1/2: 1-4 (special issue). White, Anita. 1981. Sport in England and America: a cross cultural perspective. Unpublished paper. 115

White, Anita. 1981. Sport in England and America: a cross cultural perspective. Unpublished paper. White, Anita. 1982. Soccer hooliganism in Britain. Quest 34(2):154–164. White, Anita, et al. 1992. Women and sport: A consultation document. London: The Sports Council. White, Anita, and Celia Brackenridge. 1985. Who rules sport? Gender divisions in the power structure of British sports organizations from 1960. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 20(1,2):95–108. White, Anita, and Jay Coakley. 1986. Making decisions. Sports Council, Greater London and South East Region, London. White, Anita, and Ian Henry. 2004. Women, leadership and the Olympic Movement. Loughborough, England: Institute of Sport and Policy Research, Loughborough University; http://multimedia.olympic.org/pdf/en_report_885.pdf. White, Kelly. 2004. Discriminating airwaves. http://www.womenssportsfoundation.org/Issues- And-Research.aspx(retrieved August 25, 2005). White, Philip, and James Gillett, 1994. Reading the muscular body: A critical decoding of advertisements in Flex magazine. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 1: 18–39. White, Philip, and Kevin Young. 1997. Masculinity, sport, and the injury process: A review of Canadian and international evidence. Avante 3, 2: 1–30. White, Philip, and Kevin Young. 1999. Is sport injury gendered? In P. White and K. Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada (pp. 69–84). Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. White, Philip. 2004. The cost of injury from sport, exercise and physical activity: A review of the evidence. In Kevin Young, ed. Sporting bodies, damaged selves: Sociological studies of sports-related injury (pp. 309–332). Amsterdam: Elsevier. White. Kerry. 2005. Breaking news, Breaking boundaries. www.womenssportsfoundation.org/cgi-bin/iowa/career/article.html?record=35 (retrieved August 25, 2005). Whitson, David. 1991. Sport in the social construction of masculinity. In M.A. Messner and D.F. Sabo (eds.), Sport, men, and the gender order (Pp. 19–30). Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc. Champaign, Ill. Whitson, David. 1998. Circuits of promotion: Media, marketing and the globalization of sport. Pp. 57–72 in L. A. Wenner, ed. MediaSport. London/NY: Routledge. Whitson, David, and Donald Macintosh. 1989. Gender and power: Explanations of gender inequalities in Canadian national sport organizations. International Review for the Sociology of Sport 24(2):137–149. Whitson, David, and Donald Macintosh. 1990. The game planners: Transforming Canada’s sport system. Montreal, Quebec, and Kingston, Ontario: McGill-Queen’s University Press. Whitson, David, and Donald Macintosh. 1993. Becoming a world-class city: Hallmark events and sport franchises in the growth strategies of western Canadian cities. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 3: 221–40. Whitson, David, and Donald Macintosh. 1996. The global circus: International sport, tourism, and the marketing of cities. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 3: 278–95. Wideman, J. E. 2001. Hoop roots. NY: Houghton Mifflin. Wie, Michelle. 2005. (audible). ESPN, The Magazine 8, 15 (August 1): 128–129. Wieberg, Steve. 1996. Athletes graduate near norm. USA Today, June 28: 12C. Wieberg, Steve. 1992. Study reveals nagging problems. USA Today, July 6:8C. Wieberg, Steve. 1994 Conley nears end of six-year career. USA Today (November 17): 8C. Wieberg, Steve. 2000. A judgment in Vermont. USA Today (February 3): 16C. Wieberg, Steve. 2000. A night of humiliation. USA Today (February 4): 1C–2C. Wieberg, Steve. 2004. $2 million: A star player’s value. USA Today (March 17): 1A–2A. Wieberg, Steve. 2004. Boosters can provide quite a lift. USA Today (October 6): 10C. 116

Wieberg, Steve. 2005. Pay increases for women’s coaches lag. USA Today (February 9): 3C. Wieberg, Steve. 2005. Grad rates carry warning. USA Today (December 20): 12C. Wieberg, Steve and T. Witosky. 1991. Most college sports lose money game. USA Today, Oct. 14 (Cover story, Section C). Wiggins, David K. 1980. Clio and the black athlete in America: myths, heroes, and realities. Quest 32(2):217–225. Wiggins, David K. 1983. The 1936 Olympic Games in Berlin: the response of America’s black press. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 54, 3: 278–292. Wiggins, David K., ed. 1995. Sport in America: From wicked amusement to national obsession. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Wiggins, David K. 1994. The notion of double-consciousness and the involvement of Black athletes in American sport. Pp. 133–156 in G. Eisen & D. K. Wiggins, eds. Ethnicity and sport in North American history and culture. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press. Wiggins, David. 2000. Critical events affecting racism in athletics. Pp. 15–36 in D. Brooks & R. Althouse, eds., Racism in college athletics: The African American athlete’s experience. Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Wiggins, David K., ed. 2003. African Americans in Sports. Armonk, NY: Sharpe Reference. Wiggins, David K., and Patrick B. Miller, eds. 2003. The unlevel playing field: A documentary history of the African American experience in sport. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. Wilcox, R. C. 1994. Sport in the global village. Morgan town, WV: Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Wildavsky, B. 2002. Graduation blues. U.S. News and World Report 132 (8), 18 March, 69–70 Wiley, E., III. 1993. Juggling is the toughest sport in college. Black Issues in Higher Education 10, 20: 10–14. Wilkerson, Martha. 1996. Explaining the presence of men coaches in women’s sports: The uncertainty hypothesis. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 20, 4: 411–426. Williams, John. 1994. The local and the global in English soccer and the rise of satellite television. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 4: 376–97. Williams, John. 1995. Localism, globalisation and English football. Pp. 210–19 in Otmar Weiss and W. Schulz, eds. Sport in space and time. Vienna, Austria: Vienna University Press. Williams, John, Eric Dunning, and Patrick Murphy. 1984. Hooligans abroad. Boston, MA: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Williams, K., K. M. Haywood, and M. Painter. 1996. Environmental versus biological influences on gender differences in the overarm throw for force: Dominant and nondominant arm throws. Women in Sport & Physical Activity Journal 5, 2: 29–50. Williams, L. D. 1994. Sportswomen in black and white: Sports history from an African- American perspective. Pp. 45–66 in P. J. Creedon, ed. Women, media and sport. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Williams, Patricia J. 2005. Genetically speaking. The Nation 280, 24: 10. Williams, R. L., and Z. I. Youssef. 1972. Consistency in football coaches in stereotyping the personality of each position’s player. International Journal of Sport Psychology 3, 1: 3–11. Williams, R. L., and Z. I. Youssef. 1975. Division of labor in college football along racial lines. International Journal of Sport Psychology 6, 1: 3–13. Williams, R. L., and Z. I. Youssef. 1979. Race and position assignment in high school, college and professional football. International Journal of Sport Psychology 10, 4: 252–58. Williams, Ricky. (with D. LeBatard). 1999. Everything hurts. ESPN, The Magazine (December 12): 78–82. Williamson, K.M., and N. Georgiadis. 1992. Teaching an inner-city after-school program. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 63(8):14–18. 117

Willis, Paul E. 1981. Learning to labor: how working class kids get working class jobs. Teachers College Press, New York. Willmsen, Christine, and Maureen O’Hagan. 2003. Coaches continue working for schools and private teams after being caught for sexual misconduct. Seattle Times, 12/14, online at http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/news/local/coaches (retrieved June, 2005). Wilmore, Jack H. 1996. Eating disorders in the young athlete. In O. bar-Or, ed. The child and adolescent athlete (pp. 287–303). Vol. 6 of the Encyclopaedia of Sports Medicine (IOC Medical Commission). London: Blackwell Science. Wilson, Brian, and Philip White. 2002. Revive the pride: Social process, political economy, and a fan-based grassroots movement. Sociology of Sport Journal 19,2: 119–148. Wilson, Brian. 1999. ‘Cool pose’ incorporated: The marketing of black masculinity in Canadian NBA coverage. In P. White and K. Young, eds. Sport and gender in Canada (pp. 232–253). Don Mills, ON: Oxford University Press. Wilson, Brian. 2002. The “Anti-Jock” Movement: Reconsidering youth resistance, masculinity, and sport culture in the age of the Internet. Sociology of Sport Journal 19, 2: 206–233. Wilson, John. 1994. Playing by the rules: Sport, society and the state. Detroit, MI: Wayne State University Press. Wilson. Thomas C. 2002. The Paradox of Social Class and Sports Involvement: The Roles of Cultural and Economic Capital International. Review for the Sociology of Sport 37, 1: 5–16. Winant, Howard. 2001. The world is a ghetto: Race and democracy since World War II. New York: Basic Books. Wines, M. 2002. When Putin says ‘Exercise!’ Russia treads a beaten path. The New York Times, 10 February, 1, 8. Winlock, Colette. 2000. Running the invisible race. ColorLines 3, 1: 27. Winn, M. 1984. Children without childhood. New York: Viking Penguin. Wittebols, James A. 2004. The soap opera paradigm: Television programming and corporate priorities. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield Publishers, Inc. Wohl, A. 1970. Competitive sport and its social functions. Int. Rev. Sport Sociol. 5:117–124. Wohl, A. 1979. Sport and social development. Int. Rev. Sport Sociol. 14(3–4):5–18. Wolf, N. 1991. The beauty myth. New York: Anchor Books. Wolfe, Tom. 1979. The right stuff. New York: Farrar, Strauss, Giroux. Wolff, Alexander. 2002a. Scorecard: Invisible men. Sports Illustrated 97 (20), 18 November, 29. Wolff, Alexander. 2000. Crying foul. Sports Illustrated 93, 24 (December 11): 42–47. Wolff, Alexander. 2002. The vanishing three-sport star. Sports Illustrated 97, 20 (November 18): 80–92. Wolff, Alexander. 2003. The American athlete: Age 10. Sports Illustrated 99, 13 (October 6): 59–67. Wolff, Alexander., and R. O’Brien. 1995. The third sex (in Scorecard). Sports Illustrated 82, 5: 15. Wolff, Alexander, and D. Yaeger. 1995. Credit risk. Sports Illustrated 83(6), 7 August, 46–55. Wolff, Eli A. 2005. The 2004 Athens Games and Olympians with Disabilities: Triumphs, Challenges, and Future Opportunities. Presentation at the 45th International Session for Young Participants International Olympic Academy. Athens, Greece. Womack, Mari. 1992. Why athletes need ritual: A study of magic among professional athletes. In S. Hoffman, ed. Sport and religion (pp. 191–202). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Womack, Mari. 2003. Sport as symbol: images of the athlete in art, literature and song. Jefferson, NC: McFarland & Co. Women’s Sports Weekly, 2002. People are talking. Women’s Sports Foundation Newsletter online (26 September). 118

Women’s Sport Foundation. 1987. Preliminary study of media’s coverage of women’s sports. Unpublished manuscript. Women’s Sports Pages. 1991. Yet another study shows women receive less coverage. Vol. 3, No. 4. Wong, E. 2001. Athletes take entitlement out of bounds. The New York Times, 23 December, S1, S9. Wong, Joyce. 1999 Asian women in sport. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation & Dance 70, 4: 42–43. Wong, Lloyd L., and Ricardo Trumper. 2002. Global Celebrity Athletes and Nationalism: Fútbol, Hockey, and the Representation of Nation. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 26, 2: 168–194. Wood, Skip. 2004. Leftwich’s job skills include pain tolerance. USA Today (October 22): 15C. Woodman, W. F. 1977. An adapted model of the sport participation choice process. Res. Q. 48(2):452–460. Woodward, W. 1991. Zmeskal the ‘lion’ coach Karolyi never had. USA Today, September 9: C3. Woodward. J. R. 2004. Professional Football Scouts: An Investigation of Racial Stacking Sociology of Sport Journal 21, 4: 356–375. Woog, Dan. 1998. Jocks: True stories of America’s gay male athletes. Los Angeles, CA: Alyson Books. Woolard, H.F. 1983. A content analysis of women’s and girls’ sports articles in selected newspapers. Masters thesis, University of Iowa, Iowa City. Worthy, M., and A. Markle. 1970. Racial differences in reactive versus self-paced sports activities. J. Pers. Soc. Psychol. 16:439–443. WOSPORT WEEKLY, 1999. Quotes of the week (June 28 - online newsletter covering women in sports). Wulf, Steve. 2004. Basketbrawl. ESPN The Magazine 7.26 (December 20): 82. Yablonsky, Lewis, and Jonathan Brower. 1979. The little league game. Times Books, New York. Yaeger, Don. 2002. Prisoner of conscience. Sports Illustrated 96 (16), 15 April, 54–57. Yasser, R. 1993. Athletic scholarship disarmament. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 17, 1: 70– 73. Yeager, R.C. 1979. Seasons of shame. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. Yetman, Norman, and D. Stanley Eitzen. 1972. Black Americans in sport: unequal opportunity for equal ability. Civil Rights Digest 5, 2: 20–34. Yetman, Norman R., and D. Stanley Eitzen. 1984. Racial dynamics in American sport: Continuity and change. Pp. 324–44 in D. S. Eitzen, ed. Sport in contemporary society. 2d ed. New York: St. Martin’s Press. Yetman, Nornam R., and F. J. Berghorn. 1993. Racial participation and integration in intercollegiate basketball: A longitudinal perspective. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 3: 301– 14. Yeung, W. J. 1999. Multiple domains of paternal involvement with children. Unpublished paper, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI. Yeung, W. J., J. F. Sandburg, P. E. Davis-Kern, & S. L. Hofferth. 1999. Children’s time with fathers in intact families. Unpublished paper, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI. Yiannakis, Andrew and Merrill J. Melnick, eds. 2001. Contemporary issues in sociology of sport. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Young, Iris Marion. 1990. Throwing like a girl and other essays in philosophy and social theory. Bloomington and Indianapolis, IN: Indiana University Press. Young, Iris Marion. 1998. Situated bodies: Throwing like a girl. In D. Welton, ed., Body and flesh: A philosophical reader (pp. 259–273). Oxford: Blackwell. 119

Young, Iris Marion. 2005. On female body experience: “throwing like a girl” and other essays. NY: Oxford University Press. Young, Kevin 1993. Violence, risk, and liability in male sports culture. Sociology of Sport Journal 10, 4: 373–396. Young, Kevin 2002. From “sports violence” to “sports crime”: Aspects of violence, law, and gender in the sports process. In Paradoxes of youth and sport (pp. 207–224) edited by M. Gatz, M. A. Messner, and S. J. Ball-Rokeach. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Young, Kevin 2002. Standard deviations: An update on North American crowd disorder. Sociology of Sport Journal 19, 3: 237–275. Young, Kevin, ed. 2004. Sporting bodies, damaged selves: Sociological studies of sports-related injury. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Young, Kevin 2004. The role of the courts in sports injury. In Kevin Young, ed. Sporting bodies, damaged selves: Sociological studies of sports-related injury (pp. 333–353). Amsterdam: Elsevier. Young, Kevin. 2000. Sport and violence. In J. Coakley and E. Dunning, eds. Handbook of sport studies (pp. 382–407). London: Sage Publications. Young, Kevin. 2007. Violence among athletes. In George Ritzer, ed. Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 5199–5202). London/New York: Blackwell. Young, Kevin. 2007. Violence among spectators. In George Ritzer, ed. Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 5202–5206). London/New York: Blackwell. Young, Kevin, and Philip White 1995. Sport, physical danger, and injury: The experiences of elite women athletes. Journal of Sport & Social Issues 19, 1: 45–61. Young, Kevin, & Philip White, 1999. Career-ending injuries: Just part of the game? Pp. 203–213 in J. Coakley & P. Donnelly, eds., Inside Sports. London: Routledge. Young, Kevin, Philip White, and William McTeer. 1994. Body talk: Male athletes reflect on sport, injury, and pain. Sociology of Sport Journal 11, 2: 175–195. Young, Kevin., and Michael Smith. 1988–89. Mass media treatment of violence in sports and its effects. Current Psychology 7, 4: 298–311. Zang, K.M. 1976. An analysis of selected aspects of the treatment of sports as reflected in the content of Sports Illustrated, from the inception of the magazine. Master thesis, East Stroudsburg State College, East Stroudsburg, Pa. Zengerle, Jason. 2002. Driving the company car. New York Times Magazine, 10 February, 40– 43. Zhang, James J., et al. 1996. Impact of TV broadcasting on the attendance of NBA games. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 67 (March Supplement): A12. Zhang, James J., et al. 1996. Negative influence of entertainment options on the attendance of professional sport games: The case of a minor league hockey team. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 67 (March Supplement): A113. Zhang, James J., and Dennis W. Smith. 1997. Impact of broadcasting on the attendance of professional basketball games. Sport Marketing Quarterly 6, 1: 23–29. Zhang, James J., Dale G. Pease, and Dennis W. Smith. 1997. Relationship between broadcasting media and minor league hockey game attendance. Sport Management Quarterly 12, 2: 103– 122. Zhang, James J., Dale G. Pease. Pease, and E. A. Jambor. 1997. Negative influence of market competitors on the attendance of professional sport games: The case of a minor league hockey team. Sport Marketing Quarterly 6, 3: 31, 34–40. Zillmann, Dolf. 1983. Arousal and aggression. In R.G. Geen and E.I. Donnerstein, eds. Aggression: theoretical and empirical reviews, vol. 1. Academic Press, New York. 120

Zillmann, Dolf. 1996. The psychology of the appeal of portrayals of violence. In J. Goldstein, ed. Attractions of violence. New York: Oxford University Press. Zillmann, Dolf, et al. 1974. Provoked and unprovoked aggression in athletes. J. Res. Pers. 8(2):139– 152. Zimbalist, Andrew. 1999. Unpaid professionals: Commercialism and conflict in big-time college sports. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Zimmer, J. 1984. Courting the gods of sport. Psychology Today 18, 7: 36–39. Zimmer, Martha Hill, and Michael Zimmer. 2000. Athletes as entertainers. Journal of Sport and Social Issues 25, 2: 202–215. Zipter, Y. 1988. Diamonds are a dyke’s best friend. Ithaca, NY: Firebrand Books. Zirin, Dave. 2004. Selective outrage in Detroit. www.counterpunch.com/zirin11222004.html (retrieved June, 2005). Zorpette, Glenn. 2000. The chemical games. Scientific American 11, 3: 16–23.